0
===================================
Warcraft 3 Reigns of Chaos
F.A.Q & Walkthrough
For Warcraft 3 on PC
Written by Kenny "Kenshi" Tam
Contact: kennytam@foxhound.zzn.com
===================================
================
Current Version :
================
Version 1.81
Added new contributions
New sites.
[The Newest Version of this file will always be found at
Http://www.Gamefaqs.com. Please update the file often if you are allowed to
post it on your own site]
==================
Table of Contents:
==================
I. Introduction
II. Basics
III. Races
IV. Unit Overview
V. Buildings
VI. Walkthrough
VII. Addendum
VIII. Notes and Credits
IX. Legal Information
===============
I. Introduction
===============
The much awaited Warcraft 3 is finally out, and for many, the wait was well
worth it. Boasting totally rendered 3d graphics, new game system, as well as
having a 4 playable races makes this game a huge leap in terms of RTS games are
concerned.
One unique feature is that the game feels similar to an RPG, with many aspects
of Diablo 2 mixed in. Campaign mode is closest to an RPG in itself, where you
control a hero in their quests. Taking the control of each race in order of
story, the player gets to experience how to play as all four races as well as
learn the full story of Warcraft 3
Of course the most famous and most played part will be the multiplayer
function. Players can connect online to Battle.net and play other players from
across the globe, or just play friends online.
===========
II. Basics:
===========
This section will cover the general and basic fundamentals of the game. Most of
it will be transliterated from the manual, although there will be some
additional information added as well.
I. Starting Off:
================
Upon loading up Warcraft 3, you will be greeted by the main menu: there you can
select Six of the following options:
Single Player Game: in this mode you play the campaign mode. Here, you start
off with the Orc prologue and the Human campaigns. Finishing them will grant
access to the next campaigns, eventually leading to the conclusion to the
Warcraft 3 storyline.
Battle.net: Selecting this feature will allow you to connect to the Blizzard
Battle.net service, a massive and free online gaming service that allows you to
chat with other players as well as create and join multiplayer games. You will
need to create and account as well as have a valid CD key to use this service.
Clicking on the magnifying glass next to the button will allow you to select
which gateway you want to join; choose the one closest to you for the best
performance. However, you can only see and interact with players on that
server.
Local Area Network (LAN) Game: Using this feature will allow you to connect with
local computers via a LAN network. To use this, the computers must be
physically connected with the appropriate cables.
Options Menu: This allows you to configure the video, sound and general game
settings for Warcraft 3.
Credits: Click on this to see a list of credits on the people who have worked on
this game.
Quit: This will allow you to exit Warcraft 3 and return to your operating
systems.
Single Player Mode:
*******************
This section will cover the basic features and menu selections of single player
mode. A full walkthrough is included later on in this guide.
The first time you start off, you will be asked to enter a name for your
profile. This similar feature was also in Starcraft. Simply type in a name
then click on "OK." To change this, click on the magnifying glass next to your
name to change or create a new profile. Each profile will be used to recall
your progress in Campaign mode as well as storing replays under that name.
Starting a Campaign:
----------------------------
Selecting this option will allow you to play the single player campaigns. You
start off with the Orc Prologue and Human tutorial. Completing each one will
grant access to the next one; thus, you must play the campaigns in order.
Orc Prologue (tutorial; optional)
Human Campaigns
Undead Campaigns
Orc Horde Campaigns
Night Elf Sentinel Campaigns
You can however replay previous quests that you have completed. Unlike the
previous game, the mission briefing screen is now gone. Instead, each mission
flows to another with a cut scene revealing part of the story and the objectives
of that scenario. Therefore, each scenario will have a series of Objectives to
complete; if you fail to complete them, the mission will end in defeat.
There are also optional quests that can be initiated during the scenario. As
the name suggests, they are purely optional and have little bearing on the game
itself. However, they often give rewards that could make the game easier and
your heroes more powerful. The optional quests can usually be found by
approaching a villager with an Exclamation mark above their head with your
hero. At other times, they will be revealed with the story. Either way they
are listed in this guide. If I missed out on any however, feel free to email me
about it and I will happily and gratefully credit you with it in full.
Loading a Saved Game:
--------------------------------
This function will allow you to load up saved games during your campaigns. As
such, you can continue your quests later on, or allowing you to replay a mission
without having to start from the beginning.
Viewing a Replay:
-----------------------
This allows you to view your completed missions. Similar to Starcraft (patched
versions) you can see the progress of the game as well as that of the opponent.
This is a great feature for reviewing your strategy as well as future planning.
When viewing the Replays, you have four options available; Pause, Play, Fast
Forward, and Rewind. Furthermore you can also select the speed of your replay,
so you can skip to a certain section of the game without having to wait the full
time for it.
You can transfer your replay files, so you can trade them with other players.
This can also be useful in distributing champion or particularly skilled
player's games, or to catch cheaters as well.
Playing a Custom Game:
----------------------
Selecting this feature will allow you to play singe player game on a custom map
of your choice.
Selecting a map:
To select a map to play on, navigate the main window. Maps will be assorted
into different folders.
Choosing team Configurations: This will allow you to choose what race, team
color and which allies the player has at the start.
After you have selected what race your want to play as, you can select how many
computer opponents (as the map allows) and what race they are. Further more,
you can select which team they are on.
Advanced Options: This option enables you to set the advanced parameters of the
game, such as random players, map visibility and so forth.
Battle.net:
************
Battle.net is probably one of the more famous online a game service there is.
Spanning and serving virtually every Blizzard game out, it is also an excellent
method to ensure people support the real software as opposed to piracy.
Battle.net is an online server of sorts. People can connect to a chat server
and create as well as join games. People using other games can chat with other
Blizzard game players, as well as have their own chat channel. Ladder
tournaments as well as player rankings are also available. Needless to say,
Multiplayer gaming is a major part of Warcraft 3.
New to Warcraft 3 is anonymous matchmaking, in which you get paired up to a
random game that suits your playing record. Another service is a friends list,
so you can keep track of other online friends or enemies that are on Battle.net.
Gateway Selection:
------------------
Found in every Blizzard Battle.net game, you can choose which gateway to enter.
Click on the magnifying glass next to the "Battle.net" button in the main menu.
Whilst it is recommended that you select a server closest to your geographical
area for the fastest connection as well as cultural preferences (such as
language) there are also downsides.
There are Four main Battle.net servers:
U.S West (Lordaeron)
U.S East (Azeroth)
Asia (Kalimdor)
Europe (Northrend)
Certain servers will have preferences and trends for certain types of maps and
playing style. If you prefer custom maps for example, and the server you are
playing on has none, try connecting to another.
Waiting Room:
-------------------
Upon connecting and logging into Battle.net you will be automatically
transported to this screen.
There are six options to choose from:
Play game: This is the most basic mode, where you go off and face off against
other people. Simply select which game interests you and join it. This mode is
officially recognized by Blizzard, and thus, involve official maps.
Team game: You can several other players form a team against another team on a
map. Simple enough.
Custom Game: Select this option to create a game. You can select which map to
play, and how many players can join, as well as if there are any computer
opponents. As such other players can join your custom game unless you password
lock it. This mode is probably the more played, as it encompasses all other
maps, such as custom maps. A list of games will be available to choose from and
join.
Friends list: This feature will allow you to add certain players to your “buddy
list.” This will allow you to see which games players added to your list are as
well as which game. When the join a game, a popup will notify you of which game
they join. You can check if they have also added you to their list by holding
the cursor over their name.
Local Area Network Game:
*******************************
This utilizes a LAN connection. To use this, the computers must have a TCP/IP
compatible network. Similar to Battle.net, you can create or join games
using "Custom game."
This is utilized most often in LAN cafes, where the computers are physically
next to each other and thus able to use this function.
Options Menu:
*****************
This section is used to customized and configure Warcraft 3. You can also
access this mid-game with the F-10 button. There are three options to choose
from:
Gameplay Options:
-------------------------
This will configure how the game plays as well as interfacial aspects.
Game Speed: this controls how fast the game runs. This includes building and
research times, as well as how fast units move and animate. However, this is
only configurable in single player mode. In multiplayer games the speed is set
when configuring the game.
Mouse Scroll: this controls how fast the mouse will scroll the game when near
the edge of the screen.
Disable Mouse Scroll: this will disable your mouse scrolling. Instead, only the
keyboard arrow keys can scroll.
Enhanced Tooltips: This will allow a box to pop up providing additional
information when you hold the mouse cursor over an icon or unit.
Video Options:
-------------------
Gamma: This sets the gamma settings. The further to the right, the higher the
gamma and brighter the screen becomes.
Resolution: this will change the resolution and color depth of the game. The
higher the resolution, the clearer and sharper the graphics become, at the
expense of rendering power. As such this will slow down the game. To increase
game speed, try changing to a lower resolution. This can only be changed from
the main menu, and cannot be accessed in the middle of a game.
Model Detail: This changes the number of polygons used per unit, making it look
smoother. The higher the detail, the more rendering resources it uses and
slower the game becomes. This can only be accessed from the Main menu.
Animation Quality: this dictates how smooth the animation will be in game. As
with the other graphic functions, the higher the quality, the more slower the
game may become. This can only be accessed from the main menu. Systems with
128.0 MB of RAM are recommended to use the 'Low' setting.
Texture Quality: this changes the quality of textures in game. As such the
lower the quality, the less detail it has. This can only be accessible via the
main menu.
Particles: this function modifies the "extra" graphics, such as spells,
footprints, etc. Technically, it adjusts the particles drawn per emitter.
The 'LOW' setting will display approximately 1/3 of all particles, where
as 'High' will display all particles. Try changing this setting if you
experience slowdown when there are a lot of units or during a large battle.
Lights: This controls the number of rendered Lights per object: Low uses One
light, Medium uses four, high uses eight. Essentially, if you have an older
graphics card, change to 'Low' setting.
Sound Options:
******************
Sound Effects Volume: this changes the volume of sound effects in game. The
sound effects can be turned off completely by toggling the box next to the
scroll bar or pressing Ctrl+S. Sound effects to add some slowdown, but it is
minimal.
Music Volume: This controls the volume of music in game, run off the CD. You
can turn this off by either by using the menu or pressing Ctrl+M.
Ambient Sounds: This enables ambient sound for the game. This has a small
bearing in game performance.
Movement Sounds: this option will enable or disable sounds that units make from
moving. Generally footsteps and so forth.
Subtitles: This will enable or disable subtitles during dialogue or Full motion
videos.
Unit Sounds: This will enable or disable the sounds that units make when they
are selected.
Sound Provider: this will allow you to select which sound system to use from
your system.
Environmental Effects: This will enable or disable the effects such as
reverberation or echoes. As such it can have a bearing on game performance.
Positional Audio: this will enable the usage of 3D sounds. This will have an
effect on game performance.
II. In Game Interface
=====================
This section will cover the logistics of game control as well as navigating the
game itself. Most of the game will be controlled via the mouse, but advanced
players will also learn to use the keyboard for maximum efficiency.
Using the Mouse:
-----------------------
The mouse is probably the main tool used in the game. It is impossible to play
the game without a mouse, obviously.
Left Click: The left click is mainly used for selecting objects. Units,
buildings, spells and so forth will be selected by left click. You can also
select multiple units by dragging the mouse and forming the rectangle over the
desired units. Shift+left click will allow you to add units into the group.
Right click: this is the jack-of-all-trades command. Warcraft and Starcraft
players should know how this works off by heart. The right click is basically
an "Auto-command" of sorts, where it will follow the most relevant command. For
example, right clicking on an enemy will cause the unit to attack the enemy.
Right clicking on a damaged building will cause the unit (if possible) to repair
the building. Right clicking on resources will cause the relevant units to
start gathering materials. Units will also load transports by right clicking
the transport when you have the units you want selected. Note that they
transport will move on right click, but not unload. Highlighting a building and
right clicking also works. Buildings that produce units will send all newly
created unit to the new right clicked 'rally' point.
Shift+Right click also works, where if you hold down shift and right click on
different targets, the unit will follow them in order.
Selecting Multiple Units: Hold down the left mouse button and drag the rectangle
around the units you wish to select. You can add units by holding the Control
or Shift button and clicking on units you want. Double clicking on a particular
unit will select all units of the same type on screen, similar to Red Alert 2.
To remove a unit from the group, repeat the process again.
Group Units: Control+ 0-9. When you have a group selected, you can assign them
a number. When you select that number again the group will be re-selected.
Pressing the number again will center camera on the group of units.
When you group units together, each unit type will be grouped together.
Pressing TAB will cycle thought the different sub-types of units. Shift+tab
will select the previous group. As such, you can group some magic casters with
melee units and select them without having to change the units group.
Furthermore, if you have more than one spellcaster, only one will cast the
spell;l thus, if you wish, each one will take turns casting the spell by
targeting multiple times.
Holding down control will only cause the selected sub-group to attack.
Formations: Groups of unit will move in a formation, where the faster units will
slow down to compensate for the slower units. However, you can by pass this by
holding ALT and clicking on the desired destination.
Camera Control: You can zoom in and out by pressing the Page up an Page down
keys. The Mouse wheel also does this too. Instead of actually zooming, the
camera shifts up and down from a bird's eye view to a ground level view.
Camera Rotation: Use the Insert and Delete keys to rotate the camera around.
Using the Keyboard:
--------------------------
The keyboard can also be used, where they are used as a shortcut function. A
lot of time can be saved by using a combination of the keyboard and mouse. This
technique is the basis for advanced players and strategy. Without mastery of
using both as a combination, it is hard to become proficient at this game.
Each building and unit has a keyboard command, which will be listed in this
guide. However, there are also more general commands that relate to the game
itself.
Menu Commands:
F1-F3: cycles though Heroes available.
F8: Cycles through idle workers.
F9:
F10: Shows Game Menu.
F11:
Alt - O: Activate the Options menu.
Alt - S: Activates Save Menu.
Alt - L: Activates the Load Menu.
Alt - H: Shows the Help menu.
Alt - M: Toggles music on/off.
Alt- S: Toggles Sound effects on/off.
Ctrl+number:
Escape: Returns to previous game menu.
Game commands:
Alt + Command: bypasses formation.
Ctrl + Command: Sends command to selected subgroup only.
Enter: Opens Message prompt.
Shift + Enter: Sends message to all player.
Ctrl + Enter: Sends message to only Allies.
Backspace: Cycles though town centers
Spacebar: focus on last game notification
Ctrl +C or Alt+ C: Centers screen on unit with active portrait.
III. Game Concepts:
===================
Resources:
---------------
Like all RTS Games, Warcraft 3 needs the collection of resources to build units
as well as fuel the game economy. Unlike the previous incarnations, there are
only two collectible resources and one buildable.
Gold:
- - - -
Gold is the primary resource that you will be fighting for. Gold is found
mainly in the form of a mine, in which different races have different methods of
extraction. Each mine has a different amount of gold in them, which can be
determined by clicking on them. Mines are invulnerable and cannot be destroyed,
although improvements built on them can, such as the Haunted Goldmine. I had
something to type but I forgot what it was, so I’ll add it when I remember. I
think it was that gold is the primary resource, in which virtually all units,
buildings, spells etc. will require gold. As such, without it, the enemy is
virtually stuck. When a goldmine is depleted, it will collapse, similar to the
previous Warcrafts. As such, you are forced to find a new source.
The Haunted Goldmine will also create blight. Thanks to Mr. Christopher Kwan
for this information.
Note that you can also gain some gold by killing creeps, which also gives EXP
for your heroes. Thanks for Mr. Colin Whitlatch for correcting this.
Thanks to Akeel Kasam for his info on the collapsing goldmines.
Lumber:
- - - - - -
Lumber is the secondary resource. Unlike gold, it physically perishes and can
be destroyed. What this means is that they exist as an object in game, as a
terrain. When they are chopped down or attacked, the tree will be gone.
Therefore, if you use up lumber, it means that the forest itself has gone.
There is an exception to this rule for the Night elves, but they too can make
tree perish by eating them or destroying them with the siege weapons. This
resource is not used as often, but it is used in mechanical and most elven
units.
Food:
- - - -
The other basic, essential resource. This is just as important as gold, since
you need food to support your army. Without it, all the gold is useful for are
buildings and upgrading stuff. Food is built in different forms for all races,
but the basic concept is that you will need to build a structure that will
provide support for your army. The food cap is 90, and some units may take up
more than 1 food unit. Usually, they are the stronger units, so you limit your
army accordingly. More on this later.
============
Gameplay:
============
Warcraft III boasts a selection of up to four races; from the original Humans
and Orcs, to the new Night Elf Sentinels and Undead Scourge. Each race plays
differently than each other, adopting a different military doctrine that best
suits their design.
Originally, there were going to be many more races included in the game, such as
the demon race (which later became the Burning Legion.) The main reason the
numbers were reduced was due to balancing issues, designing each race so that
they are unique enough to warrant a new race whilst making sure they are neither
too powerful nor too weak; but somewhere in the range of “equal.” Of course, it
is clear from every game out that true balance is impossible, which explains
gameplay changes that are put in with game patches.
With four races, Blizzard had to manage a four way juggling act. Starcraft,
which had three races, had and required many, many patches and fixes for the
three factions. Add an extra one, and it is exponentially more difficult due to
all the different permutations and combinations of matches and races that can
occur. Nonetheless, in the release version, the game is still pretty balanced,
although some gaps and exploits are already being exposed.
The Races:
==========
As mentioned, there are four different races that the player can use. They are:
The Human Alliance
The Orcish Horde
The Undead Scourge
The Night Elf Sentinels
All four races have different units and building, as well as general playing
style. However, the common characteristic about units is that they all have:
- Air unit
- Siege Weapon
- Two Magic Spell casters; offensive and defensive; either is paired with
support magic
- Three heroes.
Each unit will follow the same format:
Name: Explanation of the unit here.
Cost: How much the unit costs to train or build, in terms of (F)ood, (G)old, (L)
umber.
Build Time: How long the unit takes to be trained or built. This is measured in
game seconds, in which changing the game speed will alter the duration of a game
second. Note that a game second at normal speed (according to game settings)
should equal to 9,192,631,770 oscillations of the Cesium 133 atom (id est, One
second on a clock, more or less) and will be scaled according to game speed.
Requires: What structure is prerequisite to build the unit.
Trained At: Which structure the unit is trained at.
Hit Points/Mana: How many hit points the unit has as well as mana, if
applicable.
Damage: The amount of damage the unit deals. This varies on the type of attack
it has as well as the typo of armor on the target.
Attack type: Attacks in Warcraft 3 are divided into four different categories.
Normal: 150% Damage against Light armor. 50% against Fortified Armor.
Piercing: 150% Damage against Heavy Armor, 75% against Light Armor, 35%
against Fortified Armor.
Siege: 150% Damage against Fortified Armor, 50% Damage against Light Armor.
Chaos: Does Damage to Divine Beings.
Typically, Siege weapons such as the Steam tank and the catapult do siege
damage. Chaos weapons usually come with heroes and during campaign storylines.
Piercing damage is more typical for ranged units, where as melee units do Normal
damage.
Weapon Type: This denotes how the unit attacks.
Melee: The unit uses melee combat. Unit therefore must physically go forth
and attack the target to deal damage. Thus, they cannot hit air or units behind
a barrier.
Instant: The unit uses a ranged attack, but it hits the target instantly.
This type of attack can hit air units.
Missile: The unit uses a ranged attack, but the projectile must travel to the
target. It will not miss, but depending on the range, the rate of damage done
maybe lower if further away. This type of attack can hit air units.
Artillery: The unit uses a bombard attack, where it lobs a projectile towards
the target. It can travel over barriers but not hit air units. It usually does
splash damage as well as knock down trees and some barriers.
Splash: Attacks of this type do splash damage, in which units around the area
around the vicinity of the attack hits will also take damage. Note that it also
does damage to friendly troops and buildings nearby.
Note that ranged attacks have a certain range limitation.
Armor Type: Similar to Attack types, there are different classes of armor.
Light: 150% damage from Normal Attacks, 75% from piercing attacks, 50%
from siege attacks.
Medium: 100% damage from All Attacks.
Heavy: 150% damage from Piercing Attacks.
Fortified: 150% damage from Siege Attacks, 50% from Melee Attacks, 35%
from Piercing Attacks.
Hero: 75% Damage from Spells, 50% from Piercing Attacks, 50% from Siege
Attacks.
Typically fortified armor applies to structures only. Hero, as the name
suggests, applies to Hero units. Heavy armor tends to apply to stronger air
units, where as medium armor applies to most ground units. Light armor tends to
apply to basic resource units.
Damage: This lists how much damage the unit will do. If it has more than one
method of attack, both will be listed. Note that the actual damage will vary,
thus, a range will be given.
Armor: The number of armor points a unit has. This is used to reduce the damage
received directly: note that it varies according to the type of armor and the
type of attack being received.
Speed: How fast the unit moves. Some units can receive upgrades that increase
how fast they can move.
Special Abilities: Virtually all unit have some sort of unique ability to their
race or unit itself. Generally the more useful, basic ability will be on
Autocast, in which the unit will use it in the appropriate situation. You can
turn this off by right clicking on the spell. Magic spells and unique unit
abilities will be listed here.
Upgrades: This denotes what upgrades the unit can take. Usually they include
weapon and armor upgrades, as well as spells or unit abilities.
Strategies: This will include general information on how to use the unit as well
as strategies.
Note: All Statistical data, such as Weapon and attack information were
referenced from http://www.battle.net/war3/. Please refer to the Notes and
credits section for more information.
Building wise they are all fundamentally similar, in which they all have a “town
hall” sort of structure, a Defensive tower fortification and so forth.
Even though they all have similar classed units, their abilities and statistics
can be very different, dictating the entire strategic doctrine for that race.
It is obvious that a player should observe and analyze their playing style to
see which race fits them best, or how they can change it to suit which ever
faction they enjoy playing as.
Race Overview:
##############
The Human Alliance:
*******************
“The Human Alliance is a conglomeration of Humans, Elves, and Dwarves. They are
the most versatile army in Warcraft III, with good ground and air troops,
excellent siege capability, and powerful spellcasters.”
Unlike the previous Warcraft, the Human Alliance no longer have the elven
archers from Quel’thalas. In fact, the only elven unit the Human Alliance have
are the Priest and Sorceress. All Elven aspects, including the archer and
ballista were given to the Night Elves.
The Humans are pretty much the simplest Race in terms of general gameplay.
Their closest gameplay ‘relative’ are the Orcs, who share similar game
logistics. The closest Starcraft equivalent would be the Terrans, who are
pretty basic when it comes to building and training. The other races often have
a catch or twist in their system.
As mentioned by the manual, the humans are a pretty balanced race, just as what
you would expect from any Beginner or Starting race. Think of them as the “Ryu”
or “Ken” of Warcraft; they are easy to use and learn, but they are also powerful
when learnt.
The Orcish Horde:
*****************
“The Horde possesses the game's most powerful ground units, including the savage
Grunt and gargantuan Tauren. The Orcish Horde has modest air and ranged
capabilities, but their true strength lies in their brute strength and raw melee
power. Even the magic of their spellcasters is designed to enhance their
frontline troops.”
As with the humans, the Orcs also lose the Ogres, of which they were the
equivalent of the human Knight. The Orcs do have the Headhunter, which
possesses a ranged attack. Instead, they gain the more expensive but also more
powerful Taurens (in relation to Knights of WC3 and Ogres of WC2.)
Similar to the humans, the Orcs are also pretty simple to play as. They aren’t
as well balanced, putting an emphasis on heavy ground power. The Orcs are a
somewhat offensive minded race, and as the official sources say, lack a good
ranged attack as well as air unit. Not that it ever stopped mass Wyverns from
ruling multiplayer, but that is a different story.
Think of the Orcs as “Guile” or “Chunli.” They are powerful at offense, but
require more skill and strategy to use than that of the humans. They often have
a shortcoming, such as with defense, forcing them to live up to the “best
defense is good offense” saying.
The Undead Scourge:
*******************
“The Undead Scourge is a well-balanced faction that can field enduring ground
forces and powerful air units. Their spellcasters possess a variety of powerful
magics, including the dreaded ability to raise fallen allies and foes alike into
an army of walking dead. In this way, the Undead can field armies more numerous
than any other race in Warcraft III.”
Remember that secret Mission in Brood war, where Zeratul discovers the Zerg –
Protoss Hybrid? Well, you kind of get to play as them here...
Anyone who has played Starcraft, or any Starcraft junkies should feel right at
home with the Undead Scourge. Quite literally, they play like Starcraft
combined into one race, with other Warcraft Logistics given a Starcraft Twist.
The Undead is probably the fastest race you can rush with, since the “Peasants”
are actually the “Footman” or “Grunt” class units. The Undead can only build
buildings over “blight,” which is the equivlanet of the Zerg Creep; a slowly
encroaching carpet or ruined soil in which the Undead camp is built on. As with
the Zergs, the Necropolis can be built on non-blighted areas, and will create
blight of its own and spread when finished (the goldmine will too, but that is a
special case.) Furthermore, the Acolytes actually “summon” buildings instead of
constructing them; similar to Starcraft’s Protoss where they pull entire
buildings through warp gates. As such, similar to the Protoss probe, an Acolyte
can summon a building, then leave to summon more buildings or leave to another
task. Another unique ability is that their “Support” structure, the Spirit
Towers, can be upgraded to a defensive structure. Think of it as a mix between
a photon cannon, an overlord, and a pylon. However, they do not need to build a
Necropolis near a goldmine; only a haunted goldmine is needed.
The Undead are pretty dominant in the air, with three air units. Their ground
units are also pretty strong and plentiful, since the Ghouls collect lumber.
Not to mention the fact that the Necromancer can summon units to match an air
raid or superior ground numbers. In terms of magic, they have some pretty
powerful status as well as support magic. The only real weakness is that the
Undead have a very weak ground ranged unit. Nonetheless, the Undead are a
powerful expansionist force. On paper, it looks near invincible, but the sheer
pace and level of micromanagement makes this race hard to master.
The Night Elf Sentinels:
************************
“The Night Elves of Kalimdor are a mighty race that emphasizes mobility, ranged
firepower, and spellcraft. They do not have the brute strength of other races,
but their skills with bow and magic more than compensate for this deficiency.”
The next new race to Warcraft 3, the Night Elf Sentinels are unique in their
approach. As suggested by the manual description, the Nightelves lack a cheap,
powerful ground unit. A majority of their units are in fact ranged attackers,
as well as being very magic-based. Virtually all their units will have a spell
available, including their melee Druid units.
The Nightelves are pretty difficult in comparison to the Humans or Orcs due to
their complexity. The Wisps do not need to travel back and forth like the
peasant/peon. Furthermore, they do not physically destroy lumber, giving them
an infinite source (unless someone chops the trees down.) The downside is that
they need a Tree of life for every Goldmine they wish to use. Another odd
feature is that they can move their buildings, like the Terrans from Starcraft,
and also attack with them.
The Nightelves require the highest level of Micromanagement, in which the player
needs to pay attention and control every little detail to succeed. As the name
suggests, the Nightelves are a night-based race. Their Hide ability during
night can be extremely useful in setting up ambushes, sneaking into bases, or
hiding from the enemy. The “Support” Building, the Moon wells, can instantly
heal any unit as well. Think of them as the “Protoss” of Warcraft: fun and
popular, but pretty hard to master and play as.
Human Units:
------------
The humans have a well balanced force. They are great for beginners since they
are pretty intuitive as well as basic in their approach to the game logistics.
The units are pretty easy to understand as well as use.
Ground Units:
- - - - - - -
The Human Ground unit is very well rounded. They have a fast, offensive melee
and ranged attacker, as well a good basic unit. Magic wise the sorceress can
whip out some great spells, whilst the Priest heals.
Peasant
-------
The Peasant is the basic resource gathering unit for the Human alliance. They
can be used to gather both gold and lumber, as well as build and repair
structures. They are the most basic type of worker unit, similar to the Orcish
peon.
Cost: 90 Gold, 1 Food
Build Time: 15
Requires: Town Hall, Keep, or Castle.
Trained at: Town Hall, Keep, or Castle.
Hit Points/Mana: 220 HP, nil Mana
Damage: 12-14, 12.5 Average
Attack type: Normal
Weapon Type: Melee
Armor Type: Medium
Armor: 0
Speed: Slow
Special Abilities:
-Repair (Autocast): Like previous games as well as other RTS games, the peasant
can repair structures and mechanical units. This can be done by simply right
clicking on the damaged structure or unit. Note that this requires gold and
lumber to perform, where for each second the peasant is repairing, it will
expend a few resource units. Thus, the longer it takes to repair something, the
more it will cost in the end.
-Gather: The main ability of the peasant, buy choosing this command then
clicking on a gold mine or tree, the peasant will go forth and gather the
respective resource. This can also be done by right clicking on the appropriate
resource you wish to gather. Once they have gathered the resource, they will
return to the nearest town hall (or upgraded incarnation) for lumber and gold,
or a lumber mill for lumber.
-Return Resource: In the event that you pull a peasant away to perform another
task when he is returning to the town hall or lumber mill, you can use this
command to instruct him to return what he has gathered and go back to gathering
resources. This is particularly useful if you needed to pull some peasant off
the gold mine to repair towers and such.
Build Structure: Probably the most important command for the peasant, and the
basis of the game, this will instruct the peasant to construct a unit. Note
that certain advanced structures require other buildings to be erected before it
is available. By holding the cursor over the structure icon, it will list the
amount of resources needed to build it. Once you have selected a building, a
transparent image of the structure will appear, where you can place it for the
peasant to build. Note that if there are other units or barriers in the way,
the peasant will not build it at all. Furthermore, the peasant will not be
available until the building is finished or is canceled. Note that a peasant
can still be killed when they are constructing a building, as they move around
the perimeter of the structure whilst they are building. You can increase the
speed of construction by using more peasants to help by using the ‘Repair’
command.
Call to Arms: Using this ability will recall all peasants to the nearest town
hall, where it will arm itself to be temporarily be a Militiaman. You can
cancel this order by selecting the town hall and choosing the ‘Back to Work’
button.
Upgrades: the peasant cannot be upgraded, but the militia unit receives the
upgrade bonuses.
Strategies:
The Peasant is probably the lifeline of your base. Your townhall and peasant
will almost always be the target of all assaults (unless the assault had a
different purpose.) Expect to have about 10 to 30 peasants working about,
depending on your strategy. Try to have an attack unit guard the peasants, as
they are pretty easy to kill. The militia ability is useful, but odds are, most
of them will be killed en route to the town hall, if it is still standing
anyways. Nonetheless, it is pretty impossible to play a normal game without
using peasants. For some reason I get an unusual satisfaction from killing
them.
Militia:
--------
The militia is a very useful unit. It allows the peasant to defend themselves
when under early attack, forcing rushers to think twice.
Cost: 1 Food
Build Time: N/A- Lasts for 45 game seconds.
Requires: Town Hall, Keep, or Castle.
Trained at: Town Hall, Keep, or Castle.
Hit Points/Mana: 220 HP, nil Mana
Damage: 12-14, 12.5 Average: 17 when upgraded.
Attack type: Normal
Weapon Type: Melee
Armor Type: Medium
Armor: 4
Speed: Medium
Special Abilities:
Back to Work: this order will change the Militiamen back to the peasant.
Upgrades:
Attack: Iron Forged Swords -> Steel Forged Swords -> Mithril Forged Swords
Armor: Iron Plating -> Steel Plating -> Mithril Plating
Strategies:
This is actually a useful ability for the peasants, assuming you get to pull it
off. The attack damage for these guys are actually good, same as the footman.
They do get an armor and speed bonus from the peasant which can be useful.
Think of them as temporary attackers. They are relatively good at defending
against early rushes, as well as tagging along with heroes to clear out creeps
in future expansions. Since you will need to build a lot of peasants anyways,
for the truly daring, you could actually rush with the militiamen. Kind of like
the SCV rush, but as with that, if your militia die, its game over in a matter
of time.
Footman:
--------
Footmen are the bread and butter unit of the human alliance. Footmen are pretty
weak when it comes to combating the other basic units, such a the Grunt even
with the ghoul, but they truly excel at combating archers and other pierce
damage units. The Defend ability is essential for surviving the game. Although
average at best, they can be pretty useful.
Cost: 160 Gold, 2 Food
Build Time: 20
Requires: Barracks
Trained at: Barracks
Hit Points/Mana: 420 HP, nil Mana
Damage: 12-13, 12.5 Average: 17 when upgraded.
Attack type: Normal
Weapon Type: Melee
Armor Type: Medium
Armor: 2 (8 when fully upgraded)
Speed: Medium
Special Abilities:
Defend: This will make the footman take a defensive position with his shield.
Although his speed will be cut by 30%, they also will take only 30% damage from
all Piercing attacks, including the archer and the rifleman. This can be
canceled at anytime, but it is recommended when the footman is idle or holding
a position.
Upgrades:
Attack: Iron Forged Swords -> Steel Forged Swords -> Mithril Forged Swords
Armor: Iron Plating -> Steel Plating -> Mithril Plating
Strategies:
The footman, as mentioned, is the basic attack unit for the human alliance.
Although they are average at most performance and statistics wise, they are
still a useful unit nonetheless. They make good complimentary troops to your
knights and riflemen, forming a defend shield to draw fire whilst the knights
and riflemen dispatch the attackers. They are good for emergency support, as
they can be trained pretty quickly.
Rifleman:
---------
Riflemen are the replacement for archers in Warcraft 3. They are essential for
the humans, as they are the only basic ground unit that can hit air without the
use of spells.
Cost: 240 Gold, 30 Lumber, 3 Food
Build Time: 26
Requires: Blacksmith
Trained at: Barracks
Hit Points/Mana: 520 HP, nil Mana
Damage: 18-24, 21.5 Average: 28.5 when upgraded.
Versus air: 18-24, 21.5 Average: 28.5 when upgraded.
Attack type: Piercing
Weapon Type: Instant- 40 (60 after upgrade)
Armor Type: Medium
Armor: 0: upgrades to 6
Speed: Light.
Special Abilities:
None
Upgrades:
Attack: Black Powder -> Refined Gunpowder -> Imbued Gunpowder
Armor: Studded Leather Armor -> Reinforced Leather Armor -> Dragonhide
Armor.
Range: Long Rifle
Strategies:
The rifleman is a pretty essential unit for the humans. They aren’t adept at
taking care of melee attackers due to their armor, but instead, are good at
fighting at a distance against heavy armor units as well as air units. Think of
them as the replacement for archers from Warcraft 2. Try to have an escort with
them; most people pair them with a knights and the hero. Try to research the
Long Rifle soon, as it increases their range by 50%, putting them at a safer
distance.
Knight:
-------
The knight is a powerful unit for the human alliance. Fast, powerful, and
versatile, it will become the main staple of the human army as the game advances
on. These units are deadly and feared for a good reason.
Cost: 290 Gold, 60 Lumber, 4 Food
Build Time: 45
Requires: Castle
Trained at: Barracks
Hit Points/Mana: 800 (950 with Animal War Training,) nil Mana
Damage: 21-29, 25 Average: 34 when upgraded.
Attack type: Normal
Weapon Type: Melee
Armor Type: Heavy
Armor: 6 (12 when fully upgraded)
Speed: Fast
Special Abilities:
-none-
Upgrades:
Attack: Iron Forged Swords -> Steel Forged Swords -> Mithril Forged Swords
Armor: Iron Plating -> Steel Plating -> Mithril Plating
HP: Animal War Training.
Strategies:
The statistics for this unit say it all. This is a very powerful unit, fast,
strong, durable, and versatile. Most players then to replace the footman with
knights, which is good if you are against Orcs. Keep an eye out for units such
as the archer and rifleman though, since their piercing damage does 150% against
heavy armor. Try to have some back up in the form of riflemen and footmen.
They are also good for escorting heroes around, as well as scouting. Try to use
them for hit and run attacks.
Priest:
Sorceress:
Water Elemental:
Mortar Team:
Steam Tank:
Air Units:
- - - - - -
The Human air force remains the same since Warcraft II. The gyrocopter has the
ability to attack ground units and scout, where as the Gryphon Rider is the
answer to the Wyvern and Hippogryph.
Gyrocopter:
Gryphon Rider:
Orc Units:
------------
The direct counterpart to the Humans, the Orcs are more brutish and powerful
than the Humans. Although they lack the wide variety of units that the Humans
have, their melee units are second to none.
Ground Units:
- - - - - - -
Boasting the most powerful melee units, what the Orcs lack in technology and
sophistication they make up in pure power and destruction. Although they are
weak with ranged attacks.
Peons:
Grunt:
Troll Headhunter:
Catapault:
Raider:
Shaman:
Troll Witch Doctor:
Tauren:
Kodo Beast:
Spirit Wolf:
Air Units:
- - - - - -
Another apparent short coming of the Orcs is their lack of variety in Air
units. However, the Wyvern still dominates as one of the most popular units on
Battle.net.
Wyvern:
Undead Units:
--------------
The Undead are a unique race in the aspect that the do not have a general trend
with their units. The most important part of playing as the undead is
micromanagement, using the essential spells and support magic correctly to gain
the upper hand.
Ground Units:
- - - - - - -
The undead have pretty average ground units. The problem is keeping them alive,
since there is little choice to choose from; instead the units are varied across
a broad range.
Acolyte:
Shade:
Ghoul:
Crypt Fiend:
Abomination:
Meat Wagon:
Mr. Frans van den Oever gives this tip about meat wagons.
I just had one minor addition to it. You can fix your meat wagons and other
non-regenerating units with acolytes and such, but it would be cheaper to
place them next to a death-knight with unholy aura. This way your units will
be restored without having to pay for it.
Necromancer:
Banshee:
Skeleton Warrior
Infernal:
Air Units:
- - - - - -
Boasting a powerful air force, the Undead air units can overwhelm the enemy to
ensure air superiority as well as air support with their extremely versatile air
units.
Gargoyle:
Frost Wyrm:
Nightelf Units:
---------------
Taking the Elven units, the Elves put an emphasis on ranged combat as well as
focusing on the forces of nature. They are a more interesting race, since they
make good use of the Day/Night cycle.
Ground Units:
- - - - - - -
The ground Nightelf units put an emphasis on ranged combat instead of brute
power. They have some very good support magic on their side as well, being able
to heal easily and hide anywhere at night.
Wisp:
Archer:
Huntress:
Ballista:
Dryad:
Druid of the Claw:
Druid of the Talon:
Treant:
Air Units:
- - - - - -
The Elven air units are very versatile, with the ability to include ground units
in their design.
Hippogryph:
Chimera:
============
Walkthrough
============
The following offers general tips and hints on campaign mode. It follows the
flow that the game uses. As one can predict, it will contain major spoilers as
it details the game’s flow and plot lines. The walkthrough is based on Normal
level difficulty.
Prologue: Exodus of the Horde
==============================
Chapter 1: Chasing Visions
------------------------------------
“Somewhere in the Arathi highlands, Thrall, young war Chief of the Orc hordes
wakes from his terrible dream…”
The mission is a tutorial, teaching you the basics of the game. Follow the lit
up beacons and eventually you will come across several grunt. Select them and
follow the path.
You soon come across a lone gnoll. Send all your units in and destroy it.
There is a Gnoll camp further south along the path, so destroy it too.
It soon becomes night time, with Thrall levelling up as the day’s reward. The
only thing left to do is follow the beacons and eventually reaching a particular
beacon with a raven looming….
The prophet tells Thrall to sail west to Kalimdor, where he and his horde are
the only hope against the Demons that once again have returned.
Chapter 2: Departures:
----------------------------
“3 Days later, near the Lordaeron Coast…”
Mission Objectives:
Mission 1:
1- Build a burrow
2- Build a war mill
3- Build barracks
4- Train 5 grunts
Mission 2:
1-Find Grom
It has been three days, and Thrall becomes impatient. A grunt reports that Grom
and his horde is soon arriving, thus, Thrall must prepare for the arrival of his
older brother. Train some peons and start building. When you finish the
burrow, you should get 3 extra, free peons.
A cut scene will follow, with human alliance forces at a nearby bridge,
demanding their surrender. Thrall is flabbergasted, for the humans reveal that
they also have a war chief; none other than Grom Hellscream in their custody.
Send your forces south to meet the human forces. They should be easy with the
towers nearby helping. Train additional grunts and send your units along the
path. Along the way you will meet a shaman, as well as a tutorial about sub
grouping.
You will then come across a gate, in which it needs to be destroyed. Take out
the near by towers first though, then barge in. Head south and free some other
units. You will have to start paying upkeep for the extra units, so head north
and you will find Grom. Bust in the camp, raze the buildings and finish the
mission.
The rest of the horde arrives, and Grom suggests “borrowing” nearby boats…
********************
[End of Prologue]
********************
=========================
Human Campaigns:
The Scourge of Lordaeron:
=========================
Chapter 1: The Defence of Strahnbrad:
-----
“Recent Orc uprisings in south Lordaeron has forced the Alliance to take
decisive measure to contain the Orcish threat. King Terenas has sent two of the
realm’s greatest Paladins – his son, Prince Arthas, and the legendary Uther the
Lightbringer to deal with the Orcs once and for all.
Mission Objectives:
Defend Strahnbrad
- Travel to Strahnbrad
- Arthas must survive
Kill Slavemaster
- Kill Slavemaster
Optional Quests:
Bandit Lord:
- Slay Menad the Bandit Lord
- Return ledger to Gerard
Save Timmy
- Slay the Gnolls who have kidnapped Timmy
Follow the path to the highlighted area to the northeast. You will encounter
some bandits attacking some villagers. Gerard will tell you about his
situation. To help him, travel near the south east edge of the map and slay the
bandit there. In return he will give you a Tome of Strength.
To the direct south of the map, (middle of bottom) you will find a woman whose
son has been kidnapped. Head to the clearing in the forest to the west and slay
the Gnolls to rescue Timmy. She will offer you a ring of Protection as a
reward.
At the direct west of the map, there are two villagers that will take up arms to
help you as footmen. When done, return to the gates of Strahnbrad and enter.
The town is under attack from Slavemaster. He will be too fast to follow, so
you will have to search for him. Head up to the northwest corner of the map and
slay him. The rest of the villagers will plead to Arthas to save the rest, in
which he vows to do so.
With that, a knight from Uther’s battalion summons Arthas to Uther’s camp.
Chapter 2: Blackrock n Roll:
-------------------------------------
“Twenty Minutes later, at Uther’s Encampment near the Blackrock clan village…”
Mission Objectives:
Establish a Base:
- Construct a Barracks
- Construct 2 Farms
- Train 6 footmen
Blademaster
- Defeat Blademaster
Optional Quests:
Dragon Hunters:
- Slay Searinox, the Black Dragon.
- Bring Heart of Searinox to Feanor Steeltoe
To start off, Uther will be partolling around. Gather more resources and
upgrade the scout towers to guard towers. Send Arthas to the northeast
entrance, as the Orcs will attack there first. The next attack will come from
the right.
Construct what is needed and Blademaster will confront Uther. Uther will try to
attack it but it is revealed to be a mirror image. Send the units you have
north and you will encounter some Dwarves.
Feanor Steeltoe will mention Searinox, the black Dragon. Kill Searinox and
return to him for the optional reward. You will also have some Dwarven riflemen
available.
To the North west, pond there is a group of Murlocks, with a level 2 hero. To
find Searinx, head to the south east and follow the paths, using the riflemen to
kill the Dragon whelps. Searinox will be at Level 8 and is pretty powerful, so
watch out. When you kill him bring his heart back to Steeltoe and imbue
Arthas’s weapon with fire damage (does splash damage too.)
Sid Oak sent in a tip for that area. Refer to the addendum.
Head north when you are done. To the left, there is an encampment. I destroyed
it first, so I suppose you would have to sooner or later, but it could be
optional. To the right, in a small path, is Blademaster, slaying the captured
townsfolk. He is at level 2, but he shouldn’t be too much trouble.
Uther and Arthas discuss what Blademaster was up to. The arcane structure and
artefacts lead them to believe that the Orcs were trying to summon Demons with
their sacrifices, but Uther disregards them as anachronistic nonsense.
Intermission: Jaina’s Meeting:
--------------------------------------
“Two weeks later, in the violet gardens of Dalaran.”
The Prophet is seen pleading to Antonidas, lord of Dalaran. Like all others, he
rejects the prophet and sends him off.
Jaina and Antonidas discuss the plague wreaking havoc in the northlands.
Antonidas mentions that a special envoy will be awaiting Jaina, of whom is sent
to investigate…
Chapter 3: Ravages of the Plague:
-----------------------------------------------
“Three days later in Alterac, Artha and his men wait near a crossroad along
Kings road”
Mission Objectives:
Investigate Villages:
- Explore the Countryside.
- Arthas must survive
- Jaina must survive
Grain Warehouse:
- Destroy Grain warehouse.
Arthias and his men are waiting for Jaina, in which Arthas reminds his men of
Jaina’s tardiness. Jaina arrives but is followed by Two ogres. Yet, with a
summoned Water Elemental, she defeats them with ease.
Follow the path around until you reach a village close by. You will eventually
reach the site of a bridge, which as been broken from the other side. The
villagers mention another path, but it is dangerous now.
Follow the minimap ping, and slay the bandits harassing the villagers. They
mention a Fountain of life, which is located in the north west. The only
purpose though is to heal faster, so only head there if you need it.
Along the river crossing, you will run across some Murlocks, but they should
pose no problem at all. You will enter a village and spot some footmen
defending against a barrage of arrows. Send in your units to help them.
It appears that the undead have been terrorizing the village. The ground itself
appears rotten. Follow the path and slay the undead warriors that you come
across. You will see a granary that appears to be infected. Jaina concludes
from the crates that the grain is being used as the vector for the plague.
Continue along the path south. You will run across a priest, who talks about a
grain warehouse nearby. As such they must destroy the grain warehouse nearby.
Follow the path and slay the undead. Arthas’s Holy Light against them for an
easy fight.
The heros then spot a robed figure, Kel’Thuzad, who talks about “a plan.” He
hastily leave, but send an abdomination as well as undead warriors at you. Slay
them and the warehouse to finish the Mission.
Arthas and Jaina discuss the undead presence. They feel that there is more to
this that it seems…
Chapter 4: Cult of the Damned:
----------------------------------------
“The next day, on the outskirts of Andorhal.”
Mission Objectives:
Investigate Andorhal
- Explore Andorhal
Confront Kel’Thuzad
- Find Kel’Thuzad
Arthas and Jaina spot some Acolytes near a mine. Soon after the mine becomes
warped the heros chase after the Acolytes, of whom they get away.
There is a Goblin merchant at the middle of the map, but Murlocks are guarding
the way. There is another one at the top left corner of the map.
Head northwest along the path. You will come across an Undead town. There is a
necromancer as well as some ghouls, but nothing you cannot handle. Raze the
town and follow the path into another partially ruined human town.
You will run into Kel’Thuzd again, who leaves once again, leaving some ghouls
for you to fight. Fight your way out and knock down the cage. Timmy will come
out, but not do anything. When finished, head north and follow the path into
another clearing.
There are four or five Abominations guarding the entrance. Slay them and
confront Kel’thuzad. Cast holy light and summon the Water Elemental for the
best results. Kill him to finish the Mission.
Note: Timmy can be killed for a reward. Thanks to “Chrisdude” for this tip.
Refer to Addendum .
Chapter 5: March of the Scourge
--------------------------------------------
“Early the next morning, Arthas and Jaina approached the village of Hearthglen”
Mission Objectives:
Defend Hearthglen
- Survive for thirty minutes.
Optional Quests:
The Grain Caravan
- Destroy the Grain Caravan before it gets to the last village
At the start of the mission, Arthas and Jaina find some troops training at the
village. Upon inquiring, the townsfolk reveal that they were under attack the
previous night, and are now preparing for an incoming onslaught. Arthas asks
about the grain, but it is too late… the townsfolk have already eaten…
Help out the villagers immediately. You can build sorceresses now, but before
you do, put down some farms and churn out riflemen and footmen. When your
economy is stable enough, build an Arcane Sanctum and build a few sorceresses.
There is little reason to leave the village. There is an optional quest at
about 20 minutes left, but there is little point.
To the bottom left, is the teal undead encampment. The other undead base is at
the direct center. Venimiceblade (level 6 Lich) is at the center of the map and
Calis Wraithson (what kinda name is that? Level 10 Lich) is at the other
encampment.
The general concept is to let the towers distract the enemy, then rush in fast
and kill the attackers. Watch out for the Meat wagons though, since your towers
cannot reach the.
Basically, this is a map based on patience. Towards the end, the enemies will
swarm in, although you do not need to fully defend against it. Nonetheless, it
still means you should prevent them from doing too much damage.
The mission finishes when the time ends.
The villagers are overwhelmed but Uther comes just in time to save them.
Arthas’ pride seems to be bruised at this encounter, and resolves to go after
Mal’Ganis on his own, much to the chagrin of the others.
Interlude: The Prince and the Prophet.
------
“Later that Afternoon, on the road to Stratholme…”
Arthas meets the Prophet, and like all other humans, shuns and ignores the
prophecy. He insists that he will never leave his homeland.
Chapter 6: The Culling
-------------------------------
“Early in the Morning, on the outskirts of Stratholme…”
Mission Objectives:
The Culling:
- Destroy Plagued Villager houses
- Kill 100 Zombies
- Stop Mal’ganis from claiming 100 zombies.
Upon arriving, the heroes realize that the town has already been infected, thus,
they must be purged…
However, Uther and Jaina are flabbergasted at the mere thought of this idea.
Yet Arthas stands adamant behind his resolve. Uther refuses once more and is
released from his duties, returning to Lordaeron to report to King Terenas about
Arthas’ insanity.
With Arthas, you start at the top right corner of the map. Your aim is to head
to the south west, razing any house you come across and slaying all the
inhabitants. Although this may sound like a simple take Mal’Ganis is near the
south west area of the map, also doing the same task.
Take your peons and immediately start training footmen or riflemen. Take the
two knights and have them follow Arthas in his task. Have the remaining footmen
search and destroy the other houses.
Mal’Ganis has his own escort of units, but he can be killed (level 7
Dreadlord.) Every time you kill him there will be a counter displaying how long
until he is revived. Usually this is around two and a half minutes.
You could try to destroy the undead base, but that is a waste of time. The
altar is darkness is invulnerable, so you cannot prevent Mal’Ganis from
resurrecting.
The map is pretty straight forward and simple. The only difficulty is focusing
at the task at hand.
When you have slain 100 of the villagers, the mission is complete.
Uther and Jaina return, shocked at the massacre at has taken place. To them,
Arthas is no longer sane…
Interlude: Divergent Courses:
--------------------------------------
“Three days later, amongst the ruins of Stratholme…”
Jaina is approached by the Prophet. She too does not listen to the prophet.
Chapter 7: The Shores of Northrend
------------------------------------------------
“One month later, along the icy coast of Daggercap Bay.”
Mission Objectives:
Establish Base Camp:
- Find a Gold mine
- Arthas must survive
Mal’Ganis
- Destroy Mal’Ganis’Base.
Optional Quest
Rescue Muradin’s Base
- Rescue Dwarves Base
Arthas has finally arrived at Northrend, and is setting up camp. He searches
for a gold mine.
Head to the East, following the path. Along the way you will meet frost
wolves. Towards the middle there will be a Dire Frost wolf (level 7) and Giant
Frost Wolf (level 4.) Killing them yields the ‘Scroll of the Beast.’ There are
also Ice trolls lurking around.
Following the path east and north will lead to a gold mine. Upon further
inspection though, it seems that the village is under attack by the undead.
There is Muradin Bronzebeard, old friend of Arthas.
Muradin speaks of his comrades trapped, directly to the north. The Undead
encampment is mostly guarded by Crypt fiends and Abominations, with the
occasional Gargoyle. Rescuing the Dwarves will give you some riflemen, steam
tank, and two gyrocopters. Train some more riflemen and gyrocopters (with
gyrobomb) and the occasional steam tanks and head to the west when you are
ready. Calis Wraithson (level 6) will be there. After the base is razed, the
mission is finished.
Much to Arthas’ chagrin, Mal’Ganis is nowhere to be found. Arthas orders a
encampment to be built over the old undead base.
Chapter 8: Dissension:
-----------------------------
“Early the next morning at Artha’ new base camp…”
Mission Objectives:
Burn the Boats
- Destroy the 5 Ships before time runs out.
- Arthas must survive.
- Muradin must survive.
A Goblin Zepplin flies past the base and unloads an envoy from Lordareon. The
Envoy tells the captain that King Terenas has ordered Arthas and his men back,
for their mission is now finished.
The Captain informs Arthas of this, enraging Arthas. As such, he plans to burn
the boats down so stop his men from leaving…
At the start you have little units. Fortunately, there are several mercenary
camps around. One of them is directly to your left, so hire a few trolls. You
will need a ranged attacker to bring down the boats. Head south and destroy the
boat you reach. To the east, there is a Goblin Laboratory and mercenary camp.
Take what you need, then destroy the trees blocking the boat with either a
goblin sapper from the camp or bombard with the Dwarf cannon.
To the south there is an undead encampment, mostly made of Spirit towers guarded
by Crypt Fiends. Use the Mortars to blast the towers, then take care of the
boats. To reach the last boat on the eastern side you have to take a detour
around the southern tip of the base.
There is adequate time, so try not to rush or make any hasty mistakes. Some
units have a tendency to get stuck, so watch for that.
After all 5 boats are destroyed, the stage is over.
Arthas’ men arrive, shocked to see their boats destroyed. Arthas turns the
blame onto the hired mercenaries and slays them…
Chapter 9: Frostmourne
---------------------------------
“The Next day, at Arthas’ base camp.”
Mission Objectives:
Frostmourne:
- Locate Frostmourne
- Arthas must survive
- Muradin must survive
Mal’Ganis
- Destroy Mal’Ganis’s base.
Arthas’ base is under severe enemy attack. Arthas has no choice other than to
retrieve Frostmourne and unleash its power.
The path is actually linear, so you cannot get lost. Along the way, you will
encounter Frost wolves. There is a mana fountain but I ignored it. Eventually
you will reach the blade, but it is guarded by The Guardian (level 10.) Use
Muradin to nail him from afar, whilst Arthas distracts him. When you win, he
warns Arthas of the blade.
Arthas goes and claims the blade, but Muradin discovers that it is indeed
cursed. Yet, Arthas ignores his warning and takes hold of the blade; the
resultant blast in energy kills Muradin, but Arthas hardly seems remorseful.
Arthas then seeks Mal’Ganis. Head to the east and raze the base. It shouldn’t
be too much trouble with the Frostmourne. Most of the forces within area are
abominations and the occasional Crypt feinds. You can kill Mal’Ganis in the
process, but the mission won’t end until the base is totally razed. Once that
happens, you win.
Arthas faces off against Mal’Ganis. Mal’Ganis reveals that the Dark lord speaks
to Arthas through the blade, slowly consuming his sanity. Yet, as Arthas move
to kill Mal’Ganis, he realizes the true intentions of the Dark Lord, moments
before his soul is claimed by the Frostmourne.
“After taking his venegence upon Mal’Ganis, Prince Artas wandered off into the
frozen wastelands of Northrend.
Tormented by Frostmorne’s maddening voice, Arthas has lost the last vestiges of
his sanity.
Now, driven by the sword’s dark will, Arthas plans to return home to Lordaeron
and claim his just reward”
Arthas enters the royal throne room. He then lunges towards the king and stabs
him with the Frostmorne. Lordaeron has fallen.
********************************
[End of Human Campaigns]
********************************
=====================
Undead Campaigns:
Path of the Damned
=====================
Chapter 1: Trudging through the Ashes
-------
“The Lich King’s plague of undeath has spread through the capital city and into
the outskirts of Lordaeron City. Shocked and disheartened by the loss of their
beloved king, the forces of Lordaeron were scattered by the ravenous undead
warriors. Now, Lordaeron is but a shadow of its former glory – and Prince
Arthas has yet to be seen…”
Mission Objectives:
Rescue Acolytes
- Rescue 20 Acolytes
- Arthas must survive.
Optional Quests:
Find the Graveyard:
- Bring Arthas to the graveyard.
- Arthas must survive.
The scene starts with a pale looking warrior entering the screen, greeted by a
Dreadlord. Upon closer inspection, the new Death Knight is none other than
Prince Arthas, now part of the Undead scourge. Thinking that it is Mal’Ganis,,
the Dreadlord Tichardrius informs Arthas of his new quest.
You start of near the south east of the map. The mission itself is pretty
simple, you just need to look closely at the hidden spots.
Head south, following the path and enter the town that is close by. The Acolytes
are pretty easy to spot, since they are in red. The most important thing is to
use Arthas to approach the Acolytes or else they won’t count. Furthermore if
the normal villagers (in blue) spot you they will run off, calling forth
Horsemen and knights. Oddly enough your units won’t kill the running villager.
Go Figure.
Right in the middle of the path is an Acolyte (1), with an exclamation mark
about its head. The next one is in the middle of town, next to the guy chopping
word (2) so use a death coil on him from afar. Follow the path west and south
through the town. There will be another Acolyte (3) near the houses with an
exclamation mark above its head telling you of the graveyard.
Follow south across the river. When you reach a crossroads, head up into a
clearing by the forest. There will be an Acolyte near the shore fishing (4.)
Head back south into a house in the middle of the woods, with some villagers
chopping trees. There will be another Acolyte (5) there. Watch out for the
guard post there in the middle. Head up over the fenced Keep then travel back
down to the bottom left hand corner of the small outpost. There will be two
villagers there, so death coil both and find the last Acolyte (6) there. When
you are done head north through the gates. Be warned that there are four guards
there, so use the Dead coil, as usual.
Head into town. To your left, there is an Acolyte (7.) You can just walk up to
him since you can probably kill the villager near him before he gets away. Head
up and look to your left in the group of houses, where there is a lone Acolyte
(8.) Head over to the right, over the bar and fighting villagers. There will
be another Acolyte (9) hiding between the houses and trees. Directly above you
is the Grave yard, where you can get some extra ghouls.
Head up and you will spot a gate; don’t enter it yet. Head to the path on the
left, following the fenced area. There will be another keep there. Some
bandits will enter, so wait till they are done before mopping up the rest.
There is an Acolyte (10) in the bottom left corner. Return to the center and
head left. You will come across two paths; the bottom one has another Acolyte
(11) and the top one leads to another Acolyte (12) bur be warned; an Assassin
will ambush you when you rescue it. Head back to the center of Town and up into
the fields. There is another Acolyte (13) near the houses.
Barge through the gate. Immediately under the gate near the bottom houses is an
Acolyte (14.) Kill the two villagers, since the Acolyte is somewhat hidden.
Head up to the top of the town, where there is a small fenced area with some
sheep. No, I don’t know what the hell he is doing with those sheep wither, but
walk near him (15.)
To the far right near some houses is another Acolyte (16) but the town is
heavily guarded. Go back down to the bottom of the town, where there is another
Acolyte (17.) There will be some Acolytes at the far right of the town, but
they are being guarded by a Captain and several footmen, with some knights in
the area. Under it is another small clearing with a hidden Acolytes (18.) You
will have to storm the heavily guarded area, so try to make it fast. Use Death
coil whilst the Ghouls distract them. There will be 4 Acolytes to save.
Once you have saved 20 Acolytes the Mission will finish.
Tichondrius appears and notes that there are now enough Cultists. Kel’Thuzar is
all that is needed, and they need to travel to Andorhal to gather his remains.
Chapter 2: Digging up the Dead
------------------------------------------
“the next morning, on the outskirts of Andorhal.”
Mission Objectives:
Recover Remains:
- Kill the Paladins guarding the graveyard.
- Bring Arthas to Kel’thuzad’s tomb
- Arthas must survive
Claim the Urn:
- Kill the Paladins
- Recover the Urn
Establish a Base:
- Summon a Haunted goldmine
- Build a Necropolis
- Build a crypt
- Build a graveyard
- Build 3 Ziggurats
Arthas enters Andorhal and inquire about the Meat Wagons. You must first defeat
a Paladin guarding a graveyard.
The first task is simple enough. Head directly East with your meat wagons. Use
them to take out the Guard towers, then send in Arthas to take care of the
rest. The grave is guarded by Gavinrad the Dire, level 2. Nothing a death coil
won't take care of.
When you are done, Tichondrius informs you that Kel'Thuzad's corpse is too
decomposed to 'survive' the trip to Quel'thalas. As such they will need a
particular urn, guarded by more Paladins. Your next mission will be to establish
a base. Head south, where you will meet an encampment. Once again, take out
the towers with the meat wagons, and send in the troops to take care of the
rest. When it is clear, establish your base and muster up some more units.
Head to the north west, where you will encounter Ballor Bright, Paladin level
4. He has an encampment, but nothing serious.
To the south there are two Paladin camps. The southwestern one has the Urn you
need, but he is at level 10. Paladin Sage Truthbearer is to the direct south.
Head to the south-west area of the map with as many units as you can muster.
Uther the Lightbearer will be waiting for you, but he is no cakewalk. Chances
are Level 2 or 3 Arthas will need all the help he can get against Uther.
Tip from Sacco: In the chapter 2 of Undead, below where Uther is, there are 4
sheeps. Kill them all will leave an item : Goblin Night Scope.
Uther will reveal that the urn holds King Terenas' ashes. Arthas care not and
takes it to transport Kel'thuzar.
Once With that cutscene over, the mission is completed.
Special note: there is a secret area in this game. Refer to Addendum 2 for more
info. Thanks to Aaron Hainley for this tip.
Kel'thuzar's specter appears and warns Arthas to be wary of the Dreadlords.
They have more in mind than Arthas thinks.
Interlude: the Dreadlords Convene:
----------------------------------------------
"Meanwhile, at the Dreadlord's citadel, somewhere in the twisting nether.
The Dreadlord triumvirate gather and discuss their progress. They mention
Achimonde and his plan; and worry about potential failure. They discuss Arthas'
performance.
Chapter 3: Into Realm Eternal
---------------------------------------
"Six days later, near the forested Netherlands of Quel'thalas"
Mission Objectives:
The Elf Gate:
- Destroy the High Elf base (blue) guarding the Elf gate.
Arthas overlooks Quel’thalas, reminiscing back to his youth when he first and
last came. They burst through the gates with their meat wagons and raze the
nearby outpost, setting up base.
This is a relatively straightforward map. There isn't much variation in which
path to take, but there is quite a lot of opposition. You will also need to use
the meat wagons often to clear the trees in you way.
You start at the Northwestern corner of the map, so your general direction will
be southeasterly. There is an elf base directly to the east of you (North East
corner) but they are non-related to the flow of the mission. There is another
one at 3 o’clock position. There is a fountain in the middle of the map,
guarded by several Elven archers. The other two outposts to the east have
nothing in particular worth destroying. Sylvanas Windrunner (level 4) will
attack your base constantly, so watch out for her. At the start of the mission
she will attack in a minute or so, so watch for her.
Head south and you will see a tip about clearing trees. Use the Meat wagon and
tell it to 'Attack ground' at the trees. Be sure to clear a path wide enough
and to stop attacking when you move your units through. Continue down
southwards until you see an encampment near the bottom right of the map (teal.)
Send in your reinforcements and raze the base. The only trouble should be from
the high elves and their guard towers. Guard your Meat Wagons though, since
they have ballistae. Flank those and let the melee units take care of them.
There is a goblin merchant directly to the north east of the bottom left base,
and a fountain of mana to the bottom. They are both guarded by Gnolls though.
Head to the east when you are done razing the base to reach the mission
objectives. There a lot of towers around, so send for some new Meat wagons as
well as the new Necromancers to back Arthas up. Keep your units in formation
and protect the meat wagons. Blue should fall soon and lead you to the inner
sanctum of Quel'thalas.
Arthas gives chases to Sylvanas. They exchange fighting words, and Sylvanas
teleports away to Silvermoon.
Chapter 4: Key of the Three Moons:
------------------------------------------------
"Moments later, just beyond the shattered Elf gate…"
Mission Objectives:
Three Moons:
- Destroy the three high elf altars
- Collect all 3 Mooncrystals
Arthas and his troops burst through the gate and slay the defenders behind.
Svlvanas gives the order to fall back, and destroys the bridge crossing the
river. She mentions a ‘special key’…
As you have noticed, you will need to find a way across the river. Take your
crypt fiends and head to the right. Take care of the two dragon hawks lurking
about and raze the buildings. Note that now you can build crypt fiends, but you
will also be under attack from the flying Dragon Hawks. Establish a base and
train some crypt fiends (important) and whatever units you feel comfortable with
using. Word of warning though, Sylvanas Windrunner (level 5) will be hanging
around so keep your guard up.
To the top right corner of the map, you will see a Goblin Laboratory. Bring
Arthas to it and take the Goblin Zeppelins. Each Zeppelin can carry eight
units, so ferry units if you need to.
The first zeppelin load should have a mixture of crypt fiends, Meat wagons, and
melee attackers. Land your forces to clear the area then send in the remainder
of your attack force. Your first destination will be immediately to the East.
Land and wipe out the units there. The forces there mainly consist of Dragon
Hawks, Fury towers priests and assorted archers. The target altar is
immediately to the right of your landing zone, so just zoom in there can destroy
it.
Next, head up and clear the base. Notice the teleportation gate. Send your
units into it. You will now be at the middle island of the map. There are
Three teleporters here; from Right to left, Light blue, Red, and blue at the far
left. The area will be guarded by Dragon Hawks and numerous towers. The target
teleporter is the blue one at the far left. Go through it.
You will now appear at the far left island. The bulk of the forces here are
archers, with the occasional footman, and a couple of Dragon Hawks. The altar
is right next to the teleporter to the left, so if you are daring, you could
make a rush for it as opposed to trying to raze the island base.
Back in the middle island, head through the middle red teleporter. You will now
appear at the northern most island. You will be immediately greeted by several
Dragon hawks as well as high elven units, so go prepared. The Altar you are
looking for is right next to the trees near the teleportation gate. Raze it and
return to the light blue gate.
You will start back at the Eastern most island. Send a few meat wagons to the
northern most tip of the island and blast the Fury tower there. Send in the
landing force and clear the Dragon Hawks that lurk there. Send Arthas to the
circle of power to finish the mission.
Chapter 5: The Fall of Silvermoon:
---------------------------------------------
“Moments later, on the outskirts of the elves capital of Silvermoon…”
Mission Objectives:
The Sunwell:
- Defeat Sunwell’s Guardians
Optional Quests:
Sylvanas Windrunner:
- Destroy Sylvanas base
Silvermoon Runners
- Destroy every runner she sends
- Do not alert Silvermoon to your presence
Arthas has established an encampment near the outskirts of Silvermoon.
Tichondrius appears to congratulate Arthas on his progress, but is still
cautious of him. Kel’Thuzar appears and says the Dreadlords do suspect
something…
Immediately at the start of your mission, Sylvanas Windrunner (level 7) will
attack your base. This will trigger the two optional quests, which maybe
difficult but recommended. The runners are dressed in yellow and appear when
ever the timer says. They disappear when Sylvanas’ base is razed. Do not
attack Silvermoon (teal) until Sylvanas’ base (blue) is destroyed.
Build up your defenses and level up to a crypt. The gargoyles are good for
completing the final objective. Send a few meat wagons and an army to the
west. Guard the bridge and have the meat wagons destroy the nearby towers. By
now Sylvanas will be running at you, pretty miffed. Death coil her when your
melee units are keeping her busy.
Syvlanas will officially be “defeated” when her base is razed. A cut scene will
takeover. Arthas somehow hits her with his horse and she gets ‘defeated.’
Arthas then turns her into a banshee, damned to serve the Scourge forever.
The only thing left to do is take out the Sunwell guardians. The city itself is
too big to destroy, so you will need to cut a path in and take them out in a
quick but hard strike.
The best way to do this would be to hit them from afar with hard-hitting units
whilst occupying them up close. First, have four to six meat wagons. Cover
them with gargoyles and Crypt fiends. Build as many Abominations and Ghouls as
you can. Necromancers should be there to raise the corpses of the dead.
Head west and follow the path south. Use the wagons to take out the nearby
towers from the bridge. Use the other attack units to hit the archers. Be
warned that they can net your Gargoyles and the Golems (level 9) that you need
to kill can hit air. Slowly make your way to the center. When you near the
center, have the wagons first aim at the towers. Use your melee units to nail
the golems, with Arthas helping. The trick is to lure them to you, since there
are three other towers in the area. By the time the towers are destroyed, The
ghouls and abominations will be slaughtered by the dozens, so use your
necromancers to raise them as fodder. Aim your wagons at the Golems. Have a
constant flow of reinforcements ready.
When the four granite golems fall, the mission ends.
Arthas walks up to the Sunwell and resurrects Kel”Thuzad. Arthas has kept his
end of the dea. Now it is Kel’Thuzad’s turn…
Interlude: The Revelation:
----------------------------------
“Three Days later, somewhere in the wintry peaks of the Alterac Mountains…”
Kel’Thuzad and Arthas walk up a slope, with hordes of undead assembling around
the encampment. Kel’Thuzad speaks of the Legion under the Dark Lords control,
and how Arthas as a bigger role than anyone thinks, all courtesy of the Lich
King. The Dreadlords in control of Lich King are only there to ensure the plan
to summon the demonic lord Archimode goes as planned. The scourge was
engineered to wipe out any resistance to the Legions…
Chapter 6: Blackrock & Roll, Too!:
--------------------------------------------
“The next morning, on the outskirts of the Blackrock clan village.”
Mission Objectives:
Demonic Gate:
- Destroy the Orc base protecting the Demon Gate
Optional Quests:
Kill Orc Heroes:
- Throk’Feroth
- Mazrigos
- Khanzo
- Genjuros
- Jubei’thos
(all named after Samurais, probably from Samurai Spirits)
Kel’Thuzad tells Arthas that it is time for the second phase of the plan; to
communicate with the Demon lord for instructions. There is a Demonic Gate
nearby, but there is also an encampment of Orcs…
You start right at the center of the map. There are encampments all around you,
but the one you need to complete the mission is on the top right corner. You
have access to Frost Wyrms though. Directly above you, following the two paths,
will lead you to two Level 10 Red Dragons (!) To the top left conrer is a Goblin
Merchant, but it is guarded by several ice trolls (level 5, 2 level 3’s, 2 level
2’s)
Right when you start, there will be an attack force aimed right at you. There
will be an Orc blademaster named Haohmarush (let’s not be obvious here…) at
level 5. Send in all you got, which isn’t a lot to spare. After the
blademaster dies, he will drop a Manual of Health as well as trigger the
optional sidequest. Each of the target are in their own encampment;
Throk’Feroth- Level 6 Far Seer at 12’o clock position
Mazrigos- Level 6 Far Seer at 3’o clock position
Khanzo- Level 4 Blademaster at 7’o clock position
Genjuros- Level 4 Blademaster at 5’o clock position
Jubei’thos- Level 8 Blademaster at 1’o clock position (Red base.)
They each drop some pretty nifty stuff though, so it is up to you. I will cover
the optional quests, but if you wish to skip these, jump right to the last bit.
Firstly you will need a combination of Crypt fiends, Meat wagons, Abominations
and Frost Wyrms. Follow the path north and you will run into the roost of Red
Dragons. Tangle them down to earth and give it all you got. Head to the right
and repeat. Head back to base and regroup your forces. When you are done, Head
north into Orange’s encampment. The best way to enter is from the bottom left.
Take out the watchtower, but they have a catapult to so head from the air; they
can take down your air units, so you need to lure the catapult away from the
Raiders. The base isn’t really well defenders, so brute force is the way to go
here. Throk’Feroth is pretty strong, so mix up your Frost Wyrms with your Meat
Wagons and Abominations. Head back to base and regroup when he is dead.
Your next target will be blue, at the bottom right corner. Head down can wait
at the bridge. There is a single watchtower, so that is easy to take care of.
Two grunts are nearby, with a catapult as well. Chances are by now Khanzo will
be rushing forth, so you could try an air attack on him. His base does not need
to be destroyed, but feel free to destroy it for experience. There are one or
two guard towers inside, but nothing serious.
If you follow the river down south, there will be an Ice Troll warlord (level
6.) Killing him will yield the Sobi Mask, which increase Mana regeneration
rate. It is particularly useful for Kek’thuzad.
The next target is brown, at 5’o clock position. The entrance is virtually
unguarded, so head in with a meat wagon and bring down the tower. The main
threat is from the five or so Ogre-Magi (level 5) and the catapult. Aside from
that, there is nothing of note aside from Genjuros himself. He drops a tome of
strength, which is useful. Another strategy is to approach from the bottom of
the map and just fly in to kill him. The downside is that you will miss the
reward, which is particularly valuable.
The next target will be light blue, at 3’o clock. There are two guard towers at
both entrances, as well as quite a large army of Grunts and Trolls. There is an
Ogre-magi or two as well. The easiest but more complicated method would be to
split your forces in two; one at the top entrance that will distract the
defenders. And the other at the bottom, which will run in and take out
Mazrigos.
You will need to have meat wagons for both teams. For the top team, bring in
several Meat wagons, Frost Wyrms and lots of Ghouls. Their job will be to take
care of virtually every unit in the base that will rush at them. The other team
will have meat wagons to take out the towers, weaken Mazrigos and potential
defenders. Meanwhile, Gargoyles and Arthas will attack Mazrigos as well. He
drops the tome of intelligence. Take note of the path at the top that leads to
red’s base.
Red’s main base is pretty well fortified. There are three (or more) Level 10
red dragons that are a pain in the ass to take out, as well as numerous
defenders and catapults. Your best bet would be to use the Meat wagons to take
out the towers, then enter from both sides with everything you got. Jubei’thos
himself is no cake walk, so be forewarned. He has the ability to mirror
himself and confuse your units. The Orc warlocks will also cast slow on your
units.
Killing Juebi’thos will grant you the Tome of Knowledge, which raises your
Strength, Agility, and Intelligence. Raze the Base to finish the scenario.
Kel’Thuzad summons forth Archimonde, who orders the retrieval of the last book
of Medivh, only tome powerful enough to bring him into this world…
Chapter 7: The Siege of Dalaran.
--------------------------------------------
“The next morning, at the gates of Dalaran…”
Arthas and his minions have reached the gates of Dalaran city. Antonidas greets
Arthas and warns that their “erected auras” will destroy all undead that pass
through. Kel’thuad notes that by destroying the three magi, they can stop the
barrier.
Mission Objectives:
Three Archmagi:
- Slay First Magi
- Slay Second Magi
- Slay Antonidas
This level is probably the hardest yet. You have to rush in through the
barrier, which saps health from your units rather quickly. As the tip said, you
will have to rush in to slay them, and the distance is rather far. There is a
Goblin Merchant to your right, so buy some town portal scrolls. To the left
there is a lone level 6 Archmage, Dalar Dawnweaver. Killing him will yield a
Health stone.
The magi are position in a triangle. Midway through the map is a moat; slightly
to the north there are two magi on both sides. Peril spellbinder (archmage
level 7) is on the right, where as Shal lightbringer (archmage level 3) is on
the left. Antonidas is the top of the triangle.
The easiest way (but also the costliest) would be to go all air. Mass up on
Frost wyrms and gargoyles. Head left until you see a burning town hall; that
will be your first alignment point. From there, travel directly north (in a
straight line.) 3/5ths of the way up you should see a crystal and an archmage.
That is the first one. With his death, the aura falls. Return back to base to
regroup.
The next landmark is the goblin merchant. Directly to the north will be the
second arch mage you need to kill, at roughly the same distance. Be warned that
he has a base with towers, two sorceresses, and two knights. Pair that with the
aura and the level 5 archmage and you get difficulty.
The last target will be Antonidas. He is directly to the north of the entrance,
in a straight line. Travel to the cleared areas then try to align it so you
reach to him. He is near the very top, and has several towers, sorceresses,
priests, and gyrocopters protecting him. Send in a mass swarm, and eventually
you should win. Send in Arthas to claim the book of Medivh (watch out for the
defenders though) and the mission is over.
Addendum: after asking for tips and strategies for this map, many people gave
some very, very good strategies to beat this map. Refer to addendum 3 for a
full list of user submitted tips.
With a single strike, Antonidas is dead. With the book of Medivh in their
possession, the only thing left is to summon Archimonde forward…
Chapter 8: Under the Burning Sky:
---------------------------------------------
“An hour later, a hill overlooking Dalaran…”
Mission Objectives:
Archimonde:
- Kel’Thuzad must survive for 30 minutes.
Optional Quests:
- Recover Goblin land mines.
Basically this is a defense map type scenario. Firstly develop the already
existing areas with more Spirit towers as well as units. Aside from that there
is little you can do. About five or six minutes in game, you will be given 3
felhounds. Every interval you will be given more Burning Legion units. The
last ones will be Infernals
There are some mines, so break the crates to get a hold of them. Save them for
the final rush though. Try to focus on defense, upgrading your units as far as
possible. Upgrading the Ziggurat towers is important. Meat Wagons around them
are a must though to counter the siege weapons. Aside from that, upgrade the
shields AND attack, as well as any other abilities that might be useful. Have
Acolytes repair the towers often as well.
There are three enemies on this map, each with their own hero. Shal
Lightbringer (level 3) is in top left, Dalar Dawnweaver is at 3’o clock, Fondred
Alan is at top right corner.
There is an optional fight with Manath Magesrge, level 8 at the middle top of
the map, but that is hardly worth the trouble. There is a magical vault at the
top right corner of the map, which yields a Medallion of Intelligence. Chances
are though, if you managed to get that item, you might as well raze the other
bases. The map can also be completed by razing all opposing bases.
Note that near the end, there will be a massive rush. Have all your Legion
units around Kel’thuzad and the rest supporting the towers. The Death coil will
heal Kel’thuzad, so it is a good way to heal him.
Archimonde is summoned into the world. As a gesture of his power, he razes
Dalaran into the ground with ease. What will become of Arthas?
********************************
[End of Undead Campaigns]
********************************
=========================
Orc Campaigns:
The Invasion of Kalimdor:
=========================
Chapter 1: Landfall:
----------------------------
“Following the mysterious prophet’s instructions, Thrall led the Horde across
the Great Sea. Now, after weeks of traversing the raging seas, the Orcish Horde
has landed upon the savage shores of Kalimdor. With their stolen ships broken
and drowned, the Orcs cautiously venture inland, wary of the unseen dangers
lurking within the crags of the desolate land.”
Mission Objectives:
Rally the Horde:
- Discover where the other ships landed.
- Thrall must survive.
Protect Cairne
- Follow Cairne to the Tauren village
- Protect Cairne from his enemies
- Cairne Bloodhoof must survive
- Thrall must survive.
After landing on the new land, broken and tired, Grom and the others are
missing. Thrall therefore must search for his brother and the rest of the horde.
After two full campaigns with that Moron Arthas, it is refreshing to have a
change in character. Immediately to the left of where you start, there is a
Mana Potion hidden in the crates after you attack it. Head north following the
path. There will be some Murlocs; two level 1 tiderunners and 1 level 3
flesheaster. Zap them with a chain lighning and continue until you see a
cutscene about the boats. To the left, there is another trio of Murlocs that
will drop a Healing ward. Continue right until you see a raided village.
Head up then turn left; you will see a tauren getting killed; return back to the
village and go south east. You will see a campfire with three quillboars and a
qullboar hero. Kill them to get a healing ward. Check out the shipwreck on the
shores directly south. Head south-east and kill the other Quillboards. Rescue
the two stranded orcs. Voila, two new trolls to your party.
Go back to the main path and turn right at the only turn. You will see some
centaurs killing more Taurens. Continue east to find more stranded orcs. To
the south-east near the shore, You will come across a burning ship wreck as well
as 4 Murlocs (2X level 1, 2X level 2.)
Head north. The right path leads to Harpy Scout (level 1 X2) and Harpy
Windblower (level 3) that drops Scroll of the beast. The left path splits; far
left path gives another Tauren dying. There are Quillboar (level 1 X2) and
Razormane Medicine man (level 5, Quillboar) Middle left path gives Thunderlizard
(level 6 X2) that gives potion of mana.
Continue on the path. You will spot an army of Centaurs running off to war.
Follow the path. There is a Fountain of Health just past the curve guarded by
Quillboar (level 1 X2,) Razormane Scout (level 2) and Razormane Medicine Man
(level 5.).
There will be an intersection; heading up will bring Harpy (level 1) which is
out of melee range with no reward. Head south to continue, until you reach the
shore. To the left, there is a small hidden path leading to a small hill with
Quillboar (level 1) and Razorman Brute (level 3;) note that they cannot see you
going up the hill.
Head a few steps to the right: there will be a three way intersection; the up
path leads to Murloc tiderunner (level 1 X 3) and Murloc flesheater (level 3)
that drops a manual of health, so it is recommended. The other two lead to the
south to meet up with three more orcs.
Immediately three Centaurs charge at you; kill them and the cutscene will take
over. Carine Bloodhoof will enter, speaking of an Oracle to the north. Thrall
mentions the horsemen are also heading north, where Cairne realizes his village
is in danger. Thus you must escort and follow him. But don’t worry too much
(but still a bit) since Cairne is a strong guy with armour..
If you continue south from there and turn right, you will run across a MASSIVE
Murloc encampment: Murlock Tiderunner (Level 1 X 20,) Murloc Huntsman (level 2 X
8) and Murloc Nightcrawler (level 3 X 2.) Killing them will yield a Periapt of
Vitality and Mana Potion. To be frank I had to send everyone I had to
accomplish this one.
Follow the path to their village; floods of Centaurs will rush in. Protect
Cairne at all costs; the waves will end with the death of the Centaur champion.
With this, the mission ends.
Cairne talks of the Tauren Migration to Mulgore to the north. They fear that
they will be attacked by the Centaurs though. Thrall volunteers to escort them
in exchange for bringing them to the Oracle.
Chapter 2: The Long March:
-------------------------------------
“Two days later, upon the desolate plains of the Barrens.”
Mission Objectives:
Three Oases:
- Lead the Caravan to the first Oasis.
- Lead the Caravan to the second Oasis.
- Lead the Caravan to the third Oasis.
- Thrall, Cairne, and the caravan must survive.
The Caravan:
- Protect the Caravans
- At least two Kodo beasts must survive.
- Cairne must survive.
To start off with, you must protect Cairne and the units following him; note
that you cannot control Cairne. He will just follow your lead. To start off
with, three Centaurs will rush at you. Follow the path. At the T intersection,
the path left leads to several Centaurs with the reward of the scroll of
healing. Continue along the path, killing any marauders. Word of warning
though; some maruders will pop out from nowhere, so send only one unit to scout
ahead. A good tactic to use would be to have Thrall take the lead, and right
click the Taurens with the other units; that way they will escort them step by
step.
One problem though is that you must help the majority of your units ahead, or
else the caravan will sit there like idiots. What I did was stick three or four
grunts with Thrall ahead, and the rest escorting the caravan. I had another one
or two escorting the Taurens themselves, since they would head off and fight on
their own, stopping the whole caravan. Another note is that the caravan will
only move if the Kodos are in single file. Sometimes I wonder…
There will be a fountain of healing, which is the first checkpoint and
objective. When you reach it, you will meet up with three more Grunts. Use them
to escort the very last unit of the caravan. Right when you leave, some
marauders will come from behind. Continue along the path, taking care of the
marauders that come your way.
When you reach the arches, head to the right. There will be a Goblin merchant
as well as three Orc Raiders to support you. The area past the arches leads to
a group of centaurs. Continue on the path. And you will reach the second
oasis. Some catapults will join you, so stick them near the middle of the
caravan. But for now, bring them ahead; there are several watch towers ahead.
Up ahead, there will be a path to the right that leads to a small Centaur Camp.
There are Centaur Archer (Level 2,) Centaur Impaler (level 4,) Centaur Sorceror
(level 5) and Centaur Khan (level 8.) Centaur Khan will revive though, so watch
out. He drops the pendant of energy. The best strategy would be to hit him
with ranged attacks.
Head back to the left to the final oasis when you are done there. With that the
mission is Finished.
Interlude: The Wreckage of Lordaeron:
------
“Meanwhile, back in Lordaeron, the Burning Legion commences its invasion…”
Tichondrius appears to oversee the attack on Lordaeron. A giant..thing
(Mannoroth) is wreaking havoc. Tichondrius comments that the Scourge has done
well in removing any resistance, unlike the Orcs. Mannoroth vows he will punish
the Orcs.
Chapter 3: Cry of the Warsong:
-----------------------------------------
“Five Days later, near the foothills of the Stonetalon Mountains…”
Mission Objectives:
Establish Base:
- Build a Great Hall.
- Thrall must survive.
Secure Zepplins
- Destroy all hostile units at Lab.
- Return two Goblin Zepplins to your Base.
Optional Quest:
Pacify Humans
- Destroy the human bases (ed. some pacifism!)
The Orcs have been wandering for a long time. A scout reports that the Warsong
clan is battling the humans. Grom is indeed there, and he mentions a woman by
the name of “Proudmoore…”
To start off you have to build a base. Grom and his forces are right next to
yours, so they will defend you for the time being. There are four human bases;
White at 3 o’ clock, Light Blue at 8, Blue at 10, and Green at 12. The Zepplin
is blocked by Blue, meaning you will have to raze the base. Furthermore, there
is a large group of Harpies guarding the Lab: Harpy Scout (level 1 X2,) Harpy
Windwitch (level 3,) Harpy Rogue (level 3 X2,) Harpy Storm-Hag (level 5) and
Harpy Queen (level 6.) Not an easy force to deal with.
It is best to go for the main objective, but the bases aren’t that well defended
so it is your choice. At the start, Purple will decide to attack; ignore them
for now.
Go for white first, at 3 ‘o clock position. There are Lighting lizards (level 2
x 2) near the entrance, and a cannon tower in the middle of the base with two
guard towers at the entrance. The main force in the base are the riflemen, and
a hero (Aggronnar the Mighty, Level 4 Mountain King.) Just send in a catapult
or two, some grunts and raiders and it should be easy. Having the Kodo around
also helps, but it is optional. The most important part is to coincide your
attack with Purples, since they will attack white for their second raid. Try to
destroy the base in that go.
The next target will be light blue. They are virtually undefended, aside from
Buzan the Fearless (level 3 Paladin.) Once again, stick with purple. There
were less than 5 units defending when I attacked.
Blue is the next target. Since it is the main objective, it is better
defended. Try entering through the arches in the south of the base. There are
four towers to watch for, as well as riflemen and sorceresses. Kelen the
Seeker, Level 2 archmage, is also there, but chance are he is probably dead from
his latest attack on your base.
Green will be the last target. There is only one entrance, guarded by two
towers. By now taking care of towers should be second nature to you. There is
one more in the middle of the base. Aside from that, expect a couple of
footmen, priests and sorceress (I saw a pair of each.) Nothing major here. The
last base will be destroyed, but I didn’t seem to get a reward. Nonetheless,
return to base and gather up some troll headhunters as well as raider. It is
Harpy time. (not herpes.)
Note that you will have to pass through a lot of centaurs including the level 8
resurrecting Centaur Khan (drops Gauntlets of Ogre Strength.) Aside from that,
the Raiders should net the harpies to the ground for your troops to slaughter.
Be warned that they have some pretty nasty spells, including a sleep spell and a
tornado spell that occupies your units for a while, out of your control.
Killing the harpies will give you the circlet of nobility, as well as mission
objective. Hire two Zeppelins (costs 280 gold, 60 lumber) and send them back to
base for the victory.
Thrall rails Grom for his actions. Is it just me or do they sound way too
sophisticated and intelligent? Grom will construct a base up north whilst
Thrall goes to Stonetalon with his new zeppelins.
Chapter 4: The Spirits of Ashenvale:
------------------------------------------------
“Two days later, along the borderlands of Ashenvale forest.”
Mission Objectives:
Slash and Burn:
- Amass 15,000 Lumber
Optional Quests:
Furbolg chieftain
- Slay the Furbolg Cheiftain.
To start off, Grom is already build a base. You will need to gather 15,000
lumber. However, they notice that the forest is a bit strange. A group of
Nightelves with attack, but they are easy to defeat.
Start chopping right away; but a word of warning. The Peons cutting lumber at
the bottom left will eventually clear a path to a Nightelf base, so move them
away if you wish to avoid confrontation. Note that there are wisps lying about
everywhere, including your base, so kill those if you can.
Basically there are three bases: blue at the bottom right, teal at top left, and
light blue at top right. Blue has a small outpost right next to your bases as
well as units scattered along the map. Right above your base there is a Goblin
Laboratory; send Grom in and it will trigger the optional quest. It is up to
you though, since the target is at the 9 o’ clock position, right across the
map. There are Furblog (level 4 X4,) Furbolg Elder Shaman (level 7) and the
Furbolg Chieftain (level 8.) However, if you do decide to go, it is a pretty
clear cut path. Mid way, there is an indentation to the top where you can pick
up a tome of agility. Killing him will yield a lot of experience as well as a
Health stone. Return to Necloc for your reward, the Shredders, which literally
tear trees down in secnds. You can also hire two more from the lab for 450
gold, 100 lumber and 4 food. The downside is that they use a lot of food, so it
is up to you.
It may seem like an easy objective, but 15,000 lumber is a lot. Your base will
provide less and 5000 lumber, so you will need to eventually cover the map and
take over bases to do so.
The best first target would be blue, since they are the closest. The outpost is
relatively weak, with a few archers and a ballista. Knocking down the Tree of
life will give you 3000 lumber as well as an optional quest. To the left, there
is a troll encampment, with Dark Troll (level 2 x2,) Dark Troll Shadow Priest
(level 2 X2) and a Dark Troll warlord (level 6.) Killing them will bring a
Greater Healing potion as well as a gold mine with 40,000 Gold. Note that at
nighttime, the Nightelves will start attacking with Hippogryphs as well as
Shadowmeld, so keep an eye out.
You should be close to the target with the area you cleared just now, but if you
wish to complete the optional quests, read on. Otherwise, skip the next
sections. One difficulty with this quest is that since it gives you 3000 each
you would have hit the quota (usually) before you finish the mission. If you
want, try spending your lumber.
The bases are actually pretty well defended with units. The Ancient of
Protector serves as guard towers, so you know how to deal with those. There are
about 5 or 6 of Archers, Huntresses and Dryads. Watch out for the Ballistae
too. The best way to deal with the bases is to have mostly Grunts and Raiders,
with a couple of catapults and Kodos. If you are fast enough with the keys and
mouse, use the Shamans as in battle support for good support.
Teal at the north-west has Hippogryphs in the mix. Since you will have raiders
anyways, it hardly makes a difference. There are less huntresses, but more
dryads and archers in proportion. Basically, with raiders knocking the air
units down, it is much easier.
Light Blue has several ballistae, but without the air units. It also has little
static defense, so the main threat is from the Shadowmelded units hiding around.
When you have gathered 15,000 lumber, the Mission is accomplished.
Interlude: The blood of Mannoroth:
----------------------------------------------
“Later that Evening, near the Moonglades of Cenarius.”
A group of big ugly things gather around a Fountain of Health. Tichondrius
appears with Mannoroth and slay them off. They discuss Cenarius, and how he
must be killed before Archimonde can start his invasion of Kalimdor.
Tichondrius suggests that they use the Orcs. Since Mannoroth had a blood pact
with the orcs, all he needs to do is spill some blood to recharge the Orcish
bloodlust….
Chapter 5: The Hunter of Shadows:
-----------------------------------------------
:”The next morning, in the shadowed woods of Ashendale…”
Mission Objectives:
The Chaos Well:
- Discover the Source of Power
Cenarius:
- Slay Cenarius
To start of with, you have a pretty big base but it is divided by a river.
Cenarius appears and turns trees against the orcs. Right at the start you have
to defend against a massive onslaught. The base across the river being attacked
from the start cannot be saved; instead focus on building up your defenses as
fast as possible. This means researching ensnare and other abilities including
Beserker, since they have both Hippogryphs as well as Chimeras in the mix.
Since you start with the previous lumber (at 15,000) you will only need gold for
now. Stick Catapults around your base and near your watch towers, and have
raiders and Grunts defending. Research the war drums as quickly as possible and
have a Kodo or two at each entrance, beating the drums. Grom may die, but since
you have an Altar, it should be okay.
A troll witch doctor will detect a source of power; thus, you must find it.
There is only one path north, so head north with Grom; send in a catapult or two
as well as some strong units, since there are some very strong creep ahead.
Notice the cave; some Wolves will come out and attack, Timber wolf (level 2 x
2,) Giant Wolf (level 4 x 2) and Dire Frost Wolf (level 6.)
When you reach some glowing orbs in a cross formation, mow the trees down with
your catapult. Head up, where there will be a Merchant; but there are also
Furbolg (level 4 X4,) Furbolg Shaman (level 4 X 2,) Furbolg Tracker (level 6
x2,) Furbolg Elder Shaman (level 7) and Furbolg Ursa (level 8.) Note that you
can kill three of them with the catapult before you knock down the trees. Use a
witch doctor to scout head of the trees, when move the catapult next to the
rocks. Kill the first one then knock down the middle section of the trees.
When done, there should be a gap where you knocked down the trees. Move in the
catapult and kill the other two. Continue north and kill them all. It will
drop the Claws of Attack, which adds +9 to attack. Before you progress,
remember to stock up on healing and defensive items
Continue to the left and you will see some Satyrs (level 1 X2,) Satyr
Shadowdancer (level 3 X2) and Satyr Soulstealer (level 5 X2.) Be warned that
they can cast ‘Curse’ on you, so watch your units and dispel if necessary. Head
through the way gate.
You are now slightly to the south of the way gate. There are two Satyr
tricksters (level 1 X 2) and two Shadow dancers hidden. They drop a potion of
Greater healing. Head north across the river and through the arches. The next
fight is pretty difficult, so I suggest you heal up and get more potions and
healing items if necessary.
There will be a Satyr Pyromancer (level 9) with invulnerable amour at 1200 Hp.
Supporting him are Fire Archers (Level 3 X 4.) Killing them will yield an Orb
of fire.
Continue up north and there should be a few skeleton warriors and archers, but
they are nothing compared to what you just fought. Head to the right for a much
needed fountain of health. The end of the path leads to your objective, but it
is guarded by Satyr Tricksters (level 1 X2,) Satyr Shadowdancer (level 3 X2)
Satyr Soulstealer (level 5 X 2,) and Satyr Hellcaller (level 8.) Thus, bring as
much there as you can. When you reach it, Grom will drink it and turn into
Christmas Grom. Actually he turns bright red. You will now build Chaos units,
so stock up on those. Don’t forget the warlocs. There is a ring to pick up
too.
Now, you have to slay Cenarius. Yipee.
There are three encampments: Light blue at the bottom, with mostly huntresses
and ballistae, Blue at top with mostly Dyrads and huntresses, and Green in the
middle with the air units. When you destroy a base, Cenarius will come down and
attack you. Blue is the easiest target, in my opinion.
Cenarius, as you can see, is hard. Use your Warlock and Kodo drums to even it
up a bit, and rush in with as many units as you can. You deal full damage
against his armor, but he still has an ass-load of HP and does lots of damage.
When he dies, the mission is over.
Grom sees Mannoroth, who comments on their now renewed Orcish bloodlust. Grom
is angry at the demonic influence, saying that he will pave his own way.
Chapter 6: Where Wyverns Dare:
-------------------------------------------
“At that same moment, near the base of Stonetalon peak…”
Mission Objectives:
Stone Talon Peak:
- Destroy the Human base that guards the peak.
Optional Quests
Wyverns:
- Find the Wyverns
Defiled Fountain:
- Kill Centaur Khan
- Return the Glyph of Purification to restore the Fountain.
To start, a Zeppelin flies around and is attacked by Griffins. Luckily, it
crash lands at Thralls encampment. It brings news of Humans guarding the
mountain all the way to the summit. Some Cairne and some Taurens then appear,
ready to help.
To start off, train some Raiders as well as what other units you are comfortable
with, mainly grunts. Leave some units behind that can attack air and ground,
since blue will attack with Zeppelins carrying troops or with Griffins. Head to
the left, where you will find the first Optional quest. There are Lightning
Lizard (Level 2 X 3) and Thunder Lizards (Level 6 X 2.) Find the defiled
fountain.
Head back to base. You should see a path leading up that splits into two. The
left path leads to the Wyverns, where as the right hand path leads to Centaur
Khan. I suggest that you go for Khan first, since it is easier. However, the
Wyverns can make Khan killing easier, but you won’t have the fountain to heal
with.
Head up and you will find that the Harpies have captured the Wyverns. Four
Harpies (Level 2 X2, Level 4x2) will attack you, but with your raiders and two
heroes, they are nothing. Continue upwards until you come across a dozen or so
level 4 Centaurs. Kill them and visit the Laboratory. If you are daring you
could use the zeppelins to fly directly to the wyverns, but there are a lot of
harpies around there so I wouldn’t recommend it. Continue and head right,
following the path until you reach a small area with Khan and some centaurs
(level 4 X4, level 5 X2.) Khan is still at level 8, but still has his
resurrecting ability. Just smack him as hard as you can, and claim the glyph.
Remember this intersection when you return back to the fountain.
This time, head to the left when you reach the first intersection. There are a
lot of Harpies in this area, so bring raiders and ranged attackers.
Right along the path, you will spot some Quillboar hunters (level 3 X5) near a
Goblin merchant. Buy some healing items if you feel you need it. To the left,
you will see some Razormane brutes (level 3 x 3) and a Razormane Medicine Man
(level 5) for a health stone. Slay them too. A few steps upwards you will spot
even more (I didn’t count) and a chieftain (level 7.) Killing them gives you a
periapt of Vitality.
Now it is Harpy time. The next group are Harpy Rogue (level 3 X 4) with a Harpy
Stormhag (level 5.) Just ensnare them and tear them apart and pick up the
scroll of protection. The spell she uses won’t do much against large numbers.
Continue left for Harpy windwitch (level 3 X 3) and Harpy Rogue (level 3.) Right
up ahead are the wyverns.
There are Harpy Scout (level 1 X 2,) Harpy Windwitch (level 3 x 2,) Harpy Storm
Hag (level 5 X 2) and Harpy queen (level 6.) This is quite difficult, since
they have a wide range of spells. Try to dispel or use the protection scrolls,
since they use a lot of magic attacks. When they are dead, you can now build
wyverns.
It is now time to raze the Human bases. Return back to where Centaur Khan was;
the intersection I mentioned. The left path leads to Light blue’s Base., your
first target. Meanwhile, train up some wyverns and anti air units.
Light blue’s base consists of mainly riflemen, with a priest and sorceress.
There is also a Hero Arhcmae, Nilas Arcanister (level 6 Archmage.) and two more
guard towers inside the base. To start off there are two guard towers with two
footmen. A catapult should take care of them. When the defenders start rushing
towards you, spread out, since they will try to cast Blizzard on you. Nilas
will also be rushing, so the main battle really starts early. He should be easy
though, with two heroes on your side. Try to save the wyverns since the
Riflemen are plentiful.
The rest of the base should fall easily. Return to the Goblin Laboratory. You
will notice that you cannot find blue’s base, or at least find a path to it.
You must land there with zeppelins. The only problem is that there are about 9
to 10 Griffins patrolling the perimeters.
This is where your wyverns come in. Their job is to fight the Griffins and
clear a zone for your Zeppelins to land at the south end of the base. They
won’t attack you when you land, unless you venture too far inwards. Their base
is mainly guarded by Griffins and riflemen, with an occasional knight and
gyrocopter. The hero here is Bandis Forgefire, level 7 mountain king. There
are some guard towers scattered around the base but you should try to use only
one catapult or rushing them with your ground troops.
The attack should be in the direction of a combined arms attack. Use your
wyverns to get the ground units, and the ground units to get the air units.
Note that any Griffins patrolling the perimeters that you didn’t kill will now
come and defend the base. The towers are congregated in the northern part of
the base, where as most of the threat is near the south-middle. Try to send a
kodo if possible for their wardrums. The Pulverize ability really isn’t used
here unless aiming at a grouped target.
When the base is razed, the mission is finally over.
Thrall spots a human woman entering the caves. It turns out to be Jaina
Produmoore, also seeking the oracle? Could it be a trap? Thrall’s experience
with humans says so, so they proceed…
Chapter 7: The Oracle:
------------------------------
“Twenty Minutes later, inside the caverns of Stonetalon Peak…”
Mission Objectives:
The Oracle:
- Seek out the Oracle
- Thrall must survive.
The Heart of Aszune:
- Find the Heart of Aszune
- Return the Heart to Aszune.
Enchanted Gemstone:
- Find the Enchanted Gemstone
- Bring the Enchanted Gemstone to the Spectral bridge.
- Cairne Bloodhoof must survive.
Thrall and Cairne wander the caverns, reaching a fork in the road. They decide
to spilt up.
You start off in a caged area. There is a box just below you which has a potion
when you attack it. There is a gate to your left that you have to attack.
Outside are a few skeletons and ancient undead units. This map resembles a
Diablo 2 level, so I won’t go and label every creep you will encounter, although
I will list the major and higher level ones.
Follow the path until you come at a T section. To the top there is an
attackable gate with a Mantle of Intelligence inside. Head downwards to
continue. There will be a small gate at the next room at the bottom. It leads
to a Sludge Monstrosity (level 5) and two sludge monsters that drop a Ring of
Regeneration. Head to the right when you are done here.
There are crates along this diagonal path that drop items, but the second one
you come across will unleash a wraith. There is another gate in the next room
that leads to a Fire Revenant and a scroll of Animate dead and Tome of Agility.
Head up when you are done.
There will be a small intersection up next. The left path leads to a tome of
intelligence and two fallen Priests (acolytes, level 1.) The Right path leads
to a Level 9 Death Revenant and some minions that drop an orb of fire. Break
the crates and take the potions. Head right over the bridge for another Death
Revenant. Heal up and get prepared for another tough boss fight.
The Skeleton King (hmmm) has about 1000 HP and does a good deal of damage (100)
so fight wisely. The minions are easy to take care of. Notice there is a gate
to the left of his throne. To enter it, head to the bottom of the throne room
and bust the gate open. There is a Level 7 Salamander Vizer that guards the
Blood key. Note that it is asleep and blocked by another gate, so nail it with
ranged attacks. Head back up and smash the other crates to get the Crown of
Kings.
Head out of the throne room and into the Way Gate. Head to the right and bust
through the gate. The peasants will arm themselves when they reach the wall, so
kill them quickly. Continue right and a Kobold Taskmaster will burst out and
attack you… and die. The next cell has 3 Troll head hunters so free them and
they will join you. The next room has a fire Salamander that drops the Sobi
Mask. Continue the path until you see some sheep scrolling about…
And now you see why. Kill the sorceresses first before dealing with the footmen
that come from the back. In the next room, break the gate on the left and
follow it to two more Troll head hunters that will join you. There is a much
needed Scroll of Resurrection. Return to the main room and heal up, as well as
cast any status improving magic that you have.
Up ahead you see a Level 10 Red Dragon fighting 2 Harpy Queens and 2 Harpy
Rogues. Run away and let them fight each other of. Return to kill them all and
pick up the Heart of Aszune. Head up through the Way Gate.
You now start back at the second way gate. Bust through the bottom door and
head near the statue. Now head to the right. Control will now shift to Cairne,
who must find the gemstone.
To the north there is a stone token that can be reached by attacking the rocks
around it. There are two paths to the south. The one on the left leads to a
few Kolbolds and Potions, which are recommended. The right path leads to three
humans that get gored by the traps. Continue on that path the rifleman was on,
downwards.
There will be some humans and crates at the bottom of the path. Some Kobolds
will burst through the rocks and drop a Tailisman. Continue and go down the
path. You will see a “Hungry Hungry Lizard” in the corner, but…
Don’t attack it. It will clear a path for you by knocking/eating those giant
mushrooms. It can take a while, but you will be the Lions horn of Protection,
which gives the Hero a protective aura. Continue to the right; there will be a
three way split. Cairne notices that the Boars are protecting a gemstone.
The gate appears to be invulnerable, so you will need to find another way.
First head straight forward into the middle path. There will be a circle of
power. Stepping on it will trigger the trap that kills all the boars down
there. Head back and take the upwards path. Step on that circle and the Gate
will open. Collect the Gemstone. There are some kobold on the bottom right
path there, that drop Claws of attack. There is also a Salamander Lord walking
around on the lava. Kill it and head back to the fountain to heal. When you
are done, head right by walking across the lava.
When you reach the other side, the Two war Golems (level 6) will attack you.
Head to the right and the Siege golem (level 9) will attack. Kill it to get the
Ghost key and open the door to Thrall. Move Cairne to the statue and the Bridge
will appear, ending the Scenario.
Thrall enters to see Jaina there. They prepare for battle but the Prophet
angrily tells them to stop. He reveals to Thrall that Lordaeron has fallen to
the Legion, and so has Grom. As such Thrall must join forces with the humans to
save the Orcs and everything else from the Burning Legion…
Chapter 8: By Demons be Driven:
--------------------------------------------
“Three days later, near the edge of the Barrens…”
Mission Objectives:
Hellscream:
- Capture Grom in the Soul Gem
- Bring Grom to Jaina’s Ritual Circle
There is an uneasy feeling as the humans team up with the Orcs. Yet, with so
much at stake, they rely on each other.
From the start, build up your defenses, since you will be under attack from the
Infernals. My Recommendation is to keep exploration to a minimum, since it is
mostly creeps in the middle section of the map.
The Ritual Circle is to the left of your base. Pretty easy to find. To your
right there is a Goblin lab, but it is guarded. The Shredders are extremely
useful though, since you will need a lot of resources.
To the north, there is a Fountain of health guarded by Centaur Khan and other
Centaurs. Further north, there are some Orcs being held prisoner.
The top left corner has an Orc Base, whereas the top left has another base as
well as Grom. But unlike the other maps, he is sitting on a throne literally at
the corner of the map. He has about 6 or 8 Doomguards as well as half a dozen
Felhounds around him. There are also a few Chaos Orcs near by.
This map is pretty damn hard. The Chaos Orcs boast about a 10+ damage bonus as
well as more HP. Furthermore, at random intervals, a pair of Infernals will
land anywhere on the map and rush towards you. At times, if you are unlucky
enough, they may even land directly in your base...
The top left base can be ignored, since have nothing other than trouble. Be
warned that the buildings look pointier than usual; they have the spike
barricades, so you will have to attack buildings with ranged attackers.
The top right base is slightly easier, although longer. Firstly, defend your
base so that it can defend against Infernals without too much damage. Next,
build up a large force of Catapults, Taurens, and Raiders. Support units
should be Shamans or Kodos, with the occasional witch doctor for healing.
Wyverns will help later on, but only a few. You really have to max upon units
first. When fill up the queue. This is more of a battle of attrition.
When you are ready, head to the right and follow the path upwards. Keep an eye
on your units, since there are enemy encampments along the way. Eventually you
will reach the outskirts of the base. The general concept is to attack the
buildings and towers with your catapults, escorting them with the Taurens. The
Raiders and the heros should be attacking stray units. Be patient as well;
don’t rush forward. Try to lure them into your already in position catapults.
When you reach a flaming crater, you will know that you are at the entrance of
the base. Prepare your Catapults in formation and lure the enemies to you.
Micromanagement is important here. It is best if you save the spells up, since
you will need them later on.
The humans will attack from time to time, but it is utterly pathetic and
futile. However, you can use it to your advantage by attacking as the same time
they do, so they enemy will be distracted as well as you having a helping hand.
Note that just below the main base, there is a smaller outpost. You can rescue
some Orc units there if you wish. Also not that the Creeps here drop some
pretty good items, but they are hard to beat. The Storm Wyrm at the top of the
map for example, drops a Medallion of Courage,
When the base is destroyed, heal up. This is a good time to send in those
wyverns. The units up next are the Burning Legions with a few Chaos Ors:
First:
4 Felhounds,
2 Doom guards
then
2 Doomguards
2 Chaos Warlocs
2 Chaos Grunts
2 Chaos Raiders.
And Finally
2 Doomguards
Grom Hellscream, Level 10 Blademaster.
Try to take the fight away from the other sections. A good place is to stay in
the area between the craters and the pillars with glyphs on top. They will rush
at you to get slaughtered. Next, move your Catapults etc between the pillars
and the main arch. You can hit the Doomguards, but for some reason the Chaos
Orcs won’t come forward. Lure them with a spear from the troll.
Eventually there will be only the Two Doomguards and Grom. You must not kill
Grom though, but instead, use the Soul gem on him. When you approach, a
cutscene plays, revealing that the Orcs willingly took on the Demonic influence.
Note that there is a more direct alternative. Thanks to Mr. Kincaid Kids for
this tip. Find it in the Addendum.
Oddly enough, after the cutscene, nobody attacks. Use the Gem as fast as you
can, then get the hell out of there. Send in the rest of your units to cover
Thrall’s escape. Head back to the ritual circle with a few escorts just in
case.
When you reach the circle, the scenario ends.
Grom is filled with energy in the circle, returning to his normal self. He
apologizes for his mistake, and mentions that Mannoroth is waiting for them, at
the Canyon.
Thrall and Grom walk, looking for the beast. From behind, Mannoroth gives a
roar and taunts the Orcs. Thrall launches his Doomhammer at Mannoroth, but he
blocks it easily. In a single move, Mannoroth charges and blasts Thrall away.
Mannoroth speaks of the bloodpact to Grom, and how he will never escape. Filled
with rage, Grom rushes forward with a mighty roar and cleaves Mannoroth’s blade
in half, burying his battle axe deep on the chest of the hulking beast. With a
roar, Mannoroth explodes in a tempest of infernal flames.
Thrall recovers and finds Grom. Thrall thanks his old friend for saving the orc
race, and Grom dies.
****************************
[End of Orc Campaigns]
****************************
============================
Nightelf Sentinel Campaigns:
Eternity’s End
============================
Chapter 1: Enemies at the Gate
------------------------------------------------
“With the heroic sacrifice of Grom Hellscream, the pit lord Mannoroth was slain
and the Demon curse that had plagued the Orcs was put to an end. However, the
combined Human and Orc forces have moved deeper into Ashenvale forest to
ascertain whether a demonic threat still lingers in the land.
Tyrande Whisperwind, the leader of the Night Elf Sentinels, believes that the
oulanders will bring only doom to the enchanted homeland.”
Mission Objectives:
Night elf base:
- Entangle a gold mine
- Construct a moon well
- Construct an Ancient of War
- Train 5 Archers
Invaders:
- Slay the Paladin.
Optional Quests:
Furbolg Village:
- Locate 10 missing Furbolg.
Tyrande Whisperwind stares off in the distance. Shandris Feathermoon finds the
leader of the elves and inquires what she is doing. The Orc and Human base is
worrying her, and she decides to teach them a lesson.
Firstly, select the Tree of life and select “Entangle goldmine.” Select a wisp
and build a moon well and Ancient of war.
Take Tyrande and head south, to a nearby Furbolg village. The chieftain says
that they need to find the 10 missing villagers before they can head off to
another land.
From the Elven base, take the path north-west. There will be two Furbolgs (2.)
Go east, so you are north of your base. You can find 3 more archers there.
Head back down to the Furbolg village, and go around it to the south. Cross the
river to find 2 more. You can head to the west from there to find a small human
camp. Note that if you attack at night, 2 more will come out from the tents.
Raze the encampment to receive a potion and scroll of healing.
Return to base. When your base has finished building, it is time to kill the
paladin. The main base is at the south west corner. There are two encampments
at the center of the map and at the far left, but they are small. Duke
Lionheart (paladin level 6) is at the main camp.
Head to the west following the only path. Heal at the fountain if you need to,
then head up to destroy the orc outpost. Continue west wards; there is another
encampment if you head up when you first enter the river. This time they have
griffins, although since your attacks are ranged, it makes little difference.
From there, head north and take care of the three raiders that appear on your
right. Rescue the three Furbolgs and cross the river directly to the west.
There will be another set of Furbolgs there. However, there are also enemy
wyverns, although you could time it so you can sneak past them. There is little
point though, since there is another outpost directly south of you. From there.
Cross the river to the south to find the final Furbolg. Return to the shaman
for your reward, three Furbolg champions..
Note that you can travel freely on the rivers. The only thing left to do now is
to destroy the paladin. Wait until it is night though. Rush in and nail the
Paladin with all you got. Use the Furbolgs to distract him. There are two
other Furbolgs in the south-east of the base that also count towards the
optional quest.
When the paladin dies, the Mission is accomplished.
< Mission Accomplished>
The Undead legions are now attacking the settlement. The vast numbers overwhelm
the base.
Chapter 2: Daughters of the Moon:
----------------------------------------------
“Three hours later, somewhere in the foothills of Mount Hyjal…”
Mission Objectives:
Escape into shadow:
- Bring Tyrande to the Night Elf Town.
- Hide from the Patrolling Doomguard
- Tyrande must survive.
To start off, you have to reach the town at the south east of the map. This is
a semi-fun mission. The most important thing to remember is that “i" will cause
Tyrande to hide. Enemies pursuing her will magically forget about her. You can
also kill the Doomguards.
To start off, head to the north west. There will be a DG (Doomguard) patrolling
back and forth, so time it so you can run past. Kill the DG standing near the
Slippers of Agility and head south on the river. Head down until you see a
cage. Free the Furbolg and follow it. It will engage the DG, so you can hit
them from afar. After the curve, hug the right tree wall and you will find some
crates that contain a druid pouch. At this point the furbolg will walk off, so
you can ignore it.
Continue south, across the bridge. There will be a single footman setting
camp. Kill him and five more archers will join you. Cross the river; the fix
footmen will fight some ghouls. Either way you will have to kill both, so let
them take each other down first.
Head upwards to the Goblin Merchant. Stock up on what you need. At the same
time, some undead are attacking the orc encampment. They are actually pretty
even handed, so let them duke it out and take out the survivors. Pick up the
mantle of intelligence too. Head through the way gate.
Heal at the fountain. Suddenly a shade will get killed by some huntresses
(three of them.) Break down the gate and kill the shade and DG. Three stone
gargoyles guard a gloves of haste, so smash them down. Right about now another
DG will arrive from the left, so hide for now then take him out.
Head to the left. There is a spike trap with a ring of protection in the
middle. Attack the trap to shrink it, then take the ring. Head north. Kill
the shade on the left and the humans will head north to fight a DG. Let them
duke it out and head north through the gate. The DG drops a tome of strength
though, so it is up to you. When you reach the fountain on the other side, 4
huntresses and 2 archers will join to reinforce you. Right ahead is a major
undead base, so you will need them. Continue right when you are ready.
The first turn has a Mana stone and manual of health, but it is guarded by 2 DGs
and a Spirit tower. The next turn leads to your target objective, but there is
an Undead encampment there. When you reach that area, you will gain some
ballistae as well as more huntresses. At the same time, dawn is starting to
break, so you will have to hurry.
Note that there is an Easter egg; Right where you get the Ballistae, aim north
and bring your hero north. Thanks to Ryan Palarca,
Use the ballistae to target the numerous Spirit towers. Have the other units
cover the ballistae. The rest is pretty simple. Head south through the gate to
finish the mission.
Shandris reveals that they have been attacked by the undead. As such, Tyrande
feels the only option left is to summon the Druids…
Chapter 3: The Awakening of Stormrage:
--------------------------------------
“The next day, near the outskirts of the sacred Moonglades…”
Mission Objectives:
Furion Stormrage:
- Reach Moonglade isle behind he Orc base.
- Slay the Primal Guardians.
- Bring Tyrande to the Horn of Cenarius
- Slumbering Furion Stormrage must survive
The Undead are infringing upon the land, and to deal with them, they must be
stopped before they reach the Sleeping Druid. There is nothing much you can do
against them, nor should you. They are to the left of the map, as indicated by
the minimap. Tichondrius (Level 10) is there, with lots of towers, and a few
abominations and crypt fiends. Their Ghouls are constantly harvesting lumber
that will lower the tree count, but you cannot reach them (corrected: see
credits.)
The main Orc base is to the right, and it is actually pretty poorly defended, at
the start anyways. They have about 3 towers spread out, a few raiders in an
outpost outside the base, and some witchdoctors and shamans. There is a level 5
blademaster, Kigami. Behind the base, the path leads to an isle where your
objectives lie.
Firstly, you have 100 trees; about 20 to 30 minutes to wrap things up. All you
need are a few ballistae, some huntreses and archers, and maybe a Dryad for
support. Wait until dark to attack. Note that they will periodically send some
units at you, but nothing major.
The longer you wait, the more units the orcs will have. When I launched my
actual attack they had a few more grunts as well as wyverns. So prepare for a
larger force. You will need it. Try to have Tyrande learn trueshot aura first.
When you are done with the Orc base, you now must face the Guardians. The first
one you will see will be the fire guardian. The dryads are extremely useful
here, so take advantage of their spells. Some level 4 Owlbears will rush out
from the cave. Follow the path and heal at the fountain.
The next target is the Ice guardian. It will case curse and slow, so use the
Dryards well. Owlbears will rush out once again. The next target is the
Lightning Guardian, which can cast slow. Same tactic applies here.
Send Tyrande to the Clarion.
Furion awakens and summons Treants to decimate the undead.
Chapter 4: The Druids Arise:
----------------------------
“Two days later, deep in the winter spring valley...”
Mission Objectives:
Awaken Druids:
- Reach the Barrow Dens.
- Destroy the Corrupted Night Elf base.
- Bring Furion to Barrow Dens.
Optional Quests
Crazed Furbolgs:
- Kill the Furbolg Warlord.
Cursed Glade:
- Kill the Death Revenant to restore the forest.
You start of at the bottom right corner, with a small base. Your target is near
the top right corner. There are five bases in your way.
This is a very air orientated map. To the north lies the Orcs, of which you
cannot reach by land. Their main force consists of Wyverns, which they will
attack your base with. Purple is directly to the east, also inaccessible. They
have a huge fleet of Frost Wyrms and Gargoyles, a base I think the Elves cannot
raze at this point. Be warned that they will attack you as well, so have
extreme anti-air defenses around.
To the north there is a fountain of health, guarded by three Trolls. To the
left there are a few Furbolgs; they are the same ones from Ashenvale, but they
have become corrupted. Thus, you must head out and destroy the Furbolg
warlord.
Head north and follow the path; it will be a large Furbolg encampment. The
first area has Furbolg (level 4 X 5,) Furbolg tracker (level 6) and Furbolg
Elder Shaman (level 7.) Head up and you will face Furbolg (level 4 X 2,)
Furbolg Tracker (level 6,) Furbolg elder Shaman (level 7 X 3) and the Warlord
(level 9.) Kill him to get Claws of Power.
Head back down to the south, then east. Two huntresses will appear to warn of
danger. You must now destroy a human base (light blue) to the southeast.
There is a paladin, Aurrius the Pure (level 4) there, as well as a few footmen,
and the odd sorceress, priest and rifleman lying around. There are two towers,
but they are at the exit of the base near the gate. To the north there is
another light blue base, but it is all Griffins and Gyrocopter based.
The base is pretty easy to raze, and you should be used to it by now. Head
through the south gate when you are done, and you will be greeted by some more
reinforcements. Head south and take care of the ambush. To the bottom left
corner there is a Level 10 Storm Wyrm behind some trees. Use Furion to summon
Treants from the trees blocking your way to help out. The Storm Wyrm drops a
Sobi mask. Follow the path to the right.
If you continue to the right to the bottm right corner of the screen, the Death
Revenant will be there (level 8) with an assortment of Wraiths and Ghosts. The
Death Revenant has the Vampric aura, which allows units around it to leech life
(thanks to Adam Hewitt for clarifying this.) Kill him to restore the forest and
complete the optional quest.
Head to the north when you are done. You will run into a corrupted Night Elf
base. A new objective will be given, and Ballistae are the way to go. There
are plenty of static defenders, as well as Satyr and Corrupted Treants. The
Dryads and Huntresses should take good care of them. Use archers if you need
to. There is a Satyr hero (Satyr Hellcaller, level 8.)
With that done, head up.
Furion will summon forth the Druids of the Talon. All three of them. Yipee.
Now for the Druids of the Claw. Maybe there will be more than two this time.
Chapter 5: Brothers in Blood:
-----------------------------
“The next morning, within the subterranean Barrow Deeps of Mount Hyjal...”
Mission Objectives:
Awaken Druids:
- Discover the location of the Barrow Deeps
- Tyrande Whisperwind must survive.
- Furion Stormrage must survive.
Free Illidan
- Locate Illidan’s Prison.
- Defeat the Watchers.
- Tyrande Whisperwind must survive.
Optional Quests:
Bear Necessities:
- Get water from the Fountain of life.
- Return the filled vial to the Furbolgs.
Another maze map, so I will list only boss or strong enemies. Head south.
There will be an upper route to the top left; take it and kill the kobolds.
There is another one on the right, but with wendigoes.
Head south and kill the Giant spiders (Blood Mother, level 8.) There is
actually little, if any variation in the path you can take. Head south and you
will see a defiled fountain. Giant spiders will be popping out everywhere, and
Tyrande will comment on Demons bile causing this.
Continue the path to find some Furbolgs and the optional quest. Continue the
path. The first path upwards leads to some wraiths and archers. The next niche
leads to Lightning Lizard (level 2 x 3) and Thunder Lizard (level 6) as well as
the fountain you need. Bring the vial holder near it and return to the
Furbolgs. You will get the Talisman of the wild as a reward.
Head back to the path and continue. After a cut scene, Tyrande will run off.
Follow the path until you reach the circle of power. At the top of that bit
though, you will find some giant mushrooms.
Mr. Scott Benoit has a tip for this section:
“About half way down between the start and the defiled fountain of life, on the
right side of the map is a rather large patch of mushrooms. A couple casting's
worth of treants later reveals a path strewn with bones and a short cutscene,
leading to the World's Biggest Panda (Level 10 of course). Kill it to get a
Necklace of Spell Immunity.”
Summon some treants from the far top bit to use the Treants to kill the Sludge
monster. It will drop a wand of negation. To the bottom, there are more
mushrooms. The left turn leads to lots of skeletons. The bottom mushroom leads
to a small, hidden circle of power. Head through it and you will be warped to a
small area. Ahead is a level 8 Ice Revenant and 4 Level 3 Skeleton archers that
will drop the Robe of Magic. Head through the gateway to return and head to the
circle when you are done.
Continue right along the bridge and kill the Watchers. They will drop a claw of
attack. The south path leads to a fountain of mana. Head north to proceed.
Notice that there are Black dragon whelps (level 3.)
A cut scene will play, where the Druids of the Claw have lost to the feral
side. They will attack you, but at any time if you kill any, the mission will
end. Use cyclone or entangle like the game suggests. Run like hell through the
maze. It is a single path way, but there are gates in the way. Just run to the
end and enter the circle. Control will shift to Tyrande.
Right off the bat, the Watchers will rush you. The south path leads to a few
gates, and a Tome of knowledge. Find the end of this route and attack the
pedestal to get the item. Head back out when you are done (back to bottom
path.). Head to the left; the bottom cage has three huntresses, and a circle of
power is to the north; activate it and return to where you started.
The Top path is next, and it is quite simple. When you activate the second
circle of power, return to where you started and go through the newly opened
gate.
The path is pretty simple here too. Turn downwards when you reach the bottom,
where there are some asleep watchers. Break open the gate to get new weapons,
boosting your stats considerably. Return to the main corridor and follow it to
the end. There are a few prisoners to save here. The first one on the left,
you need to destroy the green egg pods; each one destroyed will release one
prisoner. Thanks to Victoria Vanderson for this tip.
Head north through the way gate.
Follow the path downwards. Continue down at the T intersection. Inside you
will get some useful land mines. Head back out and follow the path.
You will notice that the Enemies here are traveling in a circle. This is where
the mines come in. Quickly place a mine when there aren’t enemies around to
damage them. When they are used up, slay them.
Head up. There are more units, with Califax (keeper of the grove level 3)
guarding the prison cell, along with two watchers. This is a good time to use
Tyrande’s new Starfall spell…
Defeat them and the scenario ends.
Furion is angry that Illian is free. Tyrande pleads for them to put aside their
sibling rivalry for now to deal with the burning legions.
Chapter 6: A Destiny of Flame and Sorrow
-----------------------------------------
“The following evening, deep in the corrupted forest of Felwood.”
Mission Objectives:
The Skull of Gul’Dan
- Destroy the Demon Gate guarding the Skull
- Bring Illidan to the Skull
Destroy Tichondrius
- Destroy Tichondrius with your newfound powers.
This map doesn’t have that much opposition. Instead, it is in the form of
Burning Legion units. To the northeast of your base lies a Corrupted Ancient
(orange) base. They aren’t actually that well defended, and the encampment is
pretty small. There is a Skeleton king Hero (level 9) and a few undead. To the
northwest lies Green, another Corrupted Ancient base. They are much better
defended, with lots of Corrupted Ancient of Protections lying about. Most of
the forces there are Stayrs. Directly west lies a Goblin Merchant, guarded by
spiders.
Build up your defenses quickly, sine Green will attack right off the bat. Build
up a sizeable force and raze orange (for the experience.) You could do the same
to Green too, but bring some Ballistae and Dryads along for the Satyrs and
Protectors.
Your first target is to the North West. There are six Doomguards, three
Felhounds, and two Infernals guarding the base. Bring what you think will be
the most useful.
When you are ready head there. To the northeast corner lies Tichondrius, but he
is too strong (level 10) for the time being.
Take care of the burning legions and destroy the gate. Illidan will claim the
skull for his own, transforming into a Demonic being. Only Illidan can damage
Tichondrius, so be sure not to waste your units. You could probably win by just
sending him and a few Druids. With his death the mission ends.
Tyrande and Furion find Illidan, shocked at what he has become. Furion banishes
his brother from the forests forever.
Interlude: The Last Guardian:
-----------------------------
“Two days later, in a tranquil glade of Mount Hyjal...”
Furion and Tyrande are waiting in a glade, discussing the dream that summoned
Furion there. Furion speaks of a mystical raven that came to his dream.
Thrall and Jaina appear, also summoned by the mysterious Raven. Tyrande is
obviously unhappy with the intruders, and the Prophet shows up just in time.
He tells of the purpose for the Legion; the prophet himself. Many years ago the
wizard Medivh open the gate that allowed the Orcs into this world, the same
pathway that allowed Demons to cross.
Now it is time for Medivh, the prophet, to unite the forces to defeat that which
threatens all life itself...
Chapter 7: Twilight of the Gods
--------------------------------
“The next morning, near Hyjal Sumit.
The NightElven, Orcs, and Humans gather to plan their defense of the mountain.”
Mission Objectives:
Delay Archimonde:
- Delay Archimonde for 45 minutes.
- Archimonde must not reach the mountain summit.
Archimonde is after the Life Tree, the source of the Elven’s immortality. The
combined forces plan their defense of the mountain to slow down Archimonde so
Furion’s plan will work.
The summit is the Circle of power to the top right of your base, near the
gates. The undead base is at the bottom left corner, and their path will first
reach the human settlement (Light blue) then the Orcs (red) then finally the
Elven base (white.)
This is a purely defense map. It is near impossible to destroy the Undead base,
as it can spawn infinite Burning Legion units (almost actually.) Not to mention
that Archimonde is posing near the entrance, it is pretty difficult to gain
entry.
Your first immediate task is to have a defense ready. Plug Ancient of Protector
around strategic locations of the map, mainly the entrance of the bases. Next,
mass up a large army, preferably balanced since the undead will mix up their
units, hurling about mixed groups of 20 or so units.
The first task will be to hold the human settlement for as long as possible.
The human base has a certain indentation that you could use as a funnel to flank
the enemies, but be sure to have wisps on hand to repair the Ancients. Note
that Shandria and Tyrande are there, so it helps a lot too.
Note that your heroes can die, since you can resurrect them at the altar (costly
though.) Your general plan should be to have Furion join the other heroes. The
Dryards make good support units, but keep your main focus on defense. Ballistae
with the impalement upgrade are great, as well as mounted Hippogryphs. The gold
mine will run out, but there is another one to the west. Don’t forget you have
two other allies to distract the undead. If you want, you could use some
Hippogryphs to battle against the Frost Wyrms that they send. Usually they
won’t send more than 4 or 5. Gargoyles on the other hand number about 8-10 per
attack.
There are several mercenary camps around your base. There are two just south,
and another one to the north. You can hire some Furbolgs and Trolls if you
wish, but they still take up resources.
The first half of the map isn’t really that difficult. Mostly a mix of normal
units. Try to make good use of your spells. Tranquility is a good spell to
use, as well as the Druid’s Roar.
However, near the 20 minute mark, Undead heroes will start appearing. There are
three heroes that they use; Anktheron (level 10 Dreadlord,) Azgala (level 10 Pit
Lord) and Rage Winterchill (level 10 Lich.) Also notice that wisps will start
gathering at the Life Tree.
Towards the 10 minute mark, multiple undead heroes will start attacking you.
The Druid of the Talon’s Cyclone ability is useful here, allowing you to focus
on the fodder before concentrating on the Hero. By now the human settlement
should be razed, or at least badly damaged. Move to the orc base if you need
to, since you pretty much will need to.
Towards the last few minutes, the pace will pick up so there will be a wave
every 30 seconds or less. In the final Minute, Archimonde himself will start
the ascent to the summit. This is more of a stalling game. Just flood the hell
out of him, slamming every spell and attack you have on him. You should be able
to wait out the full last minute here. Once you do, you have finished the
Scenario, as well as the Nightelf Sentinel campaign and Warcraft 3.
Congratulations!
Furion’s plan has worked. Playing on Archimonde’s overconfidence, he is lured
to the Tree of Life, where the Ancestral Spirits from all over the forest gather
to the call of the Clarion. They disintegrate Archimonde, and in a massive
blast, the conflagration razes the Tree of Life and miles of forest around the
tree of life. Yet, almost immediately, the roots of the Tree start growing
back.
Now that the Elvenkind have lost their immortality, how will they live their
lives?
************************************
[End of Nightelf Sentinel Campaigns]
************************************
================================
********************************
{ End of Warcraft 3 Campaigns }
********************************
================================
======================
VII. Addendum
======================
->Mr.Briareos Kerensky offers a massively useful insight on changes in
difficulty levels.
“I was reading your FAQ after I finished the game one time and restarted it in
hard mode. It is pretty accurate, but in hard mode some mission must be played
in a different way...for example, mission 8 in the Human campaign, Dissenssion:
you have only 15 minutes to destroy the five boats, and most you'll have to rush
in most occasions to do it in time: first the canyon with those Spirit
Towers...you'll have to run, ignoring their fire, just like the final Undead
enchampment, your heroes should run toward the boat and destroy it while the
mercenaries take care of the Undeads.
In The Culling (Human, mission 6), Mal'Ganis will revive well before 2.5
minutes, IIRC 1.5-2 minutes...the first time you encouter him it's easy,
but after that he'll bring lots of units (the second time I've found 3
Necromancers with an undefined numbers of Ghouls and 4/5 Abominations)...better
to ignore Mal'Ganis and his party. Also, your base
will be under attack of large amounts of Undead units, after the fourth
wave, it is pretty impossible to defend it and increase the numbers of men in
the city...In fact, when my body count was more or less 70, I ignored
the base, stayed away from Mal'Ganis and ended the mission.
In the first mission of the Undead campaign (Trudging through the Ashes)
you'll have to rescue all Acolytes on the map (24), and there will be more
patrols in all cities.
In the last mission (Under the Burning Sky) I've found that fixed defenses
are useful especially to defend the base at Kel'Thuzad's left, and
mass-producing Frost Wyrms and Crypt Spiders (hope the names are correct, I play
with a translated version) is the best way to defend the rite, as you can
concentrate on upgrading only one kind of attack/defense, with some Spirit
Towers around Kel'Thuzad, but not too much.
Also, in the prologue, if you have Thrall and other units scout both maps,
you'll find creeps (useful to level up) and other objects, like an
Intelligence book, a Protection ring and a Mana Scroll.
So far those are the only missions I ended in hard mode, if you found those
infos useful, I will send others later.”
->Mr.Frans vanden Oever strikes again with his incredible knowledge:
I have another little addition to my tip. With unholy aura you can let Undead
regenerate while they aren't on blight. You see, Undead regenerate only when
they are on blight with 2 hp per second. By the way, Humans and Orcs
regenerate always at a rate of 0.25 hp per second and Night Elves at a rate
of 0.5 hp per second, but only during the night.
-> Mr. Sid Oak sent in this tip:
“Hi, this e-mail is about your WArcraft 3 strategy guide. I don't know if you
already know this, but in the second human mission if you cut down the trees
right above the murloc pond you can reach a bunch of
ogres, which would probably be worth the experience and treasure at that level.
Also, in the Undead campaign when you are invading the elves, you can build a
banshee and posess one of the elven peasants.
The elves can build some human structures and elven barracks and guard towers.
The barracks can build ballistae, elven swordsmen, elven archers, and
dragonhawks, which only take up TWO food, which rocks. Whats interesting is that
it seems that you can build an unlimited number of heroes from the altar of
kings you can build. I built 2 archmagi and a mountain king before I ran out of
food. I tried this in the Sunwell mission but I think it should work in the
others.”
->Mr. Moises Miguel Zee pointed out something I missed.
“You missed an optional quest in human campaign mission 2 I also missed that
once coz the guy was talking about the healing fountain it's easy to complete
just go on the upper left part above the grainery and shoot that's where it is.
It does nothing but it's worth a shot.”
->“Fyrewind” notices a very obscure Easter Egg. Kudos for his extreme
observation.
Hi there, I was reading your guide on gamefaqs. Here's 2 secrets (easter
eggs) I discovered in Warcraft 3. One of the human campaign misions, in the
town (I think it's the second mission where the orcs are attacking a village)
there's a building with the sign "Bob's Guns" this refers to the Bob's Guns from
Starcraft on asphalt structure in wasteland tileset (see campaign editor)
This second discovery..second mission of the night elves. Summon an owl with
Tyrande Whisperwind and seqarch around the TOP RIGHT area of the map, near a
fountain of health. Hidden behind some trees is a Hydralisk from Starcraft. I'm
not joking here. When you bring your units there, there should be some ballistae
around, use them to mow down the trees and bring Tyrande to it and the Hydralisk
is under your control (rescuable), it does about around to 84-120 damage and it
even has the Hydralisk sound effects. (does not have any spells or special
abilities)
I have also heard of a rumor concerning marines when finishing the game on hard.
But I'm not sure on that yet.
->“Chrisdude” sent in this tip.
“I just thought you should know that in Chapter 3 of the human campaign (Ravages
of the Plague), you can kill Timmy with Arthas' "Holy Light" (or something like
that) spell and he'll drop a treasure.”
-> Mr Edward Fu noticed this:
In the third human mission, Ravages of the Plague, remember how Jaina was
attacked by those ogres in the beginning? If you go east from the starting
position, you can find two more ogres to kill for exp. Even better, there's a
sheep there that will drop Bracers of Agility (+1 to Agility when carried) when
you kill it.
-> Mr. Wai Y. Chung offers his help:
“Something you guys missed that would be a great help in Mission 8 of Humans.
When you get to the Goblin Merchant at the top of the run down the path with
Spirit towers on either side, there's a great item you can buy there called the
amulet of recall (or something similar) and it lets you teleport a group of up
to 12 units to the location of the hero.
there are 2 of those available for purchase at the merchant. So get Arthas, buy
one and get Muradin to buy one. Then group 12 units (not including Arthas), at
the top of the run. turn on Divine Shield and charge down the run, if you have
it at level 3, the invulnerability should be on still when you get to the bottom
of the run. Then use the recall amulet to bring the troops down to destroy ship
number 4.
Ship number 5 is a bit trickier coz the defense is tougher and you should be a
little pressed for time. But you should be alright to wait for the divine
shield to charge up again and repeat the trick. Just carry a few healing
potions if you're worried. And whatever you do, don't stop for anything. All
you need to do is destroy the ship.”
->Mr. Dustin Woods offers an alternate idea:
“>Chapter 8: Dissension:
>-----------------------------
>At the start you have little units. Fortunately, there are several
mercenary>camps around. One of them is directly to your left, so hire a few
trolls.>You will need a ranged attacker to bring down the boats.
Actually, this is not true. The dwarf's first spell will sink a boat in a
single casting. You can run past many of the enemies or just kill them
with Arthas and the dwarf. The only mercenaries I 'had' to buy were the
Sappers. I needed them to knock down the trees blocking access one of the
boats. Other than that, Arthas and the dwarf should be sufficient.”
->“Skydreemr” offers a tip for the first Undead Mission.
“In the undead mission number 1, you intrct the reader to go through the gate-
however, one can also use his/her units to cut down the trees in thel ittle
gathering of houses to the bottom left of the gate, and the left of thw gaurd
outpost. You find a small path leading directly into the town with no gaurd
confrontation”
-> Mr. Aaron Hainley sent in this tip for Undead Mission 2.
“I can't see anyone else who has found the area called 'Pandaren Relaxation
Area' in Warcraft III. I found this area after I destroyed every single tree on
a level looking for new items and as no one else has it listed and your FAQ is
the best out right now I thought I might as well pass it on. The mission this is
on is the second for the Undead and you need the meat wagons to get there (kill
the trees) or if you have a LOT of time cut them all down but I would really
recommend the meat wagons. The area is in the middle against the left hand side
of the map and you need to knock down all the trees to get there. Once you move
there it will say:
SECRET FOUND
Pandaren Relaxation Area
And flash up a picture of a panda. This is however all it does that I
have noticed.
Also of interest is an area on the cliff just above here where you get a wierd
little animation with some big foot's.”
->Mr Adrian Easton / Mr. shinsensei adds more to that tip.
“just found a secret area in warcraft 3 in the 2nd mission of the undead
campaign. At the centre of the map next to a forest there are two poles at the
top of which are found some skulls, if you use your meat wagon and bring down
some trees to make a passage u'll get through to a clearing at the end of which
you'll get a small cinematics involving 2 big apes called swasgashe-something
and they''l attack u.
After you beat them u'll find a waterfall next to their camp but it is at a
lower level. So just bring down your meat wagon and make another passage through
the forest next to the village and voilа..... Ypu'll be able to get to the
waterfall and a blured picture of a panda will appear for 1 or 2 sec and on-
screen you'll be able to read Pandora sceret found [i am not sure that's the
exact words though]
and that's all nothing more
Did you know abt this secret? am I the first one to discover
it :DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD ????????
well hope it help for ur faq”
->Sacco for this little known tip:
“In the chapter 2 of Undead, below where Uther is, there are 4 sheeps. Kill them
all will leave an item : Goblin Night Scope.”
->Mr Guido Lujiten adds to this.
“Great work on your FAQ about Warcraft 3, I began reading the first parts when I
finished the second campaign, just to know if I had'nt missed out something. I
would just like to point out something : on the second
mission of the Undead campaign, after you kill Uther, there still is something
interesting to collect. If you go a little southeast from where Uther was
standing, you will eventually come up on a little farm with two windmills. Near
this farm is a little enclosed area with a few sheep in it. Since I find it
quite funny to kill these with a few 'clicks' I killed them all, and one of them
left a treasure behind. I don't know if this treasure is always the same, but I
got the 'Goblin Night Scope' for Arthas, quite an useful item!
I think it is worth giving it a try, and also to look elsewhere for these little
gifts !”
-“>Pando666” gives his directions for Undead Campaign level 4.
“I did the 4th Undead level in a really easy way. It uses the zeppelins. All
you do is get 2 zeppelins, load Arthas and some goblin sappers (mercenary) in
one, and fly them both to an altar. The sappers can destroy it, Arthas can grab
the key part, and then run home. If he doesn't make it, just revive him.
Repeat for the other 2 parts. Then, just use a zeppelin to transport Arthas to
the circle. There's really no need to destroy the elven bases.”
->Mr. Roger Rouault sent in this strategy;
“For Chapter 7: The Siege of Dalaran the easiest way (I found) was to send just
Arthas through the "aura" after having Kel'thuad cast his protective barier
spell (don't think that's what the spell is called just can't remember the right
name) on him. Fight until Arthas is down to about 400 HP and send him back out
(or even to a fountain of health, it will bring his health back very slowly in
the aura), or lure your oponents out with him to the rest of your army. It takes
a while (about a hour) but is prity easy and micromanaging one character isn't
all that stressful. If Athras isn't at a high level it might not work all too
well but it worked for me.”
->Mr. Wong Si Yuan detailed a massive, yet precise and through strategy as well;
“Phase #1: Before taking on the first Archmage, build 4 meatwagons and have them
guard the bridge to Dalaran. Accumulate and upgrade all your weapons, armours
and abilities/spells before going in.
I used 5 groups here:
Group 1 - Arthas, 4 abominations, 3-4 ghouls >Main Assault (Note: I lost the
ghouls taking the first base and replaced them with a 5th abomination)
Group 2 - 4 Meatwagons >Anti-buildings
Group 3 - 2 Frost Wyrms, 1 Garygoyle (3 Frost wyrms if possible) >Building
suppression, Anti Air
Group 4 - Kel'Thuzad, 2 Crypt Fiends, 1 Banshee, 2 Necromancers >Support
spellcasting group
Group 5 - 3 Acolytes >Repair Meatwagons
I then had Arthas lead the charge in to distract the archmage's bodyguards while
my air units and meatwagons did the actual killing. Kel'Thuzad's group provided
the usual Frost Armour/Antimagic Shell/Raise Skeleton support.
Phase #2: With the first part of the field gone (referred to as First Tier for
now), I let my units heal and then proceeded to raze the town on the left of the
archmage. Use the meatwagons to attack the towers, with one frost wyrm freezing
each tower. If you have the third wyrm, use it to freeze the barracks. Then the
usual Arthas-led charge into the base. Arthas himself will, however, do the
healing rather than the killing. (Death Coil all the way) Also, if you can spare
the mana, have Arthas Animate Dead and use the enemies' units against them.
After the towers are down, focus on the barracks, the town hall, then whatever
else is left. As usual, have the frost wyrms freeze the unit-producing buildings
as well as the defensive structures. You will occasionally be attacked from
above, so concentrate your defenses there for the moment. Use the Meatwagons to
attack the two defensive towers there and have them fall back when the enemy
counterattacks. The next wizard is just above your base.
Once the base is secured, build a Necropolis, Haunted Gold Mine, and MANY Spirit
Towers around this base. Build whatever unit producing buildings you want, but I
didn't intend to lose my units anyhow.
Now Sacrifice a Shade and use it to scout out the right side of the area. You
will find a Blacksmith and a Workshop guarded by several Riflemen, 2-3
sorceresses, 2 priests and several mortar teams. Run them over. Animate them and
have them (led by the Shade) kill the Rifleman and Priest at the upper part of
the 'first tier'. (it's shaped like a rectangle) Keep going left towards your
base and eventually you'll find a pair of cages. There are several of these
throughout the map. These two contain level 6 Rock Golems. Very sweet. Attack
and destroy the cages to let them out. They now work for you (10 food each
though. Be warned!). Have them return to the area where you took out the two
towers.
Phase #3: The next 'Tier' of the map is fairly easy. The wizard has a moat
protecting him, and is not easy prey to frost wyrms. Have the two golems simply
explore the area. There will be a fountain of health guarded by three water
elemetals. One at a time, have the golems kill them (keep using Boulder Hurl)
and heal. Head north from the fountain up the path and follow it around. A few
more enemies, a cage with an ogre magi (up to you, but by this time you should
already have around 96/90 Food Usage, so what the hell.) and the mage at the
end. As usual, have the golems and Ogre Magi beat on him while tossing boulders
his way. Second Tier cleared. Move your forces towards the fountain. An enemy
base is to the right of the fountain. Destroy them like the first and take over
their base. Now comes the tricky part.
Phase #4: Third Tier. Send whatever Animated Dead you have north together with
your Golems. There are two sorceresses and two priests with a few other units,
and two cages. Kill them (not too difficult if you animated a mortar team), then
have them beat on the cages. One contains about 6 level 1 giant spiders
(useless), and the other contains 2 flying sheep. They turn into Blue Drakes
after a while (thankfully). Now group them into your Frost Wyrm group. To the
left of the cages is a large team of Riflemen and spellcasters. Have your
necromancers summon as many skeletons as you can, then send them in. Support the
skeletons with your spiders. While the enemy is tied up, have the golems and
drakes/wyrms attack the spellcasters, then the riflemen, then the mortar teams.
Another Fountain of Health awaits.
Retreat your forces and have your units guard the pass. Now bring Arthas,
Kel'Thuzad, the meatwagons and your drakes over to the first fountain. Far north
of the fountain is another moat (the golems passed by here to kill the archmage,
remember?), protecting the last enemy base. The meatwagons can reach the
workshop, the arcane sanctuary and three farms from here. Have them do so and
cover them from the air against the gryphons. Once that's done, the longest part
of the map starts.
Phase #5 - Move the meatwagons back to your base. You should have 2 Blue Drakes,
3 Frost Wyrms, Arthas (lvl 3 Unholy Aura, lvl 3 Death Coil) and Kel'Thuzad (Lvl
3 Frost Armour, lvl 2 Frost Nova), and the two Golems.
The enemy has THREE Gryphon aviaries, two barracks, 1 blacksmith and a boatload
of Gyrocopters and gryphons. You want to start killing the blacksmith first.
Move your units in, kill the gryphons, return to heal (fountain if all are
damaged, Arthas if only the Wyrms), attack smith. Note that when you start
attacking gryphons, the gyrocopters will move in. KILL the gyrocopters whenever
possible. With the Workshop down, they cannot build more. Also, destroying the
blacksmith prevents riflemen and mortar teams from being built.
I don't have to tell you to use Frost Armour whenever possible, and Frost Nova
whenever the enemies follow you back. Whenever ONE unit in your flight group
reaches half health, retreat, heal, and repeat. If it is a blue drake and it is
badly damaged, send him to the fountain while the remaining flyers continue the
attack.
Now just repeat the hit and run tactic against the Farms until you start seeing
Guard Towers. Hit the towers first, then the farms. Eventually, the enemy will
be left with only the castle, 2 barracks, 3 aviaries and a few farms. They can't
build more gryphons because they're crippled by the food shortage, so finish off
ALL remaining air units.
Have your golems stand by at the second fountain (3rd tier), and have your frost
wyrms fully healed. Now have one wyrm attack each aviary to prevent production
while your Blue Drakes focus on one aviary. Move the Golems in to destroy the
aviary ASAP. Retreat them when 1 is destroyed. The enemy WILL counterattack with
Knights. (as they will throughout this phase)
Now, cycle your wyrms as you destroy the other two aviaries. Have 1 wyrm sitting
next to Arthas while the other two work on the aviaries. When one wyrm reaches
550 health, replace it with the healthy wyrm. Heal damaged wyrm with death coil,
wash, rinse, repeat. Eventually only the castle and barracks stand. Destroy the
barracks, then the castle.
The reason for destroying the base first is because the third Archmage is
protected by 4 towers, 4 gyrocopters, 2 sorceresses, 2 priests, and the boatload
of the units from that base you just destroyed. (since you destroyed it, no more
units!)
Phase #6 - Move your Blue Drakes and Golems to the 3rd tier fountain. Directly
above is the mage, 2 towers and 2 gyros. Lure the gyros out one by one SLOWLY
(attack ONLY the gyro and RUN AWAY the moment he responds) to the fountain. When
the two are down, prepare for the final assault. Have the meat wagons go first,
then Arthas, then Kel'Thuzad. The moment Arthas reaches the mage, your
Wyrms/Drake/Golems should focus on him and him alone. Arthas should also cast
Death Coil on him. And again, keep bouldering the mage with the Golems.
Eventually he goes down and the mission ends.
Mission Time: Approx 4 hours.
Units lost: 4 ghouls, plus whatever went down during the final rush.”
->Mr. Craig Fleming has an alternate idea:
“Hey there,
Found a cool way to easily do the second mage in this level. Attack open the
first set of cages to get a pair of rock golems. They aren't dead, so aren't
affected by the aura. Once you're barely into the second aura area, go the the
left. There is small area here that leads no where. The rock
golems can Hurl Boulders at the mage. After every rock he'll run a short
distance, and then come back to his altar. I didn't count the number of rocks
that it took, but you don't lose anything doing it.”
->Mr. Jay Winton has the same idea.
“Hey, for the undead mission where you have to kill the 3 archmages, you know
those cages with the creeps in them? If you bust out the creeps its possible to
kill all the archmages without really using any of your undead units at all,
barring the first archmage who is really quite easy if you just catapult him or
some such quickly. thought I'd tell ya.”
->Mr. Dan Jacobsen also had the same idea, but more detailed:
“I noticed that there IS an easier way to kill the Second and Third Arch Magi
Somewhere in the middle of the city is a pair of cages. They are lightly gaurded
and if you crack them open you are rewarded with Stone Golems. The Golems not
being undead are unaffected by the Aura.
If you notice the Arch Mage is placed in a position where there is a ledge to
his left. You can perch the golems here and repeatedly cast Storm Bolt at the
Mage 'til he's dead. You are then free to raze the two towns without the Aura to
protect them.
After taking the second town apart there are two more cages somewhere north of
this portion of the map. Breaking them open will land you 2 level 6 dragons and
a bunch of Spiders. Wait for an opportune time (perferebly right after an attack
from the last remaining base) and use your golems plus new creatures and 2
Heroes to smite Antonidas. Make sure you direct all fire on him since he's the
objective of the raid and once he's dead you immediately win if Arthas is there.
I sent a raiding party before doing this to kill the small band of units that
block the way to Antonidas to make it even easier. The key to this raid is
timing.”
->Mr. Evgeny Ternovsky also had a similar idea.
“After defeating the base to the left, send kel'thezard directly upwards. (by
now he should be able to cast death and decay). there should be two elvish
towers and some elves and other uints there. attack them, then run away into
your base area. theyll follow you to your base, where youll finish them. As for
the towers there are two ways, the patient and the "other" way. If you want to
be patient, use death and decay on both towers. If you dont, just send some
units out and destroy them. Now, if you go further up, a terrain similar to this
will appear:
_______
| | | |
| | | \ / |
| | | \/\/ |
| 1 | | |
| | |_________________|
| |
| |______________________________
|
|
|
|
The W here represents where the wizzard is.
If you get Kel'thezard to position "1" and use death and decay on the wizzard,
he will run away and come back. After Kel'thezard has finished casting, go back,
heal from the aura, and wait for death and decay to be ready. Then repeat 1-2
more times. Second wizzard should be dead. As for Wizzard 3, I just used a
fiend/abomination mix (of cause using all the critters from the cages).”
->Mr. Andrew TWeir felt inspired by Mr. Wong Si Yuan and added his tip.
“I was just reading your warcraft 3 walkthru and having seen a 4 hour
solution to the siege of dalaran, I felt compelled to add my two cents.
The first two mages were not particularly difficult and so I do not
remember exactly what I did for them. I believe I sent Arthas and Kel
Thuzad in to do their quick spells, and finished them with high hitpoint
creatures like frost dragons and gargoyles. These also have the benefit
of not being slowed by congestion on the ground.
Anyway, for the third mage I spent most of my money on powered up
banshees, and sent them through the barrier one at a time to possess the
humans' warriors. There is a garrison standing in front of the fountain
of health that I completely stole. It takes a little speed to get the
banshee in, possess, and get your new human to escape, but I didn't have
any casualties. Then you have a small army of humans, all of whom are
impervious to the anti-undead barrier. The stolen mortar team made quick
work of the towers in front of the third mage, and then the riflemen can
take care of the priests while Arthas and Kel Thuzad use their magic on
the mage.”
->“Kosikutioner” also has another tip.
“I'm not sure if you said this later on in the faq but on mission 7 dalaran
of the undead at the start to the left you mention there is an archmage who
drops a treasure. If you destroy the tent beside him you get a anti magic potion
that blocks magic for 90 secs. on your hero. This is good for fighting the
archmagi.”
->Mr.Damon Hochnadel has an alternate, more unique plan;
“In mission 7 for the Undead, The Siege of Dalaran, there is a much easier
strategy to defeating the archmages that worked very well for me. Once the
mission starts, make a temple of the damned, unless you start with one. Start
researching the banshee trainings until you finish the master
training. Use a few undead units out front for defense while doing this.
Then start making lots of banshees and use them to possess some of your
opponent's troops. This puts their units under your control and even though
they are your units they're still considered non-undead units to the barrier,
meaning they can go into the barrier and kill the archmages without recieving
damage from the barrier. Try to possess about one full team's worth of
attacking units (12, although this can include the creeps from inside the crates
since they're not undead either) and about two priests for healing. The first
units you want to capture are the first archmage's bodyguards. There are two
ways to get them, either tell each of your banshees to possess one and they'll
run in and capture them or lure them out with a ghoul. I prefer having them run
in and capture them, if you use a ghoul you have a chance of having some of the
units to be taken dying. If you do run your banshees in, they should be fine
since their health doesn't matter for possession, but once you possess a unit
you should run it back out to your base so it won't die. Once you kill one of
the archmages, bring in another team with some undead units with a few meat
wagons to take care of bases while on the way to the next barrier so you can
save your living group's strength for while inside the barrier. Basically, use
the undead for fighting outside the barrier and possess any units to refill your
living unit group and use the living group for inside the barrier fighting.
Using this strategy made this level a breeze for me.”
->Mr. Gaffarena Marcos has a Frost Wyrm approach:
“I was reading your strategies regarding the undead campaign in warcraft 3 about
the mission where you need to kill the 3 archmages that have lifted the barrier.
All I did was to send frost wyrms after them as they can fly so they can reach
them quickly. I used 4 frost wyrms for the first one, about 7 for the second and
barely killed the third one with a full 12 frost wyrms. You will need a bit of
patience in order to build them all and probably you will not have any other war
units apart from them but surely I find this method much better from the other
strategies which all almost have a 4 hour tag time on them. Hope I was of some
help.”
->Mr. Duncan Wilson has an “abominable” tip.
“After reading a couple of 4 hour tactics to complete this mission, I decided to
send in my own tactics here.
First off, upgraded abominations are unreal. 1100 hitpoints, a heck of a lot of
upgraded damage.... they rock. So, for the first mage, I basically sent in
Arthus, backed up by 4 Abominations, and coiled the mage 2 times. He was dead. I
then ran out again. After building up 12 Abominations, I just walked in and
destroyed the base, and built my own gold collection station there. Moving on to
the second, basically the same tactic. Sent in the 12 abominations, and rushed
the mage, with arthus coiling from behind, and healing the boms too.
The final mage was a little tricky, so I killed of the abominations, because
they were getting in the way (after taking out the next base ofcourse). In then
moved both my characters in to the roadblock thing, and had Kal'Thuzar cast
death and decay, which decimated it, while Arthus healed from further back.
While this is happening, I was building an army of 7 Cold Wyrms, which ended up
being backed up by the 2 cold drakes in their cages. Now i tell you, these by
themselves were dissapointing, but after a reload, I used them as bait. First
sent in the wyrms, which lasted long enough for for Arthus to get off 4 coils on
the mage, thereby ending the mission. He hadnt taken a wound in that last fight,
because the wyrms have 1500 each.
The mission came in a little under an hour.”
->Mr. Darren Perrett has a more direct approach.
“In the mission with the 3 Aura's (undead campaign).
I JUST used Arthas. Using 2 lots of Death Coil and finish them off with
Frostmourne (i think its 1 slash!). That's all I did, and basically recharged
my health by waiting for it to restore, and there may be a fountain somewhere.
Believe it or not this mission only takes 15 Minutes using Arthas and DEATH
COIL. Actually it would only take a few minutes if you could restore health
quicker(and mana too...).
Despite what is mentioned in the guide I found this mission easy when using
Arthas Death Coil spells and I have no idea why someone in the Addendum reckons
it took him an hour, its 15 minutes. In fact I think that someone should see
what is the quickest it can be done in.”
->Mr. Willie Du offers his advice for this popular mission.
this is to address the massive amounts of strategies for that one level with
the 3 archemages that you have to kill. I found that the strategies stated
on the Addendum section were quite complicated to execute. heres waht I
did:
3 groups:
1-Arthas, that mage guy, 4 frost wyrms, and 4 gargoyles.
2-4 meat wagons
3-necromancers and ghouls
basically only the first group is necesary to take out the mages themselves.
The other groups are there to support the assault of the towns.
I dunno if you mentioned it in your FAQ/guide/walkthrough, but it is a good
combination to attack with necromancers and meat wagons. Before you attack
you should set the meat wagons' body collection to autocast so they collect
any bodies they see. (it is good to leave them around the graveyard, since
the grave yard generates corpses) Then, when you attack, just set the
necromancer's raise corpse to autocast and have your meat wagons unload
corpses. 4 meat wagons with 8 corpses each will have 32 corpses. Each time
a necromancer casts raise corpse 2 skeleton warriors come up. A fully
loaded necromancer can cast raise corpse about 5-6 times without recharging.
32x2=64 skeleton warriors...
You'll have a massive army in no time.
->Mr. Lu Tsze offers his help.
“On the undead mission where you have to go through the aura and kills the
mages, I found the following really helped me, Once you have taken the first
base and have killed the second mage a good way to take the second base is
to wheel a meat wagon to the very north point of where there was a little
workshop east of where you get the Golems.
_
___________|X|_
| _______ |
__| | | |
__ |_______| |
| |
|_______ ___|
| |
Looks something like that, put a meat wagon on the X and it will annihilate
a large part of the second base, including 6 houses, meaning that the
maximum amount of units it can ever have is now about 2.
Be careful though cos they may send aerial units to wipe him out, it didn't
happen to me but I had some Frost Wyrms on standby...
This makes it ludicrously easy to to take over.
Arthas's Death Spirit level 3 only takes about 4 or 5 hits to finish off
every Mage as well, so he is perfect for attacking the second one using the
ranges attack technique, and even the last guy (wait by the health pool then
just go for it, you should JUST manage to kill him before you die... if not
use some aerial units to do added damage to him and he should snuff it).”
->Mr. Mark Carnall offers his version of the Cannon push for Orc Campaign Level
7:
“On Orc level 7..To make it easier to win this mission..I had a blimp go up to
the ridge where the blue Human base is in front of the Oracle...to the south-
east the least protected part,and dropped two Peons and had them start building
towers...About 6 towers finished off most of the Human forces and I just mopped
up with my main force...”
->Mr. Beng Hai offers a quick but useful tip:
“Don't use the trigger to kill the boars in the spike pit guarding the Gemstone.
Instead, fight and kill them in combat. You will get a Necklace of Spell
Immunity for the effort”.
->Mr. Ali Tayyab offers his help for Orcs Mission 8:
“Here's a tip for the orc mission 8:
send a couple of peons in to the human territory and make a few orcish hordes.
this is to ensure that u have some buildings that wont be destroyed. construct
them deep into the human camp, so that they are safe. now spend all the
resources making witch doctors, and upgrading till then can cast healing shards.
once all this is done, take both the heros and all ur witch doctors, to the
first healing pool, which is directly north of the orc's camp. use this as a
staging base to attack the orc's bases, or carve a path through to grom
hellscream i find it easier if i clear the orc base near, grom. i just lost one
witch doctor, out of the 12 i was able to make. you dont have to worry about ur
base being destroyed, as u will always have some buildings in the human
territory safe! i was able to complete this level four times, with fail using
this strategy.”
->Mr. Kincaid Kids sent in this daring AND Bold (take that Doritos..guy) plan.
“I have a tip for chapter 8 in the orc campaign. The fastest way to capture
Grom that I found is to sneak Thrall and Cairne through the base leading to Grom
(level 10 recommeneded for both heroes). Soon, the units chasing you will
stop. Now, use a combinations of chain lightning, spirit wolves, and other
spells to fight through the creeps. When Thrall's hp is low, hide in an area to
let it regenerate. When reaching the final area to Grom, ignore the 2
doomguards and quickly capture Grom and outrun the doomguards. Now, simply run
past bases to the Ritual Circle. If you feel Grom won't make it through, let
his hp regenerate to full.
p.s. Make sure you save frequently throught this and watch out possible
infernals falling near you.”
->Mr. Jason Palarca found a familiar friend in the Second Nightelf mission:
“i just found a cool easter egg in this fabulous game of Warcraft III... in
chapter II of the night elves just north to the base that your hero must reach,
there lies a very familiar unit lurking in the woods... it's starcraft's
hydralisk! it's a level 7 creep, which can deal 84-120 damage! well, that of it
being a creep is more of a guess, as it didn't do anything, even if i got near
it (i thought that it would join my forces, but it didn't. that'd be cool!).
anyway, i think it's a great thing just by checking it out... and thanks for
making this wonderful FAQ in gamefaqs... this one surely helped me!”
->Mr. Al Sim also found it too,
“On the Night Elf campaign, mission 2 (Daughters Of The Moon), at the far
north of the map, about 2/3 to the right (ie. in the area you are in just
before you assault the main undead base), there is a Zerg hydralisk from
Starcraft hidden behind some trees! Use Tyrande's owl to scout this area,
destroy the trees with your ballistas and send Tyrande in to rescue the
hydralisk. It has a lot of hit points and has a devastating attack (84-120
points of damage per hit) and certainly helps in the final assault. I
managed to keep mine alive after completing the mission and saw it in the
background when the cutscene was being played!”
->Mr. Woohyung Lee also discovered this.
“hey, i was reading through your faq wondering if i missed anything after
finishing... i noticed you didnt have mention of the hydralisk in mission 2 of
the elf campaign! hes hiding in the woods in the upper right of the map, you
have to use the ballistae you pick up to get to him, and you can control it!
ive included a couple screenshots on my yahoo briefcase, feel free to use them
if you like, but dont link to my briefcase please.”
“Jamie w” found this humorous clip:
“In chapeter 2 of the Undead campaign's, there is another secret besides the
sasquatch, nightscope, and pandaren. If you go below your base, to the area
where the golems are, then take a left until you find the woodcutter, then keep
going left to the land befre the river. You will find Tichondrius about to feast
on sleeping peasants. It's an very funny semi-cinematic, and the peasants leave
fire after they die. Hope this helps the faq:-).”
->Mr. Dylan Kipp thinks laterally and lives to fight another day with this ultra
clever tactic:
“In this mission where you must take Tyrande back to the Elven encampment, you
can skip destroying the major undead encampment by using your ballistas to
demolish the trees directly south of the health fountain to the northeast of the
undead encampment. Destroying the trees will open up a trail to the elven base
free of undead resistance!”
->Mr. Chris Ragland also thought of the same thing.
“I was reading your FAQ for Warcraft 3 when i got to the mission that i had just
finished, the second Night Elf mission. You suggest using the bastilla to attack
the base, but i discovered a easier way. By the fountain in the upper right
corner of the map is a small forest. Use the bastilla to destroy the trees, then
bypass the entire undead camp and waltz right into your base. I hope this will
help people who don’t have many units to fight with. Thanks.”
->Mr. Finlay McWalter gives another tip for this mission.
“Hi, I've enjoyed reading your Warcraft III walkthrough, but I noticed
a small part that you could choose to add to your section for the
second Night Elf mission ("daughters of the moon").
Just north of the main undead base there's a health fountain. Take a
single ballista to this fountain, and attack the trees to the SE.
After you've destroyed only a few trees, you open access to a path
that heads south, down the eastern side of the undead base, directly
to the nightelf base.
You can now send Tyrande straight down this, and end the level without
having to destroy the undead base.
Alternatively, if you're feeling vindictive, you can move that
ballista down the path, and from there it can attack a number of
the undead buildings, including some of the spirit towers, with
complete impugnity, thus greatly simplifying your subsequent
frontal attack on the undead base.”
->Mr. Adam Hewitt clarified up the Vampiric Aura information.
“Hey there. I read in your FAQ, in reference Chapter 4 of the Night Elves
mission, that the Death Revenant plaguing the forest has the Vampiric Aura, and
you stated that you didn't know what it did. Well, what it does is it gives the
user of the aura, and it's surrounding troops the ability to leech life. Each
hit stills 15% of the damage dealt from the target unit. Didn't know if you'f
want to include it in your FAQ, but just thought I'd let you know.”
->Mr. Jason Cook offers a tip on the fifth elf mission:
“don't know if anyone mentioned this to you or not, but there is another secret
area in Night Elves chapter 5. It can be found just before you use the land
mines. In the area below where the enemies are doing laps there is an area to
the left, you go above the trees and below a fence, it leads you to a circle of
power which warps you the bottom right corner, I forget the name of the secret
area, but it's there.”
->“BlademasterNeo” helps Mr.Cook identify the secret Area.”
“Hello! I was reading your great FAQ on Warcraft III and I noticed something. In
your addendum section, Jason Cook sent in a tip for the fifth Night Elf Mission.
He mentioned a secret area but didn't know what it was called. The next person
sent in what they thought he meant, but she was wrong. I found the same secret
area. It is called the Realm of the Uberfish (or something similar... I know it
is something of the Uberfish anyway). It's basically just a treasure chest
containing a (very useful) Mantle of Intelligence +3 for Tyrande.
To get there, go through the mission until you get control of Tyrande and her
Archers and Huntresses, who are looking for Illidan Stormrage. Work your way
through the maze until you get to a large square room with a statue in the
middle and trees lining the walls. A bunch of Watchers attack you. When you're
done with the fight, search the bottom left corner of the square room. On the
minimap, you can barely see the top of a yellow dot indicating a building. I
told Tyrande to attack-move to it and she found the path herself. In the room
previous to the big square one, there is what appears to be a wall of trees on
the left side. There is actually a hole to go through. Tyrande went through the
trees, up between an iron fence and a wall and into a room with a small circle
of power and a large circle of power. Step on the big circle and you will
teleport to the secret room and the treasure chest. To exit the secret room,
step on either of the small circles of power on either side of the chest.
Tyrande will teleport back to the small circle of power in the first hidden
room. I hope this clears everything up for you!”
->Mrs. Victoria Vanderson offers her help on a puzzling aspect of the same Elf
mission:
“I think you are speaking of the Web prisoners... In this room there are some
captives each held in separate webs. The trick here is to kill the egg(?) pods,
the greenish yellow looking blobs, I think as I recall there are three of them,
one for each captive, each pod you destroy releases a captive, and you gain
them, I'm not certain if they are archers or huntresses or a combination of
both, but never-the-less they are a welcome addition by now!”
->Mr Scott Sandlin offers his help on the Necklace of Immunity:
“Found a "Neclace of Spell Immunity" on this mission. You have to kill "The
Largest Panda Ever" in a small secret area to get it.
From just north of the defiled fountain, there is a passage that goes to the
east. (This really isn't that far from the beginning, it's even before you talk
to the Furbolgs.) The passage curves northward and runs straight till it ends
in a few creeps. Just after where it curves northward is a stretch of mushrooms
on the right. It takes two "Force of Nature" spells to cut through them, but
having the Trents out fronto take hits from The Largest Panda Ever is well worth
it. He's worth a good chunck of experience and a neclace of spell immunity.”
->Mr. Jason Merlo offers a new secret area.
“I found a secret item in the Night Elf campaign, chapter five, the one where
you free Illidan. I found this after Tyrande has split off from Furion. This is
the second part, where you control Tyrande on the left side of the map.
After entering the first waygate, you come to an area with lots of trees and a
statue. This is just a bit before you need to use the land mines, Ibelieve, and
before you get to the 'Shrine of the Uberfish' secret circle of power to the
extreme left of the map. In the lower-right (southeast) corner of this area,
hidden in the trees, is a Gauntlets of Ogre strength +3. It'sjust sitting there
for the taking!”
->Mr. Anthony Assuncao offers his insight on “Uberfish.”
“I wrote this E-mail to inform you of "The Shrine of Uberfish" in
Warcraft III. In the Night Elf campaign, in Chapter 5, "Brothers in Blood",
when you take control of Tyranade Whisperwind, when she is looking to free
Illidan, there is a shrine called "The Shrine of Uberfish" that holds a
Mantle of Intelligence +3. When you get to the section where there are
trees, and the watchers are walking around in circles (where you are
supposed to use the goblin mines) in that room that is shaped like a square,
there is a L-shaped intersection that has trees on the outer edges of the
"L". On the top-left side of the "L", there is an opening in the trees, that you
can walk into with one unit. There appears to be a wall blocking your path, but
if you follow the wall south, there is another opening, then there appears to be
another wall in your way, but if you follow that wall north, there is another
opening that leads to two circles of power. The big one leads to a place that
has a treasure. (the Mantle of Intelligence +3) You will know when you are here
because it will say "Secret Found - The Shrine of Uberfish". To get back, there
are two smaller circles of power. (They both take you to the same place.) There
are no enemies in the Shrine of Uberfish.”
->Martin “The Eyeball Kid” finds a new secret for this mission:
“I found yet another secret on the fifth Night Elf mission, "Brothers in Blood,"
thanks to the description of the other secrets listed in your faq.
Just south of the circle of power Furion uses to activate the bridge is another
batch of mushroom "trees" that can be cleared with Force of Nature.
After three castings, you can break through to a room full of undead archers.
THEN you must cast force of nature again on a narrow band of mushrooms in the
easternmost part of the room. This will reveal a circle of power which
teleports you to a small room with a narrow hall connecting to another small
room. In the second room is a waygate guarded by a level ten wraith and some
skeletons. The Wraith is carrying The Robe of the Magi (intelligence +6!) and
the waygate leads back to the bridge. Pretty nifty!”
->Carl offers his help on the fifth mission.
“once tyrande has left your party, and you've fought the sludge monster,
continue uprooting trees around the sludge monster's area (using furion's force
of nature). eventually, you should reach the underground river, where you could
see a bunch of mushrooms on the other side of the river. cast force of nature on
them to transform them into treants. take control of those treants and make them
go up the path. they should run into a furbolg chieftain and 2 furbolg shamans.
you should then gain control of them. run the furbolgs into the way gate and you
now have two very beefy tanks to use for melee purposes, rendering force of
nature useless for the rest of the mission. the chieftain has command aura,
which increases the damage of your units, while the shaman can cast
rejuvenation.”
->Mr. Blake Garvey offers his help on the final elf Mission.
“Hey there, just finished the game today and after playing around with a theory
for a couple of hours, figured out a way to finish the last mission
either as a last resort or whatever..
Happened like this, first game my town was overrun pretty fast, but one of my
trees of life at the 2nd gold mine to the west of the map survived - was
attacked by some crypt fiends but took care of itself and then was left alone..
so next thing I know time was ticking down from 12 mins to the last few and I
was ok. Ate some trees to the left for health/tried to hide myself more and
thought I was going to make it, until at the least 30 seconds (insert demons
name here) comes out and just walked right up to the circle.
How to counter this? Thing is no one was in my base.. and I had tested this 10
times to get it right and no one was even in my base after they'd taken it out,
they'd just patrol around or group up now and then.
What did I do? Had 3 hippographs fly to the back corner of the map near the tree
of life, and in the last thirty seconds I moved them to the circle of power and
as soon as I saw the demon I flew them at him and attempted to lure him away -
it works! first couple of times I tried to lure him too far and he just turns
back around, but once I let him hit me a few times and kept him a little
distracted, ended up winning with him 2 inches away from the circle (only had 3
hippo's, cmon...)
Summary:
Keep a backup army of 6 hippographs at the top of the map, upgrade if
possible. They only take up 2 resources each so it won't be such a drain.
Have 1 Building surviving _somewhere_. This is the hardest part - the
hippo's are fine as the frost wyverns don't seem to go up very far, but if they
find your building the mission is over. I countered this by having 3 seperate
mini bases near the goblin merchant/mercenary camps/mines with some defence.. as
long as you can hold out for a while (or if your extremely
lucky, can just be ignored for the whole time) you don't have any probs.
--------
Seems a bit of a sneaky way, and I think with some more base defence I could of
held em longer, but in the end you get rushed like crazy.. and the cinematic is
of the demon making it to the gate, which means you're not meant to stop him,
just delay - and that's what I achieved.
Hope this helps ;) I know some gamers won't be able to even finish it due to the
difficulty so this can definately give them an edge, and for the others its just
another cunning strategy.. the idea of the last line of defence of hippographs
coming out from near the tree isn't that foriegn - pretty heroic actually :)”
->Mr. Fred Pritchards also had a strategy using elements of Mr.Garvey’s tip.
“Ok I have this tip when playing the last level of the campaign. Have 1 team of
4 archers and two huntress at a allied base and 2 teams in between your base and
the human and orc base.
When the Undead are ready to hand to hand combat to you, retreat to another
group of Elves and 1. Stay with the new group of elves, fight and repeat process
or 2, Retreat to the elf group BUT stop when you see them in sight, hide and
when the undead pass by you, both teams ambush the undead when they are in
between the two elf groups. Another strategy: Don't try to save the human base,
they are doomed, instead build towers on each side of the path to the tree of
life and orc base .
Put a row of swordsmen ( I meant swordswomen!) in front of rows and rows of
archers. Make 6 teams of these formations. Make 6-8 Hippogypths as final defense
and as back up. After you make the units and towers, wall of the units with
walls of towers blocking exit or entrance to the tree of life. (They make handy
shields and use hippos to attack because they are the only handy weapon that can
fly . Make sure wisps are nearby to repair the towers.)
Try to make 3-8 walls for good defense. The towers can take a beating from
undead but they will fall at the wraith of Mal'Ganis. Use the lure hint ( SEE in
the tip from Blake Garvey) and Make sure you make enough men and hippo to hold
and lure him off at the end.”
->Mr. Roger Rounault had another tip for the last elf level.
“Hey I was so happy I was put in your walktrough I thought I'd send something
in again.
This is the method I used for the last Night Elves mission, I also suggest
playing through once even if you get annihilated just to know where the key
points on the map, where the attacks comes from and the intensity/size of the
attacking waves.
Once the mission starts imeadiately send all the troops in your base,
including heroes, to the human base to support it's defence. Then create two
whisps and send them to create Trees of Life by the two gold mines on each side
your base and start collecting the gold from all three of your mines as fast as
you can. From there simply make sure you're constantly building units in every
building you have that can, whenever a new unit comes out send them to the
frontlines. If you hit the limit start making Ancient Protecters as close as
posible to your front line of defence and once they're done move them forward to
help.
To manage your forces during this mission basicly just forget about them
(often times you do more damage than good), use the mini-map to tell how
well they're doing and click on the hero images in the top left of your
screen to use their special abilities, mainly Tranquility (whitch helps
alot, especially when one of your heroes is dieing) and Starfall, when you see a
oncoming wave of enemies. Just keep your screen on your base for the most part,
building and sending units all the time using the mini-map.
When it gets to the point where the human bases main defences are gone start
grouping at the Orc base, even if there's still a few units left. Do the same
thing for the Orc bases defence. After you loose the Orc base buncker down and
stop the Burning Leageon no matter what. And make sure you have both your heroes
alive above all other units at all times.”
->“Kelgar43” also uses Hippogryphs::
“Hi, I just read through some of your faq, and I have an alternate(and I
think easier :p) way to win the last night elf mission. Basically, I forget
about the humans. The only help I sent them was my 2 heroes. I, of course,
got the 2 extra gold mines and sent in the rest of my units to attack. Yes,
as stupid as that sounds. I find that archers are too weak to defend for
long so I killed them all off. Then, I moved my Ancients of War, Lore, and Wind
to the orc's base along with 5 wisps. At this time, the humans were about to
lose their towers outside their town. Anyway, back at the orc base, I made moon
wells inside the town and set them all to auto heal, while making ancient
protectors with wisps from my main tree of ages. After that, the humans didn't
last long, but that's not important. :p The orc's base is easier to defend for
one simple reason: treants. I make mass armies of treants and use them to
distract the enemies while the orcs and my protectors waste them from afar ^_^
After the human town fell, I started massing archers and hippogryphs. I slowly
worked up to 12 of them, and kept that number up. Starfall and Tranquility,
along with 12 hippogryph riders, 10-15 ancient protectors, moon wells, treants
(not to mention the orc's forces ^_^) is more than enough to stop anything that
attacks. I was worred about Archimonde at the end, but he did less damage than
all his forces O_o.
Oh, the one thing to watch out for is meat wagons. If using hippogryphs,
sometimes its best to fly in and ignore everything else, kill meat wagons,
and retreat. If left alone, the orc town would die too fast. Well... that's
about all.. sorry if this is a bit long ^_^ Try it out and see if it works
(remember hippogryphs are the key to winning). And keep working on your faq-
somebody has to write a good one, right? :p”
->Mr. Peset and Peter Tan prove that Hippogryphs are the way to victory on this
map.
"What I Did" (There was no chance they could get near The Circle of Power.)
-When the mission first starts, send all your starting units to the human base
to stall The Legion.
-Then root your Ancient Defenders next to the Orc watch towers. This is where
you will "draw your line in the sand."
-Build Tree of Life's at each of the two gold mines. Entangle the mines once
they're completed and cue a few wisps to mine. This will give you an adequate
gold supply for your forces.
-Build MORE Ancient Defenders to defend the Orc base. NOTE: The Legion attacks
the Orc base from two sides.
-Build Moon Wells in front of the Ancient Defenders and set them to auto-cast.
This will give The Legion a target other than your Defenders and help stabilize
the health and mana of your troops. They will also help keep the enemy out of
the Ancient Defenders' minimum range. NOTE: Leave room between your buildings so
your ground units can move freely. NOTE: Moon Wells only regenerate there mana
and health reserves at night.
-During all this, you should be building as many hyppogryph riders as possible
and sending them to the Orc encampment to help defend the base.
-Don't forget to bring back your heros and keep them at the front lines so they
can gain levels. An important part is to manage each hero's level 6 (Ultimate)
spells. Use the Priestess's Starfall when the Legion attacks with their heros or
when you're getting overwhelmed, and use Furion's Tranquility during battle to
heal on-mass. NOTE: Make sure to keep the hero's from being moved or attacked
when they cast there Ultimate spells so as to prolong there effects.
-When you have a few food points left, spend them on a few wisps to repair your
buildings. NOTE: You can also repair and heal your allied Orc buildings and
units, respectively.
"Why the 'Riders Work"
First off, you can use more Hyppogryph Riders "on mass," while melee units are
limited to the space only around the opposing character. Secondly, The Legion
doesn't use many units that would give them air dominance. Most of there heros,
like Orc heros, are limited to melee attacks. Moreover, your air defense is
superior, and can pick them off EASY.”
->Mr. Skye Knighton has a sneakier tactic:
“If you want to beat the last level REALLY easily, just hide an Ancient
in the trees at the sides of the map. They will never find you, and you
can just leave the computer while the timer ticks down. Cheesy, I know.
I found this out playing it on Hard, and had 30 seconds left when my
defenses collapsed... So I hid a tree of life, and it worked!
I experimented with it, and found out that they'll NEVER find the
Ancient, unless units are hiding with it. The computer will always home
in on units, but not on buildings.”
->Mr. Wade Aidan has a different attack doctrine, sticking to ground forces for
the Final Nightelf Mission:
“Just finished the game, and having read all the hypogryph strategies, I'd like
to suggest an alternative, ground hugging method, If you're interested.
I ignored archers and huntresses early on, they don't have enough hitpoints
to last, especially when the Demon's start using that firestorm spell, my only
contibution to the human base were my heroes and a few protectors with some
wisps to aid the repair jobs (of their towers as well). I used star shower and
tranquilty as they became avaliable, star shower worked great against large
groups of weak but deadly units like the Necromancer horde they send. I also
used entangling roots to good effect, trapping their big melee units. By the
time the pit lord showed up, all the human towers were gone and most of their
troops, and I was overwhelmed.
Meanwhile, I entangled the 2 other gold mines and kept them fully stocked
with wisps, so the gold was pouring faster than I could spend it. Early on, I
concentrated on research, even building another workshop to speed the process, I
1st researched all Druid of the Claw upgrades. I built an extra Ancient of War
and Ancient of Lore. I built 5 Ballistae with impaling bolts and I sent them to
the Orc town, behind the towers. I then maxed out my food on Druids of The Claw,
and turned all but 1 into bear form and sent these (~9) to just in front on the
Orc towers. The one in elf form, I made stand ground and roar as the undead
advanced. I left my Ancients of Lore with a full queue of Druids with the rally
set just North of the Orc base
Due to my slipshod defence of the Human town, the Orc base came under fire
with about 28 minutes left. When I revived my heroes, I began an ambitious
mining program, I constantly bought and planted mines as long as my troops
weren't actually engaging the enemy. This wiped out the 1st few waves of
ghoul trash they send as well as a good few abominations. They even took out the
dread lord hero, and brutally mauled the Pit Lord. The combination of my heroes
and Thrall, their taurens and grunts and my bears (charged with roar, and healed
after each engagement, with constant reinforcements from my base arriving
automaticlly thanks to rally point) held the Undead at bay until just 8 minutes
to go, when my druids and heroes eventually fell to the ressurected Pit Lord. By
the time they built their new base and began their assault, there was just 5
mins on the clock, I had built ~7 protectors in a big group just north of the
old Orc base, I rebuilt as much of my bear army as possible but then switched to
the faster produced fodder of archers, they were still attacking my protectors
when the whistle blew. I had trouble with air units due to my callous lack of
archers but I compensated with Star Shower and fire arrows
Not one Hypogrph was harmed in the production of this level.”
->Mr. Bugz Podder has a counter-point however.
“I'd like to comment that sometimes even when you are playing at "Normal"
difficulty (before you start) and you lost, you'll see "Reduce Difficulty" in
the menu. That is because Warcraft III has at least 3 difficulty
levels. You'll get this level when you are on "Normal" and won a few chapters,
the computer automatically increases the difficulty level but it is still a
notch lower than "Hard". I am not sure if the same thing happens when you play
in hard. The fastest way to reduce to the lowest difficulty is to use the
instant loss cheat and click on "Reduce Difficulty".
I want to make another point that some players have claimed that they have
successfully held the Scourge back at the Orc base or attempting to play "hide
them farm" on the last chapter (chapter 7) of the Night Elves. While this is
possible at lower difficulty levels, it is virtually impossible at "Hard". By
the way, at harder levels, the undead Scourage will send
waves after waves of monsters *everywhere*. Defeating one of two waves will
just mean that more is coming. I had 3 meat wagons and like 10 banishees when i
tried to establish mini-bases. so it won't work. I am just saying that at
higher difficulty levels, don't expect to hold Archimonde back but instead focus
on the defense in your own base to last last minute. Don't get me wrong here,
Hippy Riders are very good defense against the scourage. Use your hero's
ultimate spells, and make use of the Druids' spells along with the Ancient
Protectors and you should be able to hold the Scourge back to the last minute.”
->Mr. Mike “Ocularis” offers a semi-neutral view for the Final Nightelf Mission:
“just some things i didnt see in your faq. in the night elf quest when you are
treading in the barrow looking for the demon hunter guy, you can use the treants
spawn thingy on the big shrooms laying around.
also i have a strategy for the last night elf level. there is no need to get
hippo riders. making 2 different units and trying to make them all interact can
be time consuming and draw your attention from the front line where you should
be setting up defense and getting ready for the next attack with every spare
second you have. anyway when it starts i send all my units go to the human camp
then immediately take 2 wisps from getting lumber andhave them set up at the
gold mines...... but im sure you already have that figured out. next i build 2
or 3 more ancients of war right by where the first one is. now uproot your
protectors and put them in the front of the orc base, its not smart to
sacrifice something that expensive early in the game by sending it to the human
camp. i want to take a quick time out to note a few things. 1.) the archer
is i think the cheapest basic attack unit in the game. 2.) it has 2 upgrades
aside from the 3 attack and 3 armor giving it 8 upgrades wich makes it a very
serious threat the whole game. 3.) they are made quickly by the ancients of
war. ok now back to the strategy. guess what your main unit is? ARCHERS! if
you build 3 ancients you are fine if you built more you may be in need of
resources early but by the time the human base is overran you will have more
minerals then you know what to do with. now you need to keep pumping archers out
of your ancients while getting every possible upgrade they have save the hippo
mounting because you wont be mounting hippos. i usually get the marksmenship
first then the range, all the while upgrading attack and armor. you should be
able to make about 6 or so archers before the first attack. have them rally in
the humans town so you dont have to do all the clicking. i have one time been
able to keep them outside of the human walls for the entire game but it was very
difficult and we were about to die before the time ran out, so i will assume you
dont care about the human base and dont care if it is smashed up. you can hold
the human base until there is around 25 minutes left, and then the assault's get
pretty heavy. when you feel you are losing the battle dont fight your heros to
the death. pull them up to the orc base and have your archers rally there. you
should just accumulate forces while the humans are dieing and have over 25
archers plus your 2 heros waitingin the front of the orc camp. dryads dont help
much because they will run out of mana healing all your units. that is the main
strategy. put some protectors and in the front of the orc base when you get a
chance. only use the tranquility directly AFTER an attack so you wont be getting
hit while trying to heal and use it often as you can because archers arent hp
monsters. only other thing is the pit lord, his shockwave can lay waste to
about 20 archers if i hits it twice. so if he does that, you should still be
able to finish him off, but when your done run to the mercenary camp and grab up
all the mercs you can. now run back and get ready for the next attack. i still
had my stone of furbolgs so that sorta helped, also treants help and any other
summon units. a good strategy for the pit lord or any boss is to entangle and
then watch 36 archers bombard him from afar while he is sitting there with his
melee weapon looking like an ass. the key is to keep your upkeep high and your
food limit maxed so you are outnumbering them greatly, and the orcs only add to
your numbers. well i hope that helps”
->Mr. Martin Williams offers his help on the final mission:
“Last level v tough for me.
Tried druids of the claw in bear form, fully upgraded; some success
till around last 5 mins, then overwhelmed.
Tried the archers' strategy I saw suggested on your page; maybe as I
sent mine to orc base (not a great defence of humans; mostly using the
heroes), didn't work for me; even when - once orcs gone - trying
grouping them around the health well (which seems a reasonably
defensive position - surround with protectors, and you're on hillock so
can fire at forces below). Finished with about 10 infernals plus heroes
etc smashing base up.
Hippo riders worked better; but still wound up with bases smashed - tho
seems that attacks towards end are mostly of forces that are useless
against air units, so a whole load of hippo riders might stave off
attacks (clustered my remaining ones just below the circle of power;
had a couple of protectors between this and the gate - held off forces
for a while). (I've made masses of protectors around main base,
especially - keeping forces on low upkeep early on, and using pretty
much all the gold possible for protectors; yet the infernals, meat
wagons etc just demolish them without effort in last few mins.)
But what did work, on hard, was moving trees of life towards end
(rather as a guy suggested, tho think he built one in "secret" place).
Once, when mass attack taking out my main base, took the northern one
off to the [fulborg] camp in north - five mins or so to go, the enemy
forces had wrecked everything else, after which they just stood around.
Second time, had hippo riders near circle till v late, when some frost
wyrms killed em off; moved southern tree of life to southern fulborg
camp - enemy found it with under a minute to go, the fulborgs helped
fight back.
Not v satisfactory, but best I've managed!
(Wonder if it's worthwhile getting the friendly fulborgs and orcs early
on - don't cost gold, can use while bolstering attacks/defences of
archers etc; problem is that need to have hero wandering around to
collect them, instead of defending humans.)”
-> “Caj” pitches in for the effort as well.
“I have looked through all of the strategies for beating the last Night Elf
mission, and I'm quite impressed with all of them. I won the third time I
played that mission. The thought of using the other two gold mines never crossed
my mind, so I was workingwith one mine. First, I started to upgrade the moon
armor as fast as possible. In the mean time I was training a lot of archers and
wisps and sent them to the human base. With the wisps I built two Ancient
Protectors. While that was going on, I had Furion run to the Goblin Merchant and
buy Goblin Land Mines. These I set up on both entrances to my base. I gathered
the Furbolgs and Forest Trolls and had them defend the Orc base. After the human
base was taken over by Archimonde, I rallied
all of my troops to the Orcs. I had the Tree of Life produce as many wisps as
possible. These wisps were used to make more Ancient Protectors around my base.
I was careful enough to leave room inbetween each one. This way, the Protectors
could attack melee fighters up close. After the Undead finally took over the Orc
base, I drew back into my own base. I had to revive Tyrande once after she died.
Then the toughest part came. The Undead were attacking on both sides, with lots
of Ghouls and Abominations. These aren't actually
a big deal because the goblin mines killed most of them. I did, however, have
trouble with the Crypt Fiends, Necromancers, Meat Wagons, and Frost Wyrms. The
last of my units died with thirteen seconds left on the clock, so I knew I won
since it would take the enemy a while to destroy all of my buildings. I strongly
suggest building a Tree of Life at each gold
mine and multiple Ancients of War. The Goblin Land Mines really work, so go
ahead and use them. Some of the other strategies are a bit better. I'm
just telling you how I did it.”
->Mr. Leonid Vydro offers his tactics.
“I have a few comments on how to do the last mission of the night of
campeign. now there are lots of different strategies that ive seen that talk
about making hippo riders or massing archers or hiding trees of life. I
personally did neither... first thing i did was i entangled both of the gold
mines and filled em to the brim with wisps (of course). Then I sent all the
forces with Furion to the human encampment right between the towers. I sent
Furion himself to the dark troll mercenary camp (the furblarg would work
too, but i personally liked the trolls since they are ranged units and can
hit frost wyrms). I researched bear spell upgrades and queued up 4 or 5
bears(the majority of which never left beatr form, 1 of them i used to roar
my troops once in a while). Then I started buying all the trolls i could get the
most poerfull first (the ones on the right and on the bottom were the most
poerfull ones, especially the warlords). From then on all i did was buy trolls,
stopping only to launch a starfall once in a while and training some more bears.
When low on gold i controlled the troops and used focus fire,but that didnt
happen often. Using this strategy you can keep the human base for 20+ minutes
and the orc base until you have 5 minitues or less left,
because this ensures a steady flow of trolls into the battle, past the 25
minute mark i spent a lot of my time with my food capped or nearly capped.
When i ended the game archimond was still at the very entrance of my camp.
The only problem i had with this was whenthe orc base was razed and it
became risky to transfer the trolls from the camp to my own base, but i
managed to do it anyway.
note: move the trolls as soon as they pop up becausde if you dont, the
trolls start popping up on the other sides of the camp which is not a
problem, but behind the camp its blocked off with stone pillars and such...
and the trolls are stuck there taking up food and unable to move, when this
happened i had to use the rest of my forces to kill them.”
->Franciscus offers his guidance on the final mission.
“Just trying to contribute here: I notice that no walkthrough on the last level
was using the most useful buildings in the map: Mercenary Camps and Goblin
Merchants (well, people keep saying buy the land mines etc, and it did really
help, but not to decisively win the battle, not enough mines to hold the
undead).
The problem with this campaign is the unlimited steady stream of undead. Repeat,
the Undead, not Archimonde's lieutenants or even Archimonde. So, if we look
carefully, everytime after a base is razed, the Undead always rebuilt their base
from scratch, and their previous marauding units vanished.
To finish this level, I was able to hold the Undead from orc base until 6
minutes left on the clock. Finally after they got through, Tyrande was gone, but
Furion still alive. So I retreated all the remaining troops (only 1 gryphon
rider left) and resurrect Tyrande. I got boatload of $$ and lumber since I got
all 3 gold mines mined. In the meantime, Tyrande was revived just after the
Undead started building base, so I sent Furion shopping for troops (from Furbolg
merc camp), and sent Tyrande buying some good potion: invulnerability. I have
the original base churning out Druid of the claw, gryphons and archers, but at
the end I got only additional 3 units.
After I got a few dudes (3 free Furbolg units and 1 Heavy Troll), I sent Furion
to the orc base and try to distract Archimonde, and sneak in Tyrande at the same
time. Remember, this can only happen when undead still has minimal base. Timing
is everything. I dont know if it will work when Undead already churn out units.
Tyrande drank the potion *gulp*, and did the Falling Star, killing every
Acolytes in the base, with their base half done. Let Furion die distracting, I
revived him later still on time to distract Archimonde later on. But keep
Tyrande alive, heck, buy another potion from the merchant near the orc base and
do the falling star again when cooldown is done like before =). It's fun. Keep
building archers so they can be cannon fodder when archimonde got into the base.
That's it, the Undead base gone, no attacks at all before Archimonde started to
go into my base, and I only had to fight Archimonde, which is really easy if you
have your remaining wisp building protectors. Even when Undead had couple of
production buildings done, they couldn't seem to produce anymore units.”
->”O m a t i c” gives his help.
“First I sent all my avaliable units down to the human base. Then sent a couple
of wisps to make a tree of ages on the other two gold mines, and started mining.
After this I created a couple more wisps and made two more ancients of war. I
then started upgrading the armor and weopons that concern
archers in the hunters hall. I used one of my ancients of war for upgrading.
While the other two for making archers. You should have a ton of gold
pouring in, so there shouldnt be gold problems. As soon as an archer is
created send it to the human base, and whenever there is an attack on the
human base focus attention towards the battle. Micromanagement can easily
save many of your units, and you need to do this because archers dont have a lot
of hitpoints. By now your archers should be pretty much upgraded, and
you should be maxed out on your food, just keep a bunch of archers queued up so
if one dies another will immeditely start being made. While all this is
happening create a bunch of wisps and make ancients of war at the orc base, as
well as a couple of moon wells, which are set on auto heal. After the human base
falls send all your units to the orc base, try to get your heroes out before
they die. Now repeat the process with the orc base, send tons of archers their.
And remember, when the orc base is attacked, focus on the battle. Have some
wisps repairing the ancient of wars at the orc base. You should have tons of
gold, so create ancients of war at your own base at the entrances, but continue
sending mass amount of archers to the orc base. Use the various spells your
heros have, especially starfall and tranqility. Using this method I managed to
still have the orc base at the end, with a ton of archers in it, and my heroes
hadnt died once. Archimonde couldnt even get close to the world tree :D”
->“Xidus” offers a potpourri of great tips:
“I notice your faq is missing some hidden goodies in the single player
missions. Human mission8, sink the ships, has a few hidden creeps that
give nice mana boosting items. Top left corner is easy to miss, some
trolls that give the goblin night scope. At the bottom left of the path
leading to the goblin shop selling sappers are a line of trees. Beyond
those trees is an undead creep that gives up a sobi mask. Just to the
right of the drake creeps is another line of trees hiding a panda creep
that drops a pendant of mana.
Undead mission 1 has a hidden ring of protection +2. It's behind the
barracks, one of the horses has it. Don't worry, one of the patrolling
guards gives up a potion of greater healing that should help things out.
in undead mission 2, the one with the panda relaxation secret area,
there are a few more goodies. There is a level 9 golem behind trees at
the lower right hand side of the map, just to the right of where the
other golems are. He drops a pendant of energy. If you explore you can
find Tichonrius (invulnerable) to the west of the golems south of your
base. What's interesting is that there is an unusual hidden sheep by the
same name hidden behind some trees, south of the golems (up the ramp and
west). This isn't a normal sheep. It won't die from clicking, nor make
sheep sounds. If you get near it, it is affected by your heroes aura.
You can kill it by attacking, but I can't find any use for it other than
just being unusual.”
->”Xidus” again:
Here's more items that are easy to miss and/or very useful at that point in the
game.
undead mission 3, when you first encounter the elves. In the middle of the
map, to the right of a goblin shop behind some trees you will have to knock
down, are some creeps. They drop a health stone and in one of the buildings
is a book of the dead.
undead mission 6, fighting the orcs, there is a hidden creep along the
middle of the left side of the map. He is along the river, behind trees,
and cannot be seen unless you rotate the camera. He drops a mana stone.
orc mission 2, escorting the caravan, there is a Claws of Attack +3 dropped
by a thunder lizard on the left side of the map, after the first oasis. A Mantle
of Intelligence +3 is in a building at the first harpy encounter
around the middle of the map, before the 2nd oasis.
->“crash@omni.lt” offers a myriad of help”
“1) Orc Campaign (Chapter "The Oracle"): find the Bloody Key with Thrall -it's
to the south-west from where you fought the Skeleton Lord. One naughty
lizard is guarding that key. Kill the lizard and take the key. Look for a throne
of Skeleton Lord. To the north-west of it is an unbreakable door.
Use the Bloody Key to open it and go east - you'll find a treasure (The Crown of
Kings). Don't forget to check out the boxes there - they contain some usefull
items.
2) NightElf Campaign (Chapter "Brothers in Blood" - where you seek to
awaken the sleeping Druids of the Claw): at the end of this level when you play
with Priestess, find the place where some Watchers are going round and round (a
perfect place for Goblin Landmines). To the west is a column of trees and a
narrow passage to Circle of Power. Step on it and here it is - a secret room
with Robe of Magi (or smth) in the middle of it.
That's it. Hope they'll start making "Starcraft 2" :)”
Massive thanks to these great folks.
================
Version History:
================
Version 1.0
July, 5th,2002
Everything.;
Finished humans; Starting Undead.
Version 1.10
July 6th, 2002
Added up to Mission 5 of Undead.
More tomorrow. Zzzzz
Version 1.21
July 7th, 2002
Added Basics from Manual
Typed up rest of Undead Campaign.
Orcs coming up next.
Version 1.24
July 8th, 2002
Added User Submitted tips.
Up to end of Chapter 3 for Orcs
More tomorrow.
Version: 1.32
July 9th, 2002
Finished Orc Walkthrough.
Started Parts of Night Elf Campaign.
Chapter 3 onwards tomorrow
Version:1.36
July 10th, 2002
More Nightelf. Beat game.
Write up mission 6+7 tomorrow.
Version: 1.40
July 11th, 2002
Finished Nightelf walkthrough
Units upcoming.
I bet CJayC is getting mighty annoyed to have to update this daily.
Version: 1.41
July 14, 2002.
Added more to Addendum.
Started Unit information.
Re-writing Human Campaigns.
Had Two day moratorium to mourn death of pet turtle.
Version: Birthday!
July 16th, 2002.
Happy Birthday Michelle. Too bad I couldn’t find a clock...
May you have another year of Narcissism.
Added more contributor info.
General layout changes.
Added more to Unit information. Well...actually started.
Version: B-day!
July 17th, 2002.
Happy Birthday Michelle. Too bad I couldn’t find a clock...
May you have another year of Narcissism.
Added more contributor info.
Added more to Unit information.
Version: 1.50
July 26th, 2002.
Sorry for the long hiatus on updates.
Added more contributor info.
Added more to Unit information.
Version: 1.51
August 22, 2002.
Sorry for the long hiatus on updates.
Work and Summer got in the way.
Three more Days to make the most out of.
Version: 1.51
August 22, 2002.
Sorry for the long hiatus on updates.
Work and Summer got in the way.
Three more Days to make the most out of.
Version 1.58
August 23, 2002
Reshuffled and reordered contributor information.
Added more contribution. Reworked Legal Information.
Added some Unit information, finally.
Two more days.
Version: 1.60
August 24, 2002.
Added more information on units.
One more Day. If I could stop time, I would.
Version 1.80
August 25, 2002
The day that I dreaded for the summer.
So you’ve left...
=======================
VIII. Notes and Credits
=======================
-Warcraft, Warcraft 2, and Warcraft 3 are copyright of Blizzard Entertainment.
All characters and likeliness are trademark of Blizzard Entertainment.
-Mr. Jeff Veasey at Http://www.Gamefaqs.com for hosting (hopefully) this
FAQ. Sections of his Copyright notice displayed on his FAQ/Walkthroughs were
also borrowed.
-Marn Thunderhorn’s Warcraft III Strategy Guide at
http://www.battle.net/war3/ for statistical data on units.
-S.L
-L.N for certain pictures. You are my Hero.
-W.W for not helping at all.
-M.L for laughing at this document.
-N.H for it is time for me to stop these dedications.
-M.H because narcissism is your trademark trait.
-V.L for Time Crisis II moments.
-Beer for making my Contributor replies more interesting. And delaying updates
for a week.
-Mr. Dylan Holmes for stating that the sorceress is also an elf.
-Mr. Colin Whitlatch for his correction in Creep and gold.
-Mr. Akeel Kasam for his information on the goldmines.
-Mr. Christopher Kwan for his information on Haunted Goldmines,
-Mr. Trevor Haas for pointing out that Mal’Ganis is a Dreadlord, not a lich.
-“Pecker” for pointing out that Mal’Ganis is a Dreadlord, not a lich, and
Raiders are Far Seers.
-Mr. Adi Houdiono for pointing out that Mal’Ganis is a Dreadlord, not a lich.
-“Fyrewind” for his two Easter Egg tips.
-“Xidus” for his contributions.
-Mr.Briareos Kerensky for his information regarding difficulty levels.
-Mr. Frans van den Oever gives this tip about meat wagons and information about
regeneration rates.
-crash@omni.lt for his contributions.
-Mr. Sid Oak for his tip for Human Campaign Level 2: Blackrock n Roll.
-Mr. Moises Miguel Zee for his tip for Human Campaign Level 2: Blackrock n Roll.
-“Chrisdude” for his tip on Timmy for Human Campaign Level 3: Ravages of the
Plague
- Mr Edward Fu for his contribution for Human Campaign Level 3: Ravages of the
Plague
-Mr. Wai Y. Chung for his Contribution on Human Campaign Level 8: Dissension.
-Mr. Dustin Woods for his tip on Human Campaign Level 8: Dissension.
-“Skydreemr” for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 1:Trudging through
the Ashes.
-Mr. Aaron Hainley for his tip on Timmy for Undead Campaign Level 2: Digging up
the Dead.
- Mr Adrian Easton / Mr. shinsensei for his tip for Undead Campaign Level 2:
Digging up the Dead.
-“Sacco” for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 2: Digging up the Dead.
- Mr Guido Lujiten for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 2: Digging up
the Dead.
-”Pando666” for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 4: Key of the Three
Moons.
-Mr. Roger Rouault for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege of
Dalaran.
-Mr. Wong Si Yuan for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege of
Dalaran.
-Mr. Craig Fleming for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege of
Dalaran.
-Mr. Jay Winton for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege of
Dalaran.
-Mr. Dan Jacobsen for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege of
Dalaran.
-Mr. Evgeny Ternovsky for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege of
Dalaran.
-Mr. Andrew TWeir for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege of
Dalaran.
-“Kosikutioner” for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege of
Dalaran.
-Mr. Damon Hochnadel for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege of
Dalaran.
- Mr. Gaffarena Marcos for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege
of Dalaran.
-Mr. Darren Perrett for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege of
Dalaran.
-Mr. Willie Du for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege of
Dalaran.
-Mr. Lu Tsze for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege of Dalaran.
-Mr. Mark Carnall for his contribution for Orc Campaign Level 7: The Oracle
-Mr. Beng Hai for his contribution for Orc Campaign Level 7: The Oracle
-Mr. John “Ive Been Banned” Kincaid for his contribution for Orc Campaign Level
8: By Demons be Driven.
-Mr. Ali Tayyab or his contribution for Orc Campaign Level 8: By Demons be
Driven.
-Mr Ryan Palarca for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 2:
Daughters of the Moon.
- Mr. Al Sim for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 2:
Daughters of the Moon.
-Mr. Woohyung Lee for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 2:
Daughters of the Moon.
-Mr. Dylan Kipp for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 2:
Daughters of the Moon.
-“Jamie W” for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 2:
Daughters of the Moon.
-Mr. Finlay McWalter for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level
2: Daughters of the Moon.
-“Obbity” for his correction for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 3: The
Awakening of Stormrage.
-Mr. Adam Hewitt for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 4:
The Druids Arise.
-Mr. Jason Cook for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 5:
Brothers in Blood.
-“BlademasterNeo” for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 5:
Brothers in Blood.
-Ms. Victoria Vanderson for her contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign
Level 5: Brothers in Blood.
-Mr. Scott Benoit for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 5:
Brothers in Blood.
-Mr. Scott Sandlin for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 5:
Brothers in Blood.
- Mr. Jason Merlo for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 5:
Brothers in Blood.
-Mr. Anthony Assuncao for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level
5: Brothers in Blood.
-Martin “The Eyeball Kid” for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign
Level 5: Brothers in Blood.
-Carl for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 5: Brothers in
Blood.
-Mr. Blake Garvey for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 7:
Twilight of the Gods.
-Mr. Fred Pritchards for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level
7: Twilight of the Gods.
-Mr. Roger Rounault for another contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel Campaign
Level 7: Twilight of the Gods.
-Mr. Adi Houdiono for pointing out that there aren’t any Chimeras on the
Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 7: Twilight of the Gods.
-“Kelgar43” for his contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 7:
Twilight of the Gods.
-Mr. Peset and Peter Tan for their contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel
Campaign Level 7: Twilight of the Gods.
-Mr. Skye Knighton for his contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level
7: Twilight of the Gods.
-Mr. Wade Aidan for his contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 7:
Twilight of the Gods.
-Mr. Duncan Wilson for his contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level
7: Twilight of the Gods.
-Mr. Bugz Podder for his contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level
7: Twilight of the Gods.
-Mr. Mike “Ocularis” for his contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel Campaign
Level 7: Twilight of the Gods.
-Mr. Martin Williams for his contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel Campaign
Level 7: Twilight of the Gods.
-“Caj” for his contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 7: Twilight
of the Gods.
-Mr. Leoin Vydro for his contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level
7: Twilight of the Gods.
-“Franciscus” for his contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 7:
Twilight of the Gods.
-“O m a t i c” for his contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 7:
Twilight of the Gods.
-Mr. Jake for pointing out my error in the number of Undead Units.
For any tips, contributions, comments, suggestions, advice, insults, or requests
(see chapter IX) feel free to send an email to Kennytam@foxhound.zzn.com.
=====================
IX. LEGAL INFORMATION
=====================
1. Terms of Usage:
------------------
This document is Copyright 2002 by Kenny "kenshi" Tam, and may not be duplicated
or reproduced (in part or in full) for profit or in any form, including any
Electronic display (Internet websites, Bulletin Board Services, Computer
programs,) Compact Disc, and paper media (including magazines, newspapers et
cetera) without the explicit permission of the author. This document may be
printed out or reformatted for PERSONAL, PRIVATE USAGE only.
It is likely that permission will be given upon request to publish or display
this document on a source not listed Chapter IX, Section 2 of this document,
given that:
1. You do not alter this Document in any form. (1)
2. You do not alter ANY contributor nor creditor information. (2)
3. You do not charge a fee either directly or indirectly for the viewing of this
document. (3)
The terms listed in this section and document apply to ALL forms of media.
Permission to post this text will be put to the discretion of the author. To
request permission, please send an Email to kennytam@foxhound.zzn.com. Please
be sure to include the Uniform Resource Locator (URL) of the site.
For document or paper media requests, such as magazines, please include the NAME
of the document or paper media in which it will be included in. For any other
media please include the details and particulars in which this document will be
used.
For any other media, including compact, 3.5 inch floppy disks, BBS (Bulletin
Board Service) and so forth, please include the nature of the media, how it will
be used.
With all requests, please include any special requests pertaining to Note (1) of
Chapter IX, Section 1.
The author will construct the decision based on the format as well as reputation
and nature of the site or company. The author does not make judgements based on
age, sex, nor creed but rather the ability of the medium to best covey the
information contained in this document.
(1) Permission maybe given for the site to alter the document on the basis of:
- Formatting: This document maybe altered to fit the particular specifications
of the website, assuming that the original format does not work or causes
reasonable difficulty in viewing. The document may not be altered to include
specific advertisements aside from Banner advertisements. Pop-up or Pop-Under
advertisements are also allowed, on the basis that they are NOT required to be
visited to view this document (3).
- Language: This document may be translated into the required language of the
native site, document or program on the condition that explicit permission has
been given by the author. Only the main text of the document maybe translated
to another language. Any contributed information found in the Addendum of this
document must remain in its native, posted language.
- Content: This document may be altered for content on the basis of profanity
that may appear, or other inappropriate content that may appear for younger
audiences. The author of this document has put the utmost effort in ensuring
that the document can be viewed by audiences of all ages, creed, and gender
without and offence or unsuitable material. Changes relating to profanity,
sexual content, hate speech, or any other offensive or unsuitable material maybe
edited or censored by the site, program, or paper media on the basis that there
is explicit permission from the author. This applies to the ENTIRE document(2),
including information voluntarily contributed by sources not by the author of
this document.
Failure to ask for permission or publishing this document in any form will
result in an ISP trace to the host domain, the publisher, or any relevant
authorities where the appropriate action will be taken to protect the copyright
of this document and all information contained within.
2. Authorized Websites:
=======================
Websites listed under this section have the express permission to publish this
document on their respective websites at the following addresses. As such
future updates may also be sent directly to them.
This document is supposed to appear on:
http://www.Gamefaqs.com
http://www.cheatcc.com
http://www.cheathappens.com
http://www.cheatportal.com
http://www.911codes.com
http://www.911cheats.com
http://www.fastcheater.com
http://www.25000cheats.com
http://www.skali.com
http://www.cheatplanet.com
http://www.planet42.com
http://world-of-warcraft3.cjb.net
http://www.ggmania.com
http://www.gameselect.tk
http://www.cheatportal.dk
http://faqs.ign.com
http://www.spielewiese.de
http://www.gamesover.com
http://DLH.Net,
http://www.War3station.com
http://www.gamereactors.com
http://www.cheats-corner.de
http://www.a2zcheats.com
http://www.RobsGaming.com
http://www.neoseeker.com
http://www.cheats.de
http://www.gamer-nation.co.uk
http://www.pregaming.com
http://www.just-rpg.com
-End of File, Copyright 2002 Kenny “kenshi” Tam-
Warcraft 3 Reigns of Chaos
F.A.Q & Walkthrough
For Warcraft 3 on PC
Written by Kenny "Kenshi" Tam
Contact: kennytam@foxhound.zzn.com
===================================
================
Current Version :
================
Version 1.81
Added new contributions
New sites.
[The Newest Version of this file will always be found at
Http://www.Gamefaqs.com. Please update the file often if you are allowed to
post it on your own site]
==================
Table of Contents:
==================
I. Introduction
II. Basics
III. Races
IV. Unit Overview
V. Buildings
VI. Walkthrough
VII. Addendum
VIII. Notes and Credits
IX. Legal Information
===============
I. Introduction
===============
The much awaited Warcraft 3 is finally out, and for many, the wait was well
worth it. Boasting totally rendered 3d graphics, new game system, as well as
having a 4 playable races makes this game a huge leap in terms of RTS games are
concerned.
One unique feature is that the game feels similar to an RPG, with many aspects
of Diablo 2 mixed in. Campaign mode is closest to an RPG in itself, where you
control a hero in their quests. Taking the control of each race in order of
story, the player gets to experience how to play as all four races as well as
learn the full story of Warcraft 3
Of course the most famous and most played part will be the multiplayer
function. Players can connect online to Battle.net and play other players from
across the globe, or just play friends online.
===========
II. Basics:
===========
This section will cover the general and basic fundamentals of the game. Most of
it will be transliterated from the manual, although there will be some
additional information added as well.
I. Starting Off:
================
Upon loading up Warcraft 3, you will be greeted by the main menu: there you can
select Six of the following options:
Single Player Game: in this mode you play the campaign mode. Here, you start
off with the Orc prologue and the Human campaigns. Finishing them will grant
access to the next campaigns, eventually leading to the conclusion to the
Warcraft 3 storyline.
Battle.net: Selecting this feature will allow you to connect to the Blizzard
Battle.net service, a massive and free online gaming service that allows you to
chat with other players as well as create and join multiplayer games. You will
need to create and account as well as have a valid CD key to use this service.
Clicking on the magnifying glass next to the button will allow you to select
which gateway you want to join; choose the one closest to you for the best
performance. However, you can only see and interact with players on that
server.
Local Area Network (LAN) Game: Using this feature will allow you to connect with
local computers via a LAN network. To use this, the computers must be
physically connected with the appropriate cables.
Options Menu: This allows you to configure the video, sound and general game
settings for Warcraft 3.
Credits: Click on this to see a list of credits on the people who have worked on
this game.
Quit: This will allow you to exit Warcraft 3 and return to your operating
systems.
Single Player Mode:
*******************
This section will cover the basic features and menu selections of single player
mode. A full walkthrough is included later on in this guide.
The first time you start off, you will be asked to enter a name for your
profile. This similar feature was also in Starcraft. Simply type in a name
then click on "OK." To change this, click on the magnifying glass next to your
name to change or create a new profile. Each profile will be used to recall
your progress in Campaign mode as well as storing replays under that name.
Starting a Campaign:
----------------------------
Selecting this option will allow you to play the single player campaigns. You
start off with the Orc Prologue and Human tutorial. Completing each one will
grant access to the next one; thus, you must play the campaigns in order.
Orc Prologue (tutorial; optional)
Human Campaigns
Undead Campaigns
Orc Horde Campaigns
Night Elf Sentinel Campaigns
You can however replay previous quests that you have completed. Unlike the
previous game, the mission briefing screen is now gone. Instead, each mission
flows to another with a cut scene revealing part of the story and the objectives
of that scenario. Therefore, each scenario will have a series of Objectives to
complete; if you fail to complete them, the mission will end in defeat.
There are also optional quests that can be initiated during the scenario. As
the name suggests, they are purely optional and have little bearing on the game
itself. However, they often give rewards that could make the game easier and
your heroes more powerful. The optional quests can usually be found by
approaching a villager with an Exclamation mark above their head with your
hero. At other times, they will be revealed with the story. Either way they
are listed in this guide. If I missed out on any however, feel free to email me
about it and I will happily and gratefully credit you with it in full.
Loading a Saved Game:
--------------------------------
This function will allow you to load up saved games during your campaigns. As
such, you can continue your quests later on, or allowing you to replay a mission
without having to start from the beginning.
Viewing a Replay:
-----------------------
This allows you to view your completed missions. Similar to Starcraft (patched
versions) you can see the progress of the game as well as that of the opponent.
This is a great feature for reviewing your strategy as well as future planning.
When viewing the Replays, you have four options available; Pause, Play, Fast
Forward, and Rewind. Furthermore you can also select the speed of your replay,
so you can skip to a certain section of the game without having to wait the full
time for it.
You can transfer your replay files, so you can trade them with other players.
This can also be useful in distributing champion or particularly skilled
player's games, or to catch cheaters as well.
Playing a Custom Game:
----------------------
Selecting this feature will allow you to play singe player game on a custom map
of your choice.
Selecting a map:
To select a map to play on, navigate the main window. Maps will be assorted
into different folders.
Choosing team Configurations: This will allow you to choose what race, team
color and which allies the player has at the start.
After you have selected what race your want to play as, you can select how many
computer opponents (as the map allows) and what race they are. Further more,
you can select which team they are on.
Advanced Options: This option enables you to set the advanced parameters of the
game, such as random players, map visibility and so forth.
Battle.net:
************
Battle.net is probably one of the more famous online a game service there is.
Spanning and serving virtually every Blizzard game out, it is also an excellent
method to ensure people support the real software as opposed to piracy.
Battle.net is an online server of sorts. People can connect to a chat server
and create as well as join games. People using other games can chat with other
Blizzard game players, as well as have their own chat channel. Ladder
tournaments as well as player rankings are also available. Needless to say,
Multiplayer gaming is a major part of Warcraft 3.
New to Warcraft 3 is anonymous matchmaking, in which you get paired up to a
random game that suits your playing record. Another service is a friends list,
so you can keep track of other online friends or enemies that are on Battle.net.
Gateway Selection:
------------------
Found in every Blizzard Battle.net game, you can choose which gateway to enter.
Click on the magnifying glass next to the "Battle.net" button in the main menu.
Whilst it is recommended that you select a server closest to your geographical
area for the fastest connection as well as cultural preferences (such as
language) there are also downsides.
There are Four main Battle.net servers:
U.S West (Lordaeron)
U.S East (Azeroth)
Asia (Kalimdor)
Europe (Northrend)
Certain servers will have preferences and trends for certain types of maps and
playing style. If you prefer custom maps for example, and the server you are
playing on has none, try connecting to another.
Waiting Room:
-------------------
Upon connecting and logging into Battle.net you will be automatically
transported to this screen.
There are six options to choose from:
Play game: This is the most basic mode, where you go off and face off against
other people. Simply select which game interests you and join it. This mode is
officially recognized by Blizzard, and thus, involve official maps.
Team game: You can several other players form a team against another team on a
map. Simple enough.
Custom Game: Select this option to create a game. You can select which map to
play, and how many players can join, as well as if there are any computer
opponents. As such other players can join your custom game unless you password
lock it. This mode is probably the more played, as it encompasses all other
maps, such as custom maps. A list of games will be available to choose from and
join.
Friends list: This feature will allow you to add certain players to your “buddy
list.” This will allow you to see which games players added to your list are as
well as which game. When the join a game, a popup will notify you of which game
they join. You can check if they have also added you to their list by holding
the cursor over their name.
Local Area Network Game:
*******************************
This utilizes a LAN connection. To use this, the computers must have a TCP/IP
compatible network. Similar to Battle.net, you can create or join games
using "Custom game."
This is utilized most often in LAN cafes, where the computers are physically
next to each other and thus able to use this function.
Options Menu:
*****************
This section is used to customized and configure Warcraft 3. You can also
access this mid-game with the F-10 button. There are three options to choose
from:
Gameplay Options:
-------------------------
This will configure how the game plays as well as interfacial aspects.
Game Speed: this controls how fast the game runs. This includes building and
research times, as well as how fast units move and animate. However, this is
only configurable in single player mode. In multiplayer games the speed is set
when configuring the game.
Mouse Scroll: this controls how fast the mouse will scroll the game when near
the edge of the screen.
Disable Mouse Scroll: this will disable your mouse scrolling. Instead, only the
keyboard arrow keys can scroll.
Enhanced Tooltips: This will allow a box to pop up providing additional
information when you hold the mouse cursor over an icon or unit.
Video Options:
-------------------
Gamma: This sets the gamma settings. The further to the right, the higher the
gamma and brighter the screen becomes.
Resolution: this will change the resolution and color depth of the game. The
higher the resolution, the clearer and sharper the graphics become, at the
expense of rendering power. As such this will slow down the game. To increase
game speed, try changing to a lower resolution. This can only be changed from
the main menu, and cannot be accessed in the middle of a game.
Model Detail: This changes the number of polygons used per unit, making it look
smoother. The higher the detail, the more rendering resources it uses and
slower the game becomes. This can only be accessed from the Main menu.
Animation Quality: this dictates how smooth the animation will be in game. As
with the other graphic functions, the higher the quality, the more slower the
game may become. This can only be accessed from the main menu. Systems with
128.0 MB of RAM are recommended to use the 'Low' setting.
Texture Quality: this changes the quality of textures in game. As such the
lower the quality, the less detail it has. This can only be accessible via the
main menu.
Particles: this function modifies the "extra" graphics, such as spells,
footprints, etc. Technically, it adjusts the particles drawn per emitter.
The 'LOW' setting will display approximately 1/3 of all particles, where
as 'High' will display all particles. Try changing this setting if you
experience slowdown when there are a lot of units or during a large battle.
Lights: This controls the number of rendered Lights per object: Low uses One
light, Medium uses four, high uses eight. Essentially, if you have an older
graphics card, change to 'Low' setting.
Sound Options:
******************
Sound Effects Volume: this changes the volume of sound effects in game. The
sound effects can be turned off completely by toggling the box next to the
scroll bar or pressing Ctrl+S. Sound effects to add some slowdown, but it is
minimal.
Music Volume: This controls the volume of music in game, run off the CD. You
can turn this off by either by using the menu or pressing Ctrl+M.
Ambient Sounds: This enables ambient sound for the game. This has a small
bearing in game performance.
Movement Sounds: this option will enable or disable sounds that units make from
moving. Generally footsteps and so forth.
Subtitles: This will enable or disable subtitles during dialogue or Full motion
videos.
Unit Sounds: This will enable or disable the sounds that units make when they
are selected.
Sound Provider: this will allow you to select which sound system to use from
your system.
Environmental Effects: This will enable or disable the effects such as
reverberation or echoes. As such it can have a bearing on game performance.
Positional Audio: this will enable the usage of 3D sounds. This will have an
effect on game performance.
II. In Game Interface
=====================
This section will cover the logistics of game control as well as navigating the
game itself. Most of the game will be controlled via the mouse, but advanced
players will also learn to use the keyboard for maximum efficiency.
Using the Mouse:
-----------------------
The mouse is probably the main tool used in the game. It is impossible to play
the game without a mouse, obviously.
Left Click: The left click is mainly used for selecting objects. Units,
buildings, spells and so forth will be selected by left click. You can also
select multiple units by dragging the mouse and forming the rectangle over the
desired units. Shift+left click will allow you to add units into the group.
Right click: this is the jack-of-all-trades command. Warcraft and Starcraft
players should know how this works off by heart. The right click is basically
an "Auto-command" of sorts, where it will follow the most relevant command. For
example, right clicking on an enemy will cause the unit to attack the enemy.
Right clicking on a damaged building will cause the unit (if possible) to repair
the building. Right clicking on resources will cause the relevant units to
start gathering materials. Units will also load transports by right clicking
the transport when you have the units you want selected. Note that they
transport will move on right click, but not unload. Highlighting a building and
right clicking also works. Buildings that produce units will send all newly
created unit to the new right clicked 'rally' point.
Shift+Right click also works, where if you hold down shift and right click on
different targets, the unit will follow them in order.
Selecting Multiple Units: Hold down the left mouse button and drag the rectangle
around the units you wish to select. You can add units by holding the Control
or Shift button and clicking on units you want. Double clicking on a particular
unit will select all units of the same type on screen, similar to Red Alert 2.
To remove a unit from the group, repeat the process again.
Group Units: Control+ 0-9. When you have a group selected, you can assign them
a number. When you select that number again the group will be re-selected.
Pressing the number again will center camera on the group of units.
When you group units together, each unit type will be grouped together.
Pressing TAB will cycle thought the different sub-types of units. Shift+tab
will select the previous group. As such, you can group some magic casters with
melee units and select them without having to change the units group.
Furthermore, if you have more than one spellcaster, only one will cast the
spell;l thus, if you wish, each one will take turns casting the spell by
targeting multiple times.
Holding down control will only cause the selected sub-group to attack.
Formations: Groups of unit will move in a formation, where the faster units will
slow down to compensate for the slower units. However, you can by pass this by
holding ALT and clicking on the desired destination.
Camera Control: You can zoom in and out by pressing the Page up an Page down
keys. The Mouse wheel also does this too. Instead of actually zooming, the
camera shifts up and down from a bird's eye view to a ground level view.
Camera Rotation: Use the Insert and Delete keys to rotate the camera around.
Using the Keyboard:
--------------------------
The keyboard can also be used, where they are used as a shortcut function. A
lot of time can be saved by using a combination of the keyboard and mouse. This
technique is the basis for advanced players and strategy. Without mastery of
using both as a combination, it is hard to become proficient at this game.
Each building and unit has a keyboard command, which will be listed in this
guide. However, there are also more general commands that relate to the game
itself.
Menu Commands:
F1-F3: cycles though Heroes available.
F8: Cycles through idle workers.
F9:
F10: Shows Game Menu.
F11:
Alt - O: Activate the Options menu.
Alt - S: Activates Save Menu.
Alt - L: Activates the Load Menu.
Alt - H: Shows the Help menu.
Alt - M: Toggles music on/off.
Alt- S: Toggles Sound effects on/off.
Ctrl+number:
Escape: Returns to previous game menu.
Game commands:
Alt + Command: bypasses formation.
Ctrl + Command: Sends command to selected subgroup only.
Enter: Opens Message prompt.
Shift + Enter: Sends message to all player.
Ctrl + Enter: Sends message to only Allies.
Backspace: Cycles though town centers
Spacebar: focus on last game notification
Ctrl +C or Alt+ C: Centers screen on unit with active portrait.
III. Game Concepts:
===================
Resources:
---------------
Like all RTS Games, Warcraft 3 needs the collection of resources to build units
as well as fuel the game economy. Unlike the previous incarnations, there are
only two collectible resources and one buildable.
Gold:
- - - -
Gold is the primary resource that you will be fighting for. Gold is found
mainly in the form of a mine, in which different races have different methods of
extraction. Each mine has a different amount of gold in them, which can be
determined by clicking on them. Mines are invulnerable and cannot be destroyed,
although improvements built on them can, such as the Haunted Goldmine. I had
something to type but I forgot what it was, so I’ll add it when I remember. I
think it was that gold is the primary resource, in which virtually all units,
buildings, spells etc. will require gold. As such, without it, the enemy is
virtually stuck. When a goldmine is depleted, it will collapse, similar to the
previous Warcrafts. As such, you are forced to find a new source.
The Haunted Goldmine will also create blight. Thanks to Mr. Christopher Kwan
for this information.
Note that you can also gain some gold by killing creeps, which also gives EXP
for your heroes. Thanks for Mr. Colin Whitlatch for correcting this.
Thanks to Akeel Kasam for his info on the collapsing goldmines.
Lumber:
- - - - - -
Lumber is the secondary resource. Unlike gold, it physically perishes and can
be destroyed. What this means is that they exist as an object in game, as a
terrain. When they are chopped down or attacked, the tree will be gone.
Therefore, if you use up lumber, it means that the forest itself has gone.
There is an exception to this rule for the Night elves, but they too can make
tree perish by eating them or destroying them with the siege weapons. This
resource is not used as often, but it is used in mechanical and most elven
units.
Food:
- - - -
The other basic, essential resource. This is just as important as gold, since
you need food to support your army. Without it, all the gold is useful for are
buildings and upgrading stuff. Food is built in different forms for all races,
but the basic concept is that you will need to build a structure that will
provide support for your army. The food cap is 90, and some units may take up
more than 1 food unit. Usually, they are the stronger units, so you limit your
army accordingly. More on this later.
============
Gameplay:
============
Warcraft III boasts a selection of up to four races; from the original Humans
and Orcs, to the new Night Elf Sentinels and Undead Scourge. Each race plays
differently than each other, adopting a different military doctrine that best
suits their design.
Originally, there were going to be many more races included in the game, such as
the demon race (which later became the Burning Legion.) The main reason the
numbers were reduced was due to balancing issues, designing each race so that
they are unique enough to warrant a new race whilst making sure they are neither
too powerful nor too weak; but somewhere in the range of “equal.” Of course, it
is clear from every game out that true balance is impossible, which explains
gameplay changes that are put in with game patches.
With four races, Blizzard had to manage a four way juggling act. Starcraft,
which had three races, had and required many, many patches and fixes for the
three factions. Add an extra one, and it is exponentially more difficult due to
all the different permutations and combinations of matches and races that can
occur. Nonetheless, in the release version, the game is still pretty balanced,
although some gaps and exploits are already being exposed.
The Races:
==========
As mentioned, there are four different races that the player can use. They are:
The Human Alliance
The Orcish Horde
The Undead Scourge
The Night Elf Sentinels
All four races have different units and building, as well as general playing
style. However, the common characteristic about units is that they all have:
- Air unit
- Siege Weapon
- Two Magic Spell casters; offensive and defensive; either is paired with
support magic
- Three heroes.
Each unit will follow the same format:
Name: Explanation of the unit here.
Cost: How much the unit costs to train or build, in terms of (F)ood, (G)old, (L)
umber.
Build Time: How long the unit takes to be trained or built. This is measured in
game seconds, in which changing the game speed will alter the duration of a game
second. Note that a game second at normal speed (according to game settings)
should equal to 9,192,631,770 oscillations of the Cesium 133 atom (id est, One
second on a clock, more or less) and will be scaled according to game speed.
Requires: What structure is prerequisite to build the unit.
Trained At: Which structure the unit is trained at.
Hit Points/Mana: How many hit points the unit has as well as mana, if
applicable.
Damage: The amount of damage the unit deals. This varies on the type of attack
it has as well as the typo of armor on the target.
Attack type: Attacks in Warcraft 3 are divided into four different categories.
Normal: 150% Damage against Light armor. 50% against Fortified Armor.
Piercing: 150% Damage against Heavy Armor, 75% against Light Armor, 35%
against Fortified Armor.
Siege: 150% Damage against Fortified Armor, 50% Damage against Light Armor.
Chaos: Does Damage to Divine Beings.
Typically, Siege weapons such as the Steam tank and the catapult do siege
damage. Chaos weapons usually come with heroes and during campaign storylines.
Piercing damage is more typical for ranged units, where as melee units do Normal
damage.
Weapon Type: This denotes how the unit attacks.
Melee: The unit uses melee combat. Unit therefore must physically go forth
and attack the target to deal damage. Thus, they cannot hit air or units behind
a barrier.
Instant: The unit uses a ranged attack, but it hits the target instantly.
This type of attack can hit air units.
Missile: The unit uses a ranged attack, but the projectile must travel to the
target. It will not miss, but depending on the range, the rate of damage done
maybe lower if further away. This type of attack can hit air units.
Artillery: The unit uses a bombard attack, where it lobs a projectile towards
the target. It can travel over barriers but not hit air units. It usually does
splash damage as well as knock down trees and some barriers.
Splash: Attacks of this type do splash damage, in which units around the area
around the vicinity of the attack hits will also take damage. Note that it also
does damage to friendly troops and buildings nearby.
Note that ranged attacks have a certain range limitation.
Armor Type: Similar to Attack types, there are different classes of armor.
Light: 150% damage from Normal Attacks, 75% from piercing attacks, 50%
from siege attacks.
Medium: 100% damage from All Attacks.
Heavy: 150% damage from Piercing Attacks.
Fortified: 150% damage from Siege Attacks, 50% from Melee Attacks, 35%
from Piercing Attacks.
Hero: 75% Damage from Spells, 50% from Piercing Attacks, 50% from Siege
Attacks.
Typically fortified armor applies to structures only. Hero, as the name
suggests, applies to Hero units. Heavy armor tends to apply to stronger air
units, where as medium armor applies to most ground units. Light armor tends to
apply to basic resource units.
Damage: This lists how much damage the unit will do. If it has more than one
method of attack, both will be listed. Note that the actual damage will vary,
thus, a range will be given.
Armor: The number of armor points a unit has. This is used to reduce the damage
received directly: note that it varies according to the type of armor and the
type of attack being received.
Speed: How fast the unit moves. Some units can receive upgrades that increase
how fast they can move.
Special Abilities: Virtually all unit have some sort of unique ability to their
race or unit itself. Generally the more useful, basic ability will be on
Autocast, in which the unit will use it in the appropriate situation. You can
turn this off by right clicking on the spell. Magic spells and unique unit
abilities will be listed here.
Upgrades: This denotes what upgrades the unit can take. Usually they include
weapon and armor upgrades, as well as spells or unit abilities.
Strategies: This will include general information on how to use the unit as well
as strategies.
Note: All Statistical data, such as Weapon and attack information were
referenced from http://www.battle.net/war3/. Please refer to the Notes and
credits section for more information.
Building wise they are all fundamentally similar, in which they all have a “town
hall” sort of structure, a Defensive tower fortification and so forth.
Even though they all have similar classed units, their abilities and statistics
can be very different, dictating the entire strategic doctrine for that race.
It is obvious that a player should observe and analyze their playing style to
see which race fits them best, or how they can change it to suit which ever
faction they enjoy playing as.
Race Overview:
##############
The Human Alliance:
*******************
“The Human Alliance is a conglomeration of Humans, Elves, and Dwarves. They are
the most versatile army in Warcraft III, with good ground and air troops,
excellent siege capability, and powerful spellcasters.”
Unlike the previous Warcraft, the Human Alliance no longer have the elven
archers from Quel’thalas. In fact, the only elven unit the Human Alliance have
are the Priest and Sorceress. All Elven aspects, including the archer and
ballista were given to the Night Elves.
The Humans are pretty much the simplest Race in terms of general gameplay.
Their closest gameplay ‘relative’ are the Orcs, who share similar game
logistics. The closest Starcraft equivalent would be the Terrans, who are
pretty basic when it comes to building and training. The other races often have
a catch or twist in their system.
As mentioned by the manual, the humans are a pretty balanced race, just as what
you would expect from any Beginner or Starting race. Think of them as the “Ryu”
or “Ken” of Warcraft; they are easy to use and learn, but they are also powerful
when learnt.
The Orcish Horde:
*****************
“The Horde possesses the game's most powerful ground units, including the savage
Grunt and gargantuan Tauren. The Orcish Horde has modest air and ranged
capabilities, but their true strength lies in their brute strength and raw melee
power. Even the magic of their spellcasters is designed to enhance their
frontline troops.”
As with the humans, the Orcs also lose the Ogres, of which they were the
equivalent of the human Knight. The Orcs do have the Headhunter, which
possesses a ranged attack. Instead, they gain the more expensive but also more
powerful Taurens (in relation to Knights of WC3 and Ogres of WC2.)
Similar to the humans, the Orcs are also pretty simple to play as. They aren’t
as well balanced, putting an emphasis on heavy ground power. The Orcs are a
somewhat offensive minded race, and as the official sources say, lack a good
ranged attack as well as air unit. Not that it ever stopped mass Wyverns from
ruling multiplayer, but that is a different story.
Think of the Orcs as “Guile” or “Chunli.” They are powerful at offense, but
require more skill and strategy to use than that of the humans. They often have
a shortcoming, such as with defense, forcing them to live up to the “best
defense is good offense” saying.
The Undead Scourge:
*******************
“The Undead Scourge is a well-balanced faction that can field enduring ground
forces and powerful air units. Their spellcasters possess a variety of powerful
magics, including the dreaded ability to raise fallen allies and foes alike into
an army of walking dead. In this way, the Undead can field armies more numerous
than any other race in Warcraft III.”
Remember that secret Mission in Brood war, where Zeratul discovers the Zerg –
Protoss Hybrid? Well, you kind of get to play as them here...
Anyone who has played Starcraft, or any Starcraft junkies should feel right at
home with the Undead Scourge. Quite literally, they play like Starcraft
combined into one race, with other Warcraft Logistics given a Starcraft Twist.
The Undead is probably the fastest race you can rush with, since the “Peasants”
are actually the “Footman” or “Grunt” class units. The Undead can only build
buildings over “blight,” which is the equivlanet of the Zerg Creep; a slowly
encroaching carpet or ruined soil in which the Undead camp is built on. As with
the Zergs, the Necropolis can be built on non-blighted areas, and will create
blight of its own and spread when finished (the goldmine will too, but that is a
special case.) Furthermore, the Acolytes actually “summon” buildings instead of
constructing them; similar to Starcraft’s Protoss where they pull entire
buildings through warp gates. As such, similar to the Protoss probe, an Acolyte
can summon a building, then leave to summon more buildings or leave to another
task. Another unique ability is that their “Support” structure, the Spirit
Towers, can be upgraded to a defensive structure. Think of it as a mix between
a photon cannon, an overlord, and a pylon. However, they do not need to build a
Necropolis near a goldmine; only a haunted goldmine is needed.
The Undead are pretty dominant in the air, with three air units. Their ground
units are also pretty strong and plentiful, since the Ghouls collect lumber.
Not to mention the fact that the Necromancer can summon units to match an air
raid or superior ground numbers. In terms of magic, they have some pretty
powerful status as well as support magic. The only real weakness is that the
Undead have a very weak ground ranged unit. Nonetheless, the Undead are a
powerful expansionist force. On paper, it looks near invincible, but the sheer
pace and level of micromanagement makes this race hard to master.
The Night Elf Sentinels:
************************
“The Night Elves of Kalimdor are a mighty race that emphasizes mobility, ranged
firepower, and spellcraft. They do not have the brute strength of other races,
but their skills with bow and magic more than compensate for this deficiency.”
The next new race to Warcraft 3, the Night Elf Sentinels are unique in their
approach. As suggested by the manual description, the Nightelves lack a cheap,
powerful ground unit. A majority of their units are in fact ranged attackers,
as well as being very magic-based. Virtually all their units will have a spell
available, including their melee Druid units.
The Nightelves are pretty difficult in comparison to the Humans or Orcs due to
their complexity. The Wisps do not need to travel back and forth like the
peasant/peon. Furthermore, they do not physically destroy lumber, giving them
an infinite source (unless someone chops the trees down.) The downside is that
they need a Tree of life for every Goldmine they wish to use. Another odd
feature is that they can move their buildings, like the Terrans from Starcraft,
and also attack with them.
The Nightelves require the highest level of Micromanagement, in which the player
needs to pay attention and control every little detail to succeed. As the name
suggests, the Nightelves are a night-based race. Their Hide ability during
night can be extremely useful in setting up ambushes, sneaking into bases, or
hiding from the enemy. The “Support” Building, the Moon wells, can instantly
heal any unit as well. Think of them as the “Protoss” of Warcraft: fun and
popular, but pretty hard to master and play as.
Human Units:
------------
The humans have a well balanced force. They are great for beginners since they
are pretty intuitive as well as basic in their approach to the game logistics.
The units are pretty easy to understand as well as use.
Ground Units:
- - - - - - -
The Human Ground unit is very well rounded. They have a fast, offensive melee
and ranged attacker, as well a good basic unit. Magic wise the sorceress can
whip out some great spells, whilst the Priest heals.
Peasant
-------
The Peasant is the basic resource gathering unit for the Human alliance. They
can be used to gather both gold and lumber, as well as build and repair
structures. They are the most basic type of worker unit, similar to the Orcish
peon.
Cost: 90 Gold, 1 Food
Build Time: 15
Requires: Town Hall, Keep, or Castle.
Trained at: Town Hall, Keep, or Castle.
Hit Points/Mana: 220 HP, nil Mana
Damage: 12-14, 12.5 Average
Attack type: Normal
Weapon Type: Melee
Armor Type: Medium
Armor: 0
Speed: Slow
Special Abilities:
-Repair (Autocast): Like previous games as well as other RTS games, the peasant
can repair structures and mechanical units. This can be done by simply right
clicking on the damaged structure or unit. Note that this requires gold and
lumber to perform, where for each second the peasant is repairing, it will
expend a few resource units. Thus, the longer it takes to repair something, the
more it will cost in the end.
-Gather: The main ability of the peasant, buy choosing this command then
clicking on a gold mine or tree, the peasant will go forth and gather the
respective resource. This can also be done by right clicking on the appropriate
resource you wish to gather. Once they have gathered the resource, they will
return to the nearest town hall (or upgraded incarnation) for lumber and gold,
or a lumber mill for lumber.
-Return Resource: In the event that you pull a peasant away to perform another
task when he is returning to the town hall or lumber mill, you can use this
command to instruct him to return what he has gathered and go back to gathering
resources. This is particularly useful if you needed to pull some peasant off
the gold mine to repair towers and such.
Build Structure: Probably the most important command for the peasant, and the
basis of the game, this will instruct the peasant to construct a unit. Note
that certain advanced structures require other buildings to be erected before it
is available. By holding the cursor over the structure icon, it will list the
amount of resources needed to build it. Once you have selected a building, a
transparent image of the structure will appear, where you can place it for the
peasant to build. Note that if there are other units or barriers in the way,
the peasant will not build it at all. Furthermore, the peasant will not be
available until the building is finished or is canceled. Note that a peasant
can still be killed when they are constructing a building, as they move around
the perimeter of the structure whilst they are building. You can increase the
speed of construction by using more peasants to help by using the ‘Repair’
command.
Call to Arms: Using this ability will recall all peasants to the nearest town
hall, where it will arm itself to be temporarily be a Militiaman. You can
cancel this order by selecting the town hall and choosing the ‘Back to Work’
button.
Upgrades: the peasant cannot be upgraded, but the militia unit receives the
upgrade bonuses.
Strategies:
The Peasant is probably the lifeline of your base. Your townhall and peasant
will almost always be the target of all assaults (unless the assault had a
different purpose.) Expect to have about 10 to 30 peasants working about,
depending on your strategy. Try to have an attack unit guard the peasants, as
they are pretty easy to kill. The militia ability is useful, but odds are, most
of them will be killed en route to the town hall, if it is still standing
anyways. Nonetheless, it is pretty impossible to play a normal game without
using peasants. For some reason I get an unusual satisfaction from killing
them.
Militia:
--------
The militia is a very useful unit. It allows the peasant to defend themselves
when under early attack, forcing rushers to think twice.
Cost: 1 Food
Build Time: N/A- Lasts for 45 game seconds.
Requires: Town Hall, Keep, or Castle.
Trained at: Town Hall, Keep, or Castle.
Hit Points/Mana: 220 HP, nil Mana
Damage: 12-14, 12.5 Average: 17 when upgraded.
Attack type: Normal
Weapon Type: Melee
Armor Type: Medium
Armor: 4
Speed: Medium
Special Abilities:
Back to Work: this order will change the Militiamen back to the peasant.
Upgrades:
Attack: Iron Forged Swords -> Steel Forged Swords -> Mithril Forged Swords
Armor: Iron Plating -> Steel Plating -> Mithril Plating
Strategies:
This is actually a useful ability for the peasants, assuming you get to pull it
off. The attack damage for these guys are actually good, same as the footman.
They do get an armor and speed bonus from the peasant which can be useful.
Think of them as temporary attackers. They are relatively good at defending
against early rushes, as well as tagging along with heroes to clear out creeps
in future expansions. Since you will need to build a lot of peasants anyways,
for the truly daring, you could actually rush with the militiamen. Kind of like
the SCV rush, but as with that, if your militia die, its game over in a matter
of time.
Footman:
--------
Footmen are the bread and butter unit of the human alliance. Footmen are pretty
weak when it comes to combating the other basic units, such a the Grunt even
with the ghoul, but they truly excel at combating archers and other pierce
damage units. The Defend ability is essential for surviving the game. Although
average at best, they can be pretty useful.
Cost: 160 Gold, 2 Food
Build Time: 20
Requires: Barracks
Trained at: Barracks
Hit Points/Mana: 420 HP, nil Mana
Damage: 12-13, 12.5 Average: 17 when upgraded.
Attack type: Normal
Weapon Type: Melee
Armor Type: Medium
Armor: 2 (8 when fully upgraded)
Speed: Medium
Special Abilities:
Defend: This will make the footman take a defensive position with his shield.
Although his speed will be cut by 30%, they also will take only 30% damage from
all Piercing attacks, including the archer and the rifleman. This can be
canceled at anytime, but it is recommended when the footman is idle or holding
a position.
Upgrades:
Attack: Iron Forged Swords -> Steel Forged Swords -> Mithril Forged Swords
Armor: Iron Plating -> Steel Plating -> Mithril Plating
Strategies:
The footman, as mentioned, is the basic attack unit for the human alliance.
Although they are average at most performance and statistics wise, they are
still a useful unit nonetheless. They make good complimentary troops to your
knights and riflemen, forming a defend shield to draw fire whilst the knights
and riflemen dispatch the attackers. They are good for emergency support, as
they can be trained pretty quickly.
Rifleman:
---------
Riflemen are the replacement for archers in Warcraft 3. They are essential for
the humans, as they are the only basic ground unit that can hit air without the
use of spells.
Cost: 240 Gold, 30 Lumber, 3 Food
Build Time: 26
Requires: Blacksmith
Trained at: Barracks
Hit Points/Mana: 520 HP, nil Mana
Damage: 18-24, 21.5 Average: 28.5 when upgraded.
Versus air: 18-24, 21.5 Average: 28.5 when upgraded.
Attack type: Piercing
Weapon Type: Instant- 40 (60 after upgrade)
Armor Type: Medium
Armor: 0: upgrades to 6
Speed: Light.
Special Abilities:
None
Upgrades:
Attack: Black Powder -> Refined Gunpowder -> Imbued Gunpowder
Armor: Studded Leather Armor -> Reinforced Leather Armor -> Dragonhide
Armor.
Range: Long Rifle
Strategies:
The rifleman is a pretty essential unit for the humans. They aren’t adept at
taking care of melee attackers due to their armor, but instead, are good at
fighting at a distance against heavy armor units as well as air units. Think of
them as the replacement for archers from Warcraft 2. Try to have an escort with
them; most people pair them with a knights and the hero. Try to research the
Long Rifle soon, as it increases their range by 50%, putting them at a safer
distance.
Knight:
-------
The knight is a powerful unit for the human alliance. Fast, powerful, and
versatile, it will become the main staple of the human army as the game advances
on. These units are deadly and feared for a good reason.
Cost: 290 Gold, 60 Lumber, 4 Food
Build Time: 45
Requires: Castle
Trained at: Barracks
Hit Points/Mana: 800 (950 with Animal War Training,) nil Mana
Damage: 21-29, 25 Average: 34 when upgraded.
Attack type: Normal
Weapon Type: Melee
Armor Type: Heavy
Armor: 6 (12 when fully upgraded)
Speed: Fast
Special Abilities:
-none-
Upgrades:
Attack: Iron Forged Swords -> Steel Forged Swords -> Mithril Forged Swords
Armor: Iron Plating -> Steel Plating -> Mithril Plating
HP: Animal War Training.
Strategies:
The statistics for this unit say it all. This is a very powerful unit, fast,
strong, durable, and versatile. Most players then to replace the footman with
knights, which is good if you are against Orcs. Keep an eye out for units such
as the archer and rifleman though, since their piercing damage does 150% against
heavy armor. Try to have some back up in the form of riflemen and footmen.
They are also good for escorting heroes around, as well as scouting. Try to use
them for hit and run attacks.
Priest:
Sorceress:
Water Elemental:
Mortar Team:
Steam Tank:
Air Units:
- - - - - -
The Human air force remains the same since Warcraft II. The gyrocopter has the
ability to attack ground units and scout, where as the Gryphon Rider is the
answer to the Wyvern and Hippogryph.
Gyrocopter:
Gryphon Rider:
Orc Units:
------------
The direct counterpart to the Humans, the Orcs are more brutish and powerful
than the Humans. Although they lack the wide variety of units that the Humans
have, their melee units are second to none.
Ground Units:
- - - - - - -
Boasting the most powerful melee units, what the Orcs lack in technology and
sophistication they make up in pure power and destruction. Although they are
weak with ranged attacks.
Peons:
Grunt:
Troll Headhunter:
Catapault:
Raider:
Shaman:
Troll Witch Doctor:
Tauren:
Kodo Beast:
Spirit Wolf:
Air Units:
- - - - - -
Another apparent short coming of the Orcs is their lack of variety in Air
units. However, the Wyvern still dominates as one of the most popular units on
Battle.net.
Wyvern:
Undead Units:
--------------
The Undead are a unique race in the aspect that the do not have a general trend
with their units. The most important part of playing as the undead is
micromanagement, using the essential spells and support magic correctly to gain
the upper hand.
Ground Units:
- - - - - - -
The undead have pretty average ground units. The problem is keeping them alive,
since there is little choice to choose from; instead the units are varied across
a broad range.
Acolyte:
Shade:
Ghoul:
Crypt Fiend:
Abomination:
Meat Wagon:
Mr. Frans van den Oever gives this tip about meat wagons.
I just had one minor addition to it. You can fix your meat wagons and other
non-regenerating units with acolytes and such, but it would be cheaper to
place them next to a death-knight with unholy aura. This way your units will
be restored without having to pay for it.
Necromancer:
Banshee:
Skeleton Warrior
Infernal:
Air Units:
- - - - - -
Boasting a powerful air force, the Undead air units can overwhelm the enemy to
ensure air superiority as well as air support with their extremely versatile air
units.
Gargoyle:
Frost Wyrm:
Nightelf Units:
---------------
Taking the Elven units, the Elves put an emphasis on ranged combat as well as
focusing on the forces of nature. They are a more interesting race, since they
make good use of the Day/Night cycle.
Ground Units:
- - - - - - -
The ground Nightelf units put an emphasis on ranged combat instead of brute
power. They have some very good support magic on their side as well, being able
to heal easily and hide anywhere at night.
Wisp:
Archer:
Huntress:
Ballista:
Dryad:
Druid of the Claw:
Druid of the Talon:
Treant:
Air Units:
- - - - - -
The Elven air units are very versatile, with the ability to include ground units
in their design.
Hippogryph:
Chimera:
============
Walkthrough
============
The following offers general tips and hints on campaign mode. It follows the
flow that the game uses. As one can predict, it will contain major spoilers as
it details the game’s flow and plot lines. The walkthrough is based on Normal
level difficulty.
Prologue: Exodus of the Horde
==============================
Chapter 1: Chasing Visions
------------------------------------
“Somewhere in the Arathi highlands, Thrall, young war Chief of the Orc hordes
wakes from his terrible dream…”
The mission is a tutorial, teaching you the basics of the game. Follow the lit
up beacons and eventually you will come across several grunt. Select them and
follow the path.
You soon come across a lone gnoll. Send all your units in and destroy it.
There is a Gnoll camp further south along the path, so destroy it too.
It soon becomes night time, with Thrall levelling up as the day’s reward. The
only thing left to do is follow the beacons and eventually reaching a particular
beacon with a raven looming….
The prophet tells Thrall to sail west to Kalimdor, where he and his horde are
the only hope against the Demons that once again have returned.
Chapter 2: Departures:
----------------------------
“3 Days later, near the Lordaeron Coast…”
Mission Objectives:
Mission 1:
1- Build a burrow
2- Build a war mill
3- Build barracks
4- Train 5 grunts
Mission 2:
1-Find Grom
It has been three days, and Thrall becomes impatient. A grunt reports that Grom
and his horde is soon arriving, thus, Thrall must prepare for the arrival of his
older brother. Train some peons and start building. When you finish the
burrow, you should get 3 extra, free peons.
A cut scene will follow, with human alliance forces at a nearby bridge,
demanding their surrender. Thrall is flabbergasted, for the humans reveal that
they also have a war chief; none other than Grom Hellscream in their custody.
Send your forces south to meet the human forces. They should be easy with the
towers nearby helping. Train additional grunts and send your units along the
path. Along the way you will meet a shaman, as well as a tutorial about sub
grouping.
You will then come across a gate, in which it needs to be destroyed. Take out
the near by towers first though, then barge in. Head south and free some other
units. You will have to start paying upkeep for the extra units, so head north
and you will find Grom. Bust in the camp, raze the buildings and finish the
mission.
The rest of the horde arrives, and Grom suggests “borrowing” nearby boats…
********************
[End of Prologue]
********************
=========================
Human Campaigns:
The Scourge of Lordaeron:
=========================
Chapter 1: The Defence of Strahnbrad:
-----
“Recent Orc uprisings in south Lordaeron has forced the Alliance to take
decisive measure to contain the Orcish threat. King Terenas has sent two of the
realm’s greatest Paladins – his son, Prince Arthas, and the legendary Uther the
Lightbringer to deal with the Orcs once and for all.
Mission Objectives:
Defend Strahnbrad
- Travel to Strahnbrad
- Arthas must survive
Kill Slavemaster
- Kill Slavemaster
Optional Quests:
Bandit Lord:
- Slay Menad the Bandit Lord
- Return ledger to Gerard
Save Timmy
- Slay the Gnolls who have kidnapped Timmy
Follow the path to the highlighted area to the northeast. You will encounter
some bandits attacking some villagers. Gerard will tell you about his
situation. To help him, travel near the south east edge of the map and slay the
bandit there. In return he will give you a Tome of Strength.
To the direct south of the map, (middle of bottom) you will find a woman whose
son has been kidnapped. Head to the clearing in the forest to the west and slay
the Gnolls to rescue Timmy. She will offer you a ring of Protection as a
reward.
At the direct west of the map, there are two villagers that will take up arms to
help you as footmen. When done, return to the gates of Strahnbrad and enter.
The town is under attack from Slavemaster. He will be too fast to follow, so
you will have to search for him. Head up to the northwest corner of the map and
slay him. The rest of the villagers will plead to Arthas to save the rest, in
which he vows to do so.
With that, a knight from Uther’s battalion summons Arthas to Uther’s camp.
Chapter 2: Blackrock n Roll:
-------------------------------------
“Twenty Minutes later, at Uther’s Encampment near the Blackrock clan village…”
Mission Objectives:
Establish a Base:
- Construct a Barracks
- Construct 2 Farms
- Train 6 footmen
Blademaster
- Defeat Blademaster
Optional Quests:
Dragon Hunters:
- Slay Searinox, the Black Dragon.
- Bring Heart of Searinox to Feanor Steeltoe
To start off, Uther will be partolling around. Gather more resources and
upgrade the scout towers to guard towers. Send Arthas to the northeast
entrance, as the Orcs will attack there first. The next attack will come from
the right.
Construct what is needed and Blademaster will confront Uther. Uther will try to
attack it but it is revealed to be a mirror image. Send the units you have
north and you will encounter some Dwarves.
Feanor Steeltoe will mention Searinox, the black Dragon. Kill Searinox and
return to him for the optional reward. You will also have some Dwarven riflemen
available.
To the North west, pond there is a group of Murlocks, with a level 2 hero. To
find Searinx, head to the south east and follow the paths, using the riflemen to
kill the Dragon whelps. Searinox will be at Level 8 and is pretty powerful, so
watch out. When you kill him bring his heart back to Steeltoe and imbue
Arthas’s weapon with fire damage (does splash damage too.)
Sid Oak sent in a tip for that area. Refer to the addendum.
Head north when you are done. To the left, there is an encampment. I destroyed
it first, so I suppose you would have to sooner or later, but it could be
optional. To the right, in a small path, is Blademaster, slaying the captured
townsfolk. He is at level 2, but he shouldn’t be too much trouble.
Uther and Arthas discuss what Blademaster was up to. The arcane structure and
artefacts lead them to believe that the Orcs were trying to summon Demons with
their sacrifices, but Uther disregards them as anachronistic nonsense.
Intermission: Jaina’s Meeting:
--------------------------------------
“Two weeks later, in the violet gardens of Dalaran.”
The Prophet is seen pleading to Antonidas, lord of Dalaran. Like all others, he
rejects the prophet and sends him off.
Jaina and Antonidas discuss the plague wreaking havoc in the northlands.
Antonidas mentions that a special envoy will be awaiting Jaina, of whom is sent
to investigate…
Chapter 3: Ravages of the Plague:
-----------------------------------------------
“Three days later in Alterac, Artha and his men wait near a crossroad along
Kings road”
Mission Objectives:
Investigate Villages:
- Explore the Countryside.
- Arthas must survive
- Jaina must survive
Grain Warehouse:
- Destroy Grain warehouse.
Arthias and his men are waiting for Jaina, in which Arthas reminds his men of
Jaina’s tardiness. Jaina arrives but is followed by Two ogres. Yet, with a
summoned Water Elemental, she defeats them with ease.
Follow the path around until you reach a village close by. You will eventually
reach the site of a bridge, which as been broken from the other side. The
villagers mention another path, but it is dangerous now.
Follow the minimap ping, and slay the bandits harassing the villagers. They
mention a Fountain of life, which is located in the north west. The only
purpose though is to heal faster, so only head there if you need it.
Along the river crossing, you will run across some Murlocks, but they should
pose no problem at all. You will enter a village and spot some footmen
defending against a barrage of arrows. Send in your units to help them.
It appears that the undead have been terrorizing the village. The ground itself
appears rotten. Follow the path and slay the undead warriors that you come
across. You will see a granary that appears to be infected. Jaina concludes
from the crates that the grain is being used as the vector for the plague.
Continue along the path south. You will run across a priest, who talks about a
grain warehouse nearby. As such they must destroy the grain warehouse nearby.
Follow the path and slay the undead. Arthas’s Holy Light against them for an
easy fight.
The heros then spot a robed figure, Kel’Thuzad, who talks about “a plan.” He
hastily leave, but send an abdomination as well as undead warriors at you. Slay
them and the warehouse to finish the Mission.
Arthas and Jaina discuss the undead presence. They feel that there is more to
this that it seems…
Chapter 4: Cult of the Damned:
----------------------------------------
“The next day, on the outskirts of Andorhal.”
Mission Objectives:
Investigate Andorhal
- Explore Andorhal
Confront Kel’Thuzad
- Find Kel’Thuzad
Arthas and Jaina spot some Acolytes near a mine. Soon after the mine becomes
warped the heros chase after the Acolytes, of whom they get away.
There is a Goblin merchant at the middle of the map, but Murlocks are guarding
the way. There is another one at the top left corner of the map.
Head northwest along the path. You will come across an Undead town. There is a
necromancer as well as some ghouls, but nothing you cannot handle. Raze the
town and follow the path into another partially ruined human town.
You will run into Kel’Thuzd again, who leaves once again, leaving some ghouls
for you to fight. Fight your way out and knock down the cage. Timmy will come
out, but not do anything. When finished, head north and follow the path into
another clearing.
There are four or five Abominations guarding the entrance. Slay them and
confront Kel’thuzad. Cast holy light and summon the Water Elemental for the
best results. Kill him to finish the Mission.
Note: Timmy can be killed for a reward. Thanks to “Chrisdude” for this tip.
Refer to Addendum .
Chapter 5: March of the Scourge
--------------------------------------------
“Early the next morning, Arthas and Jaina approached the village of Hearthglen”
Mission Objectives:
Defend Hearthglen
- Survive for thirty minutes.
Optional Quests:
The Grain Caravan
- Destroy the Grain Caravan before it gets to the last village
At the start of the mission, Arthas and Jaina find some troops training at the
village. Upon inquiring, the townsfolk reveal that they were under attack the
previous night, and are now preparing for an incoming onslaught. Arthas asks
about the grain, but it is too late… the townsfolk have already eaten…
Help out the villagers immediately. You can build sorceresses now, but before
you do, put down some farms and churn out riflemen and footmen. When your
economy is stable enough, build an Arcane Sanctum and build a few sorceresses.
There is little reason to leave the village. There is an optional quest at
about 20 minutes left, but there is little point.
To the bottom left, is the teal undead encampment. The other undead base is at
the direct center. Venimiceblade (level 6 Lich) is at the center of the map and
Calis Wraithson (what kinda name is that? Level 10 Lich) is at the other
encampment.
The general concept is to let the towers distract the enemy, then rush in fast
and kill the attackers. Watch out for the Meat wagons though, since your towers
cannot reach the.
Basically, this is a map based on patience. Towards the end, the enemies will
swarm in, although you do not need to fully defend against it. Nonetheless, it
still means you should prevent them from doing too much damage.
The mission finishes when the time ends.
The villagers are overwhelmed but Uther comes just in time to save them.
Arthas’ pride seems to be bruised at this encounter, and resolves to go after
Mal’Ganis on his own, much to the chagrin of the others.
Interlude: The Prince and the Prophet.
------
“Later that Afternoon, on the road to Stratholme…”
Arthas meets the Prophet, and like all other humans, shuns and ignores the
prophecy. He insists that he will never leave his homeland.
Chapter 6: The Culling
-------------------------------
“Early in the Morning, on the outskirts of Stratholme…”
Mission Objectives:
The Culling:
- Destroy Plagued Villager houses
- Kill 100 Zombies
- Stop Mal’ganis from claiming 100 zombies.
Upon arriving, the heroes realize that the town has already been infected, thus,
they must be purged…
However, Uther and Jaina are flabbergasted at the mere thought of this idea.
Yet Arthas stands adamant behind his resolve. Uther refuses once more and is
released from his duties, returning to Lordaeron to report to King Terenas about
Arthas’ insanity.
With Arthas, you start at the top right corner of the map. Your aim is to head
to the south west, razing any house you come across and slaying all the
inhabitants. Although this may sound like a simple take Mal’Ganis is near the
south west area of the map, also doing the same task.
Take your peons and immediately start training footmen or riflemen. Take the
two knights and have them follow Arthas in his task. Have the remaining footmen
search and destroy the other houses.
Mal’Ganis has his own escort of units, but he can be killed (level 7
Dreadlord.) Every time you kill him there will be a counter displaying how long
until he is revived. Usually this is around two and a half minutes.
You could try to destroy the undead base, but that is a waste of time. The
altar is darkness is invulnerable, so you cannot prevent Mal’Ganis from
resurrecting.
The map is pretty straight forward and simple. The only difficulty is focusing
at the task at hand.
When you have slain 100 of the villagers, the mission is complete.
Uther and Jaina return, shocked at the massacre at has taken place. To them,
Arthas is no longer sane…
Interlude: Divergent Courses:
--------------------------------------
“Three days later, amongst the ruins of Stratholme…”
Jaina is approached by the Prophet. She too does not listen to the prophet.
Chapter 7: The Shores of Northrend
------------------------------------------------
“One month later, along the icy coast of Daggercap Bay.”
Mission Objectives:
Establish Base Camp:
- Find a Gold mine
- Arthas must survive
Mal’Ganis
- Destroy Mal’Ganis’Base.
Optional Quest
Rescue Muradin’s Base
- Rescue Dwarves Base
Arthas has finally arrived at Northrend, and is setting up camp. He searches
for a gold mine.
Head to the East, following the path. Along the way you will meet frost
wolves. Towards the middle there will be a Dire Frost wolf (level 7) and Giant
Frost Wolf (level 4.) Killing them yields the ‘Scroll of the Beast.’ There are
also Ice trolls lurking around.
Following the path east and north will lead to a gold mine. Upon further
inspection though, it seems that the village is under attack by the undead.
There is Muradin Bronzebeard, old friend of Arthas.
Muradin speaks of his comrades trapped, directly to the north. The Undead
encampment is mostly guarded by Crypt fiends and Abominations, with the
occasional Gargoyle. Rescuing the Dwarves will give you some riflemen, steam
tank, and two gyrocopters. Train some more riflemen and gyrocopters (with
gyrobomb) and the occasional steam tanks and head to the west when you are
ready. Calis Wraithson (level 6) will be there. After the base is razed, the
mission is finished.
Much to Arthas’ chagrin, Mal’Ganis is nowhere to be found. Arthas orders a
encampment to be built over the old undead base.
Chapter 8: Dissension:
-----------------------------
“Early the next morning at Artha’ new base camp…”
Mission Objectives:
Burn the Boats
- Destroy the 5 Ships before time runs out.
- Arthas must survive.
- Muradin must survive.
A Goblin Zepplin flies past the base and unloads an envoy from Lordareon. The
Envoy tells the captain that King Terenas has ordered Arthas and his men back,
for their mission is now finished.
The Captain informs Arthas of this, enraging Arthas. As such, he plans to burn
the boats down so stop his men from leaving…
At the start you have little units. Fortunately, there are several mercenary
camps around. One of them is directly to your left, so hire a few trolls. You
will need a ranged attacker to bring down the boats. Head south and destroy the
boat you reach. To the east, there is a Goblin Laboratory and mercenary camp.
Take what you need, then destroy the trees blocking the boat with either a
goblin sapper from the camp or bombard with the Dwarf cannon.
To the south there is an undead encampment, mostly made of Spirit towers guarded
by Crypt Fiends. Use the Mortars to blast the towers, then take care of the
boats. To reach the last boat on the eastern side you have to take a detour
around the southern tip of the base.
There is adequate time, so try not to rush or make any hasty mistakes. Some
units have a tendency to get stuck, so watch for that.
After all 5 boats are destroyed, the stage is over.
Arthas’ men arrive, shocked to see their boats destroyed. Arthas turns the
blame onto the hired mercenaries and slays them…
Chapter 9: Frostmourne
---------------------------------
“The Next day, at Arthas’ base camp.”
Mission Objectives:
Frostmourne:
- Locate Frostmourne
- Arthas must survive
- Muradin must survive
Mal’Ganis
- Destroy Mal’Ganis’s base.
Arthas’ base is under severe enemy attack. Arthas has no choice other than to
retrieve Frostmourne and unleash its power.
The path is actually linear, so you cannot get lost. Along the way, you will
encounter Frost wolves. There is a mana fountain but I ignored it. Eventually
you will reach the blade, but it is guarded by The Guardian (level 10.) Use
Muradin to nail him from afar, whilst Arthas distracts him. When you win, he
warns Arthas of the blade.
Arthas goes and claims the blade, but Muradin discovers that it is indeed
cursed. Yet, Arthas ignores his warning and takes hold of the blade; the
resultant blast in energy kills Muradin, but Arthas hardly seems remorseful.
Arthas then seeks Mal’Ganis. Head to the east and raze the base. It shouldn’t
be too much trouble with the Frostmourne. Most of the forces within area are
abominations and the occasional Crypt feinds. You can kill Mal’Ganis in the
process, but the mission won’t end until the base is totally razed. Once that
happens, you win.
Arthas faces off against Mal’Ganis. Mal’Ganis reveals that the Dark lord speaks
to Arthas through the blade, slowly consuming his sanity. Yet, as Arthas move
to kill Mal’Ganis, he realizes the true intentions of the Dark Lord, moments
before his soul is claimed by the Frostmourne.
“After taking his venegence upon Mal’Ganis, Prince Artas wandered off into the
frozen wastelands of Northrend.
Tormented by Frostmorne’s maddening voice, Arthas has lost the last vestiges of
his sanity.
Now, driven by the sword’s dark will, Arthas plans to return home to Lordaeron
and claim his just reward”
Arthas enters the royal throne room. He then lunges towards the king and stabs
him with the Frostmorne. Lordaeron has fallen.
********************************
[End of Human Campaigns]
********************************
=====================
Undead Campaigns:
Path of the Damned
=====================
Chapter 1: Trudging through the Ashes
-------
“The Lich King’s plague of undeath has spread through the capital city and into
the outskirts of Lordaeron City. Shocked and disheartened by the loss of their
beloved king, the forces of Lordaeron were scattered by the ravenous undead
warriors. Now, Lordaeron is but a shadow of its former glory – and Prince
Arthas has yet to be seen…”
Mission Objectives:
Rescue Acolytes
- Rescue 20 Acolytes
- Arthas must survive.
Optional Quests:
Find the Graveyard:
- Bring Arthas to the graveyard.
- Arthas must survive.
The scene starts with a pale looking warrior entering the screen, greeted by a
Dreadlord. Upon closer inspection, the new Death Knight is none other than
Prince Arthas, now part of the Undead scourge. Thinking that it is Mal’Ganis,,
the Dreadlord Tichardrius informs Arthas of his new quest.
You start of near the south east of the map. The mission itself is pretty
simple, you just need to look closely at the hidden spots.
Head south, following the path and enter the town that is close by. The Acolytes
are pretty easy to spot, since they are in red. The most important thing is to
use Arthas to approach the Acolytes or else they won’t count. Furthermore if
the normal villagers (in blue) spot you they will run off, calling forth
Horsemen and knights. Oddly enough your units won’t kill the running villager.
Go Figure.
Right in the middle of the path is an Acolyte (1), with an exclamation mark
about its head. The next one is in the middle of town, next to the guy chopping
word (2) so use a death coil on him from afar. Follow the path west and south
through the town. There will be another Acolyte (3) near the houses with an
exclamation mark above its head telling you of the graveyard.
Follow south across the river. When you reach a crossroads, head up into a
clearing by the forest. There will be an Acolyte near the shore fishing (4.)
Head back south into a house in the middle of the woods, with some villagers
chopping trees. There will be another Acolyte (5) there. Watch out for the
guard post there in the middle. Head up over the fenced Keep then travel back
down to the bottom left hand corner of the small outpost. There will be two
villagers there, so death coil both and find the last Acolyte (6) there. When
you are done head north through the gates. Be warned that there are four guards
there, so use the Dead coil, as usual.
Head into town. To your left, there is an Acolyte (7.) You can just walk up to
him since you can probably kill the villager near him before he gets away. Head
up and look to your left in the group of houses, where there is a lone Acolyte
(8.) Head over to the right, over the bar and fighting villagers. There will
be another Acolyte (9) hiding between the houses and trees. Directly above you
is the Grave yard, where you can get some extra ghouls.
Head up and you will spot a gate; don’t enter it yet. Head to the path on the
left, following the fenced area. There will be another keep there. Some
bandits will enter, so wait till they are done before mopping up the rest.
There is an Acolyte (10) in the bottom left corner. Return to the center and
head left. You will come across two paths; the bottom one has another Acolyte
(11) and the top one leads to another Acolyte (12) bur be warned; an Assassin
will ambush you when you rescue it. Head back to the center of Town and up into
the fields. There is another Acolyte (13) near the houses.
Barge through the gate. Immediately under the gate near the bottom houses is an
Acolyte (14.) Kill the two villagers, since the Acolyte is somewhat hidden.
Head up to the top of the town, where there is a small fenced area with some
sheep. No, I don’t know what the hell he is doing with those sheep wither, but
walk near him (15.)
To the far right near some houses is another Acolyte (16) but the town is
heavily guarded. Go back down to the bottom of the town, where there is another
Acolyte (17.) There will be some Acolytes at the far right of the town, but
they are being guarded by a Captain and several footmen, with some knights in
the area. Under it is another small clearing with a hidden Acolytes (18.) You
will have to storm the heavily guarded area, so try to make it fast. Use Death
coil whilst the Ghouls distract them. There will be 4 Acolytes to save.
Once you have saved 20 Acolytes the Mission will finish.
Tichondrius appears and notes that there are now enough Cultists. Kel’Thuzar is
all that is needed, and they need to travel to Andorhal to gather his remains.
Chapter 2: Digging up the Dead
------------------------------------------
“the next morning, on the outskirts of Andorhal.”
Mission Objectives:
Recover Remains:
- Kill the Paladins guarding the graveyard.
- Bring Arthas to Kel’thuzad’s tomb
- Arthas must survive
Claim the Urn:
- Kill the Paladins
- Recover the Urn
Establish a Base:
- Summon a Haunted goldmine
- Build a Necropolis
- Build a crypt
- Build a graveyard
- Build 3 Ziggurats
Arthas enters Andorhal and inquire about the Meat Wagons. You must first defeat
a Paladin guarding a graveyard.
The first task is simple enough. Head directly East with your meat wagons. Use
them to take out the Guard towers, then send in Arthas to take care of the
rest. The grave is guarded by Gavinrad the Dire, level 2. Nothing a death coil
won't take care of.
When you are done, Tichondrius informs you that Kel'Thuzad's corpse is too
decomposed to 'survive' the trip to Quel'thalas. As such they will need a
particular urn, guarded by more Paladins. Your next mission will be to establish
a base. Head south, where you will meet an encampment. Once again, take out
the towers with the meat wagons, and send in the troops to take care of the
rest. When it is clear, establish your base and muster up some more units.
Head to the north west, where you will encounter Ballor Bright, Paladin level
4. He has an encampment, but nothing serious.
To the south there are two Paladin camps. The southwestern one has the Urn you
need, but he is at level 10. Paladin Sage Truthbearer is to the direct south.
Head to the south-west area of the map with as many units as you can muster.
Uther the Lightbearer will be waiting for you, but he is no cakewalk. Chances
are Level 2 or 3 Arthas will need all the help he can get against Uther.
Tip from Sacco: In the chapter 2 of Undead, below where Uther is, there are 4
sheeps. Kill them all will leave an item : Goblin Night Scope.
Uther will reveal that the urn holds King Terenas' ashes. Arthas care not and
takes it to transport Kel'thuzar.
Once With that cutscene over, the mission is completed.
Special note: there is a secret area in this game. Refer to Addendum 2 for more
info. Thanks to Aaron Hainley for this tip.
Kel'thuzar's specter appears and warns Arthas to be wary of the Dreadlords.
They have more in mind than Arthas thinks.
Interlude: the Dreadlords Convene:
----------------------------------------------
"Meanwhile, at the Dreadlord's citadel, somewhere in the twisting nether.
The Dreadlord triumvirate gather and discuss their progress. They mention
Achimonde and his plan; and worry about potential failure. They discuss Arthas'
performance.
Chapter 3: Into Realm Eternal
---------------------------------------
"Six days later, near the forested Netherlands of Quel'thalas"
Mission Objectives:
The Elf Gate:
- Destroy the High Elf base (blue) guarding the Elf gate.
Arthas overlooks Quel’thalas, reminiscing back to his youth when he first and
last came. They burst through the gates with their meat wagons and raze the
nearby outpost, setting up base.
This is a relatively straightforward map. There isn't much variation in which
path to take, but there is quite a lot of opposition. You will also need to use
the meat wagons often to clear the trees in you way.
You start at the Northwestern corner of the map, so your general direction will
be southeasterly. There is an elf base directly to the east of you (North East
corner) but they are non-related to the flow of the mission. There is another
one at 3 o’clock position. There is a fountain in the middle of the map,
guarded by several Elven archers. The other two outposts to the east have
nothing in particular worth destroying. Sylvanas Windrunner (level 4) will
attack your base constantly, so watch out for her. At the start of the mission
she will attack in a minute or so, so watch for her.
Head south and you will see a tip about clearing trees. Use the Meat wagon and
tell it to 'Attack ground' at the trees. Be sure to clear a path wide enough
and to stop attacking when you move your units through. Continue down
southwards until you see an encampment near the bottom right of the map (teal.)
Send in your reinforcements and raze the base. The only trouble should be from
the high elves and their guard towers. Guard your Meat Wagons though, since
they have ballistae. Flank those and let the melee units take care of them.
There is a goblin merchant directly to the north east of the bottom left base,
and a fountain of mana to the bottom. They are both guarded by Gnolls though.
Head to the east when you are done razing the base to reach the mission
objectives. There a lot of towers around, so send for some new Meat wagons as
well as the new Necromancers to back Arthas up. Keep your units in formation
and protect the meat wagons. Blue should fall soon and lead you to the inner
sanctum of Quel'thalas.
Arthas gives chases to Sylvanas. They exchange fighting words, and Sylvanas
teleports away to Silvermoon.
Chapter 4: Key of the Three Moons:
------------------------------------------------
"Moments later, just beyond the shattered Elf gate…"
Mission Objectives:
Three Moons:
- Destroy the three high elf altars
- Collect all 3 Mooncrystals
Arthas and his troops burst through the gate and slay the defenders behind.
Svlvanas gives the order to fall back, and destroys the bridge crossing the
river. She mentions a ‘special key’…
As you have noticed, you will need to find a way across the river. Take your
crypt fiends and head to the right. Take care of the two dragon hawks lurking
about and raze the buildings. Note that now you can build crypt fiends, but you
will also be under attack from the flying Dragon Hawks. Establish a base and
train some crypt fiends (important) and whatever units you feel comfortable with
using. Word of warning though, Sylvanas Windrunner (level 5) will be hanging
around so keep your guard up.
To the top right corner of the map, you will see a Goblin Laboratory. Bring
Arthas to it and take the Goblin Zeppelins. Each Zeppelin can carry eight
units, so ferry units if you need to.
The first zeppelin load should have a mixture of crypt fiends, Meat wagons, and
melee attackers. Land your forces to clear the area then send in the remainder
of your attack force. Your first destination will be immediately to the East.
Land and wipe out the units there. The forces there mainly consist of Dragon
Hawks, Fury towers priests and assorted archers. The target altar is
immediately to the right of your landing zone, so just zoom in there can destroy
it.
Next, head up and clear the base. Notice the teleportation gate. Send your
units into it. You will now be at the middle island of the map. There are
Three teleporters here; from Right to left, Light blue, Red, and blue at the far
left. The area will be guarded by Dragon Hawks and numerous towers. The target
teleporter is the blue one at the far left. Go through it.
You will now appear at the far left island. The bulk of the forces here are
archers, with the occasional footman, and a couple of Dragon Hawks. The altar
is right next to the teleporter to the left, so if you are daring, you could
make a rush for it as opposed to trying to raze the island base.
Back in the middle island, head through the middle red teleporter. You will now
appear at the northern most island. You will be immediately greeted by several
Dragon hawks as well as high elven units, so go prepared. The Altar you are
looking for is right next to the trees near the teleportation gate. Raze it and
return to the light blue gate.
You will start back at the Eastern most island. Send a few meat wagons to the
northern most tip of the island and blast the Fury tower there. Send in the
landing force and clear the Dragon Hawks that lurk there. Send Arthas to the
circle of power to finish the mission.
Chapter 5: The Fall of Silvermoon:
---------------------------------------------
“Moments later, on the outskirts of the elves capital of Silvermoon…”
Mission Objectives:
The Sunwell:
- Defeat Sunwell’s Guardians
Optional Quests:
Sylvanas Windrunner:
- Destroy Sylvanas base
Silvermoon Runners
- Destroy every runner she sends
- Do not alert Silvermoon to your presence
Arthas has established an encampment near the outskirts of Silvermoon.
Tichondrius appears to congratulate Arthas on his progress, but is still
cautious of him. Kel’Thuzar appears and says the Dreadlords do suspect
something…
Immediately at the start of your mission, Sylvanas Windrunner (level 7) will
attack your base. This will trigger the two optional quests, which maybe
difficult but recommended. The runners are dressed in yellow and appear when
ever the timer says. They disappear when Sylvanas’ base is razed. Do not
attack Silvermoon (teal) until Sylvanas’ base (blue) is destroyed.
Build up your defenses and level up to a crypt. The gargoyles are good for
completing the final objective. Send a few meat wagons and an army to the
west. Guard the bridge and have the meat wagons destroy the nearby towers. By
now Sylvanas will be running at you, pretty miffed. Death coil her when your
melee units are keeping her busy.
Syvlanas will officially be “defeated” when her base is razed. A cut scene will
takeover. Arthas somehow hits her with his horse and she gets ‘defeated.’
Arthas then turns her into a banshee, damned to serve the Scourge forever.
The only thing left to do is take out the Sunwell guardians. The city itself is
too big to destroy, so you will need to cut a path in and take them out in a
quick but hard strike.
The best way to do this would be to hit them from afar with hard-hitting units
whilst occupying them up close. First, have four to six meat wagons. Cover
them with gargoyles and Crypt fiends. Build as many Abominations and Ghouls as
you can. Necromancers should be there to raise the corpses of the dead.
Head west and follow the path south. Use the wagons to take out the nearby
towers from the bridge. Use the other attack units to hit the archers. Be
warned that they can net your Gargoyles and the Golems (level 9) that you need
to kill can hit air. Slowly make your way to the center. When you near the
center, have the wagons first aim at the towers. Use your melee units to nail
the golems, with Arthas helping. The trick is to lure them to you, since there
are three other towers in the area. By the time the towers are destroyed, The
ghouls and abominations will be slaughtered by the dozens, so use your
necromancers to raise them as fodder. Aim your wagons at the Golems. Have a
constant flow of reinforcements ready.
When the four granite golems fall, the mission ends.
Arthas walks up to the Sunwell and resurrects Kel”Thuzad. Arthas has kept his
end of the dea. Now it is Kel’Thuzad’s turn…
Interlude: The Revelation:
----------------------------------
“Three Days later, somewhere in the wintry peaks of the Alterac Mountains…”
Kel’Thuzad and Arthas walk up a slope, with hordes of undead assembling around
the encampment. Kel’Thuzad speaks of the Legion under the Dark Lords control,
and how Arthas as a bigger role than anyone thinks, all courtesy of the Lich
King. The Dreadlords in control of Lich King are only there to ensure the plan
to summon the demonic lord Archimode goes as planned. The scourge was
engineered to wipe out any resistance to the Legions…
Chapter 6: Blackrock & Roll, Too!:
--------------------------------------------
“The next morning, on the outskirts of the Blackrock clan village.”
Mission Objectives:
Demonic Gate:
- Destroy the Orc base protecting the Demon Gate
Optional Quests:
Kill Orc Heroes:
- Throk’Feroth
- Mazrigos
- Khanzo
- Genjuros
- Jubei’thos
(all named after Samurais, probably from Samurai Spirits)
Kel’Thuzad tells Arthas that it is time for the second phase of the plan; to
communicate with the Demon lord for instructions. There is a Demonic Gate
nearby, but there is also an encampment of Orcs…
You start right at the center of the map. There are encampments all around you,
but the one you need to complete the mission is on the top right corner. You
have access to Frost Wyrms though. Directly above you, following the two paths,
will lead you to two Level 10 Red Dragons (!) To the top left conrer is a Goblin
Merchant, but it is guarded by several ice trolls (level 5, 2 level 3’s, 2 level
2’s)
Right when you start, there will be an attack force aimed right at you. There
will be an Orc blademaster named Haohmarush (let’s not be obvious here…) at
level 5. Send in all you got, which isn’t a lot to spare. After the
blademaster dies, he will drop a Manual of Health as well as trigger the
optional sidequest. Each of the target are in their own encampment;
Throk’Feroth- Level 6 Far Seer at 12’o clock position
Mazrigos- Level 6 Far Seer at 3’o clock position
Khanzo- Level 4 Blademaster at 7’o clock position
Genjuros- Level 4 Blademaster at 5’o clock position
Jubei’thos- Level 8 Blademaster at 1’o clock position (Red base.)
They each drop some pretty nifty stuff though, so it is up to you. I will cover
the optional quests, but if you wish to skip these, jump right to the last bit.
Firstly you will need a combination of Crypt fiends, Meat wagons, Abominations
and Frost Wyrms. Follow the path north and you will run into the roost of Red
Dragons. Tangle them down to earth and give it all you got. Head to the right
and repeat. Head back to base and regroup your forces. When you are done, Head
north into Orange’s encampment. The best way to enter is from the bottom left.
Take out the watchtower, but they have a catapult to so head from the air; they
can take down your air units, so you need to lure the catapult away from the
Raiders. The base isn’t really well defenders, so brute force is the way to go
here. Throk’Feroth is pretty strong, so mix up your Frost Wyrms with your Meat
Wagons and Abominations. Head back to base and regroup when he is dead.
Your next target will be blue, at the bottom right corner. Head down can wait
at the bridge. There is a single watchtower, so that is easy to take care of.
Two grunts are nearby, with a catapult as well. Chances are by now Khanzo will
be rushing forth, so you could try an air attack on him. His base does not need
to be destroyed, but feel free to destroy it for experience. There are one or
two guard towers inside, but nothing serious.
If you follow the river down south, there will be an Ice Troll warlord (level
6.) Killing him will yield the Sobi Mask, which increase Mana regeneration
rate. It is particularly useful for Kek’thuzad.
The next target is brown, at 5’o clock position. The entrance is virtually
unguarded, so head in with a meat wagon and bring down the tower. The main
threat is from the five or so Ogre-Magi (level 5) and the catapult. Aside from
that, there is nothing of note aside from Genjuros himself. He drops a tome of
strength, which is useful. Another strategy is to approach from the bottom of
the map and just fly in to kill him. The downside is that you will miss the
reward, which is particularly valuable.
The next target will be light blue, at 3’o clock. There are two guard towers at
both entrances, as well as quite a large army of Grunts and Trolls. There is an
Ogre-magi or two as well. The easiest but more complicated method would be to
split your forces in two; one at the top entrance that will distract the
defenders. And the other at the bottom, which will run in and take out
Mazrigos.
You will need to have meat wagons for both teams. For the top team, bring in
several Meat wagons, Frost Wyrms and lots of Ghouls. Their job will be to take
care of virtually every unit in the base that will rush at them. The other team
will have meat wagons to take out the towers, weaken Mazrigos and potential
defenders. Meanwhile, Gargoyles and Arthas will attack Mazrigos as well. He
drops the tome of intelligence. Take note of the path at the top that leads to
red’s base.
Red’s main base is pretty well fortified. There are three (or more) Level 10
red dragons that are a pain in the ass to take out, as well as numerous
defenders and catapults. Your best bet would be to use the Meat wagons to take
out the towers, then enter from both sides with everything you got. Jubei’thos
himself is no cake walk, so be forewarned. He has the ability to mirror
himself and confuse your units. The Orc warlocks will also cast slow on your
units.
Killing Juebi’thos will grant you the Tome of Knowledge, which raises your
Strength, Agility, and Intelligence. Raze the Base to finish the scenario.
Kel’Thuzad summons forth Archimonde, who orders the retrieval of the last book
of Medivh, only tome powerful enough to bring him into this world…
Chapter 7: The Siege of Dalaran.
--------------------------------------------
“The next morning, at the gates of Dalaran…”
Arthas and his minions have reached the gates of Dalaran city. Antonidas greets
Arthas and warns that their “erected auras” will destroy all undead that pass
through. Kel’thuad notes that by destroying the three magi, they can stop the
barrier.
Mission Objectives:
Three Archmagi:
- Slay First Magi
- Slay Second Magi
- Slay Antonidas
This level is probably the hardest yet. You have to rush in through the
barrier, which saps health from your units rather quickly. As the tip said, you
will have to rush in to slay them, and the distance is rather far. There is a
Goblin Merchant to your right, so buy some town portal scrolls. To the left
there is a lone level 6 Archmage, Dalar Dawnweaver. Killing him will yield a
Health stone.
The magi are position in a triangle. Midway through the map is a moat; slightly
to the north there are two magi on both sides. Peril spellbinder (archmage
level 7) is on the right, where as Shal lightbringer (archmage level 3) is on
the left. Antonidas is the top of the triangle.
The easiest way (but also the costliest) would be to go all air. Mass up on
Frost wyrms and gargoyles. Head left until you see a burning town hall; that
will be your first alignment point. From there, travel directly north (in a
straight line.) 3/5ths of the way up you should see a crystal and an archmage.
That is the first one. With his death, the aura falls. Return back to base to
regroup.
The next landmark is the goblin merchant. Directly to the north will be the
second arch mage you need to kill, at roughly the same distance. Be warned that
he has a base with towers, two sorceresses, and two knights. Pair that with the
aura and the level 5 archmage and you get difficulty.
The last target will be Antonidas. He is directly to the north of the entrance,
in a straight line. Travel to the cleared areas then try to align it so you
reach to him. He is near the very top, and has several towers, sorceresses,
priests, and gyrocopters protecting him. Send in a mass swarm, and eventually
you should win. Send in Arthas to claim the book of Medivh (watch out for the
defenders though) and the mission is over.
Addendum: after asking for tips and strategies for this map, many people gave
some very, very good strategies to beat this map. Refer to addendum 3 for a
full list of user submitted tips.
With a single strike, Antonidas is dead. With the book of Medivh in their
possession, the only thing left is to summon Archimonde forward…
Chapter 8: Under the Burning Sky:
---------------------------------------------
“An hour later, a hill overlooking Dalaran…”
Mission Objectives:
Archimonde:
- Kel’Thuzad must survive for 30 minutes.
Optional Quests:
- Recover Goblin land mines.
Basically this is a defense map type scenario. Firstly develop the already
existing areas with more Spirit towers as well as units. Aside from that there
is little you can do. About five or six minutes in game, you will be given 3
felhounds. Every interval you will be given more Burning Legion units. The
last ones will be Infernals
There are some mines, so break the crates to get a hold of them. Save them for
the final rush though. Try to focus on defense, upgrading your units as far as
possible. Upgrading the Ziggurat towers is important. Meat Wagons around them
are a must though to counter the siege weapons. Aside from that, upgrade the
shields AND attack, as well as any other abilities that might be useful. Have
Acolytes repair the towers often as well.
There are three enemies on this map, each with their own hero. Shal
Lightbringer (level 3) is in top left, Dalar Dawnweaver is at 3’o clock, Fondred
Alan is at top right corner.
There is an optional fight with Manath Magesrge, level 8 at the middle top of
the map, but that is hardly worth the trouble. There is a magical vault at the
top right corner of the map, which yields a Medallion of Intelligence. Chances
are though, if you managed to get that item, you might as well raze the other
bases. The map can also be completed by razing all opposing bases.
Note that near the end, there will be a massive rush. Have all your Legion
units around Kel’thuzad and the rest supporting the towers. The Death coil will
heal Kel’thuzad, so it is a good way to heal him.
Archimonde is summoned into the world. As a gesture of his power, he razes
Dalaran into the ground with ease. What will become of Arthas?
********************************
[End of Undead Campaigns]
********************************
=========================
Orc Campaigns:
The Invasion of Kalimdor:
=========================
Chapter 1: Landfall:
----------------------------
“Following the mysterious prophet’s instructions, Thrall led the Horde across
the Great Sea. Now, after weeks of traversing the raging seas, the Orcish Horde
has landed upon the savage shores of Kalimdor. With their stolen ships broken
and drowned, the Orcs cautiously venture inland, wary of the unseen dangers
lurking within the crags of the desolate land.”
Mission Objectives:
Rally the Horde:
- Discover where the other ships landed.
- Thrall must survive.
Protect Cairne
- Follow Cairne to the Tauren village
- Protect Cairne from his enemies
- Cairne Bloodhoof must survive
- Thrall must survive.
After landing on the new land, broken and tired, Grom and the others are
missing. Thrall therefore must search for his brother and the rest of the horde.
After two full campaigns with that Moron Arthas, it is refreshing to have a
change in character. Immediately to the left of where you start, there is a
Mana Potion hidden in the crates after you attack it. Head north following the
path. There will be some Murlocs; two level 1 tiderunners and 1 level 3
flesheaster. Zap them with a chain lighning and continue until you see a
cutscene about the boats. To the left, there is another trio of Murlocs that
will drop a Healing ward. Continue right until you see a raided village.
Head up then turn left; you will see a tauren getting killed; return back to the
village and go south east. You will see a campfire with three quillboars and a
qullboar hero. Kill them to get a healing ward. Check out the shipwreck on the
shores directly south. Head south-east and kill the other Quillboards. Rescue
the two stranded orcs. Voila, two new trolls to your party.
Go back to the main path and turn right at the only turn. You will see some
centaurs killing more Taurens. Continue east to find more stranded orcs. To
the south-east near the shore, You will come across a burning ship wreck as well
as 4 Murlocs (2X level 1, 2X level 2.)
Head north. The right path leads to Harpy Scout (level 1 X2) and Harpy
Windblower (level 3) that drops Scroll of the beast. The left path splits; far
left path gives another Tauren dying. There are Quillboar (level 1 X2) and
Razormane Medicine man (level 5, Quillboar) Middle left path gives Thunderlizard
(level 6 X2) that gives potion of mana.
Continue on the path. You will spot an army of Centaurs running off to war.
Follow the path. There is a Fountain of Health just past the curve guarded by
Quillboar (level 1 X2,) Razormane Scout (level 2) and Razormane Medicine Man
(level 5.).
There will be an intersection; heading up will bring Harpy (level 1) which is
out of melee range with no reward. Head south to continue, until you reach the
shore. To the left, there is a small hidden path leading to a small hill with
Quillboar (level 1) and Razorman Brute (level 3;) note that they cannot see you
going up the hill.
Head a few steps to the right: there will be a three way intersection; the up
path leads to Murloc tiderunner (level 1 X 3) and Murloc flesheater (level 3)
that drops a manual of health, so it is recommended. The other two lead to the
south to meet up with three more orcs.
Immediately three Centaurs charge at you; kill them and the cutscene will take
over. Carine Bloodhoof will enter, speaking of an Oracle to the north. Thrall
mentions the horsemen are also heading north, where Cairne realizes his village
is in danger. Thus you must escort and follow him. But don’t worry too much
(but still a bit) since Cairne is a strong guy with armour..
If you continue south from there and turn right, you will run across a MASSIVE
Murloc encampment: Murlock Tiderunner (Level 1 X 20,) Murloc Huntsman (level 2 X
8) and Murloc Nightcrawler (level 3 X 2.) Killing them will yield a Periapt of
Vitality and Mana Potion. To be frank I had to send everyone I had to
accomplish this one.
Follow the path to their village; floods of Centaurs will rush in. Protect
Cairne at all costs; the waves will end with the death of the Centaur champion.
With this, the mission ends.
Cairne talks of the Tauren Migration to Mulgore to the north. They fear that
they will be attacked by the Centaurs though. Thrall volunteers to escort them
in exchange for bringing them to the Oracle.
Chapter 2: The Long March:
-------------------------------------
“Two days later, upon the desolate plains of the Barrens.”
Mission Objectives:
Three Oases:
- Lead the Caravan to the first Oasis.
- Lead the Caravan to the second Oasis.
- Lead the Caravan to the third Oasis.
- Thrall, Cairne, and the caravan must survive.
The Caravan:
- Protect the Caravans
- At least two Kodo beasts must survive.
- Cairne must survive.
To start off with, you must protect Cairne and the units following him; note
that you cannot control Cairne. He will just follow your lead. To start off
with, three Centaurs will rush at you. Follow the path. At the T intersection,
the path left leads to several Centaurs with the reward of the scroll of
healing. Continue along the path, killing any marauders. Word of warning
though; some maruders will pop out from nowhere, so send only one unit to scout
ahead. A good tactic to use would be to have Thrall take the lead, and right
click the Taurens with the other units; that way they will escort them step by
step.
One problem though is that you must help the majority of your units ahead, or
else the caravan will sit there like idiots. What I did was stick three or four
grunts with Thrall ahead, and the rest escorting the caravan. I had another one
or two escorting the Taurens themselves, since they would head off and fight on
their own, stopping the whole caravan. Another note is that the caravan will
only move if the Kodos are in single file. Sometimes I wonder…
There will be a fountain of healing, which is the first checkpoint and
objective. When you reach it, you will meet up with three more Grunts. Use them
to escort the very last unit of the caravan. Right when you leave, some
marauders will come from behind. Continue along the path, taking care of the
marauders that come your way.
When you reach the arches, head to the right. There will be a Goblin merchant
as well as three Orc Raiders to support you. The area past the arches leads to
a group of centaurs. Continue on the path. And you will reach the second
oasis. Some catapults will join you, so stick them near the middle of the
caravan. But for now, bring them ahead; there are several watch towers ahead.
Up ahead, there will be a path to the right that leads to a small Centaur Camp.
There are Centaur Archer (Level 2,) Centaur Impaler (level 4,) Centaur Sorceror
(level 5) and Centaur Khan (level 8.) Centaur Khan will revive though, so watch
out. He drops the pendant of energy. The best strategy would be to hit him
with ranged attacks.
Head back to the left to the final oasis when you are done there. With that the
mission is Finished.
Interlude: The Wreckage of Lordaeron:
------
“Meanwhile, back in Lordaeron, the Burning Legion commences its invasion…”
Tichondrius appears to oversee the attack on Lordaeron. A giant..thing
(Mannoroth) is wreaking havoc. Tichondrius comments that the Scourge has done
well in removing any resistance, unlike the Orcs. Mannoroth vows he will punish
the Orcs.
Chapter 3: Cry of the Warsong:
-----------------------------------------
“Five Days later, near the foothills of the Stonetalon Mountains…”
Mission Objectives:
Establish Base:
- Build a Great Hall.
- Thrall must survive.
Secure Zepplins
- Destroy all hostile units at Lab.
- Return two Goblin Zepplins to your Base.
Optional Quest:
Pacify Humans
- Destroy the human bases (ed. some pacifism!)
The Orcs have been wandering for a long time. A scout reports that the Warsong
clan is battling the humans. Grom is indeed there, and he mentions a woman by
the name of “Proudmoore…”
To start off you have to build a base. Grom and his forces are right next to
yours, so they will defend you for the time being. There are four human bases;
White at 3 o’ clock, Light Blue at 8, Blue at 10, and Green at 12. The Zepplin
is blocked by Blue, meaning you will have to raze the base. Furthermore, there
is a large group of Harpies guarding the Lab: Harpy Scout (level 1 X2,) Harpy
Windwitch (level 3,) Harpy Rogue (level 3 X2,) Harpy Storm-Hag (level 5) and
Harpy Queen (level 6.) Not an easy force to deal with.
It is best to go for the main objective, but the bases aren’t that well defended
so it is your choice. At the start, Purple will decide to attack; ignore them
for now.
Go for white first, at 3 ‘o clock position. There are Lighting lizards (level 2
x 2) near the entrance, and a cannon tower in the middle of the base with two
guard towers at the entrance. The main force in the base are the riflemen, and
a hero (Aggronnar the Mighty, Level 4 Mountain King.) Just send in a catapult
or two, some grunts and raiders and it should be easy. Having the Kodo around
also helps, but it is optional. The most important part is to coincide your
attack with Purples, since they will attack white for their second raid. Try to
destroy the base in that go.
The next target will be light blue. They are virtually undefended, aside from
Buzan the Fearless (level 3 Paladin.) Once again, stick with purple. There
were less than 5 units defending when I attacked.
Blue is the next target. Since it is the main objective, it is better
defended. Try entering through the arches in the south of the base. There are
four towers to watch for, as well as riflemen and sorceresses. Kelen the
Seeker, Level 2 archmage, is also there, but chance are he is probably dead from
his latest attack on your base.
Green will be the last target. There is only one entrance, guarded by two
towers. By now taking care of towers should be second nature to you. There is
one more in the middle of the base. Aside from that, expect a couple of
footmen, priests and sorceress (I saw a pair of each.) Nothing major here. The
last base will be destroyed, but I didn’t seem to get a reward. Nonetheless,
return to base and gather up some troll headhunters as well as raider. It is
Harpy time. (not herpes.)
Note that you will have to pass through a lot of centaurs including the level 8
resurrecting Centaur Khan (drops Gauntlets of Ogre Strength.) Aside from that,
the Raiders should net the harpies to the ground for your troops to slaughter.
Be warned that they have some pretty nasty spells, including a sleep spell and a
tornado spell that occupies your units for a while, out of your control.
Killing the harpies will give you the circlet of nobility, as well as mission
objective. Hire two Zeppelins (costs 280 gold, 60 lumber) and send them back to
base for the victory.
Thrall rails Grom for his actions. Is it just me or do they sound way too
sophisticated and intelligent? Grom will construct a base up north whilst
Thrall goes to Stonetalon with his new zeppelins.
Chapter 4: The Spirits of Ashenvale:
------------------------------------------------
“Two days later, along the borderlands of Ashenvale forest.”
Mission Objectives:
Slash and Burn:
- Amass 15,000 Lumber
Optional Quests:
Furbolg chieftain
- Slay the Furbolg Cheiftain.
To start off, Grom is already build a base. You will need to gather 15,000
lumber. However, they notice that the forest is a bit strange. A group of
Nightelves with attack, but they are easy to defeat.
Start chopping right away; but a word of warning. The Peons cutting lumber at
the bottom left will eventually clear a path to a Nightelf base, so move them
away if you wish to avoid confrontation. Note that there are wisps lying about
everywhere, including your base, so kill those if you can.
Basically there are three bases: blue at the bottom right, teal at top left, and
light blue at top right. Blue has a small outpost right next to your bases as
well as units scattered along the map. Right above your base there is a Goblin
Laboratory; send Grom in and it will trigger the optional quest. It is up to
you though, since the target is at the 9 o’ clock position, right across the
map. There are Furblog (level 4 X4,) Furbolg Elder Shaman (level 7) and the
Furbolg Chieftain (level 8.) However, if you do decide to go, it is a pretty
clear cut path. Mid way, there is an indentation to the top where you can pick
up a tome of agility. Killing him will yield a lot of experience as well as a
Health stone. Return to Necloc for your reward, the Shredders, which literally
tear trees down in secnds. You can also hire two more from the lab for 450
gold, 100 lumber and 4 food. The downside is that they use a lot of food, so it
is up to you.
It may seem like an easy objective, but 15,000 lumber is a lot. Your base will
provide less and 5000 lumber, so you will need to eventually cover the map and
take over bases to do so.
The best first target would be blue, since they are the closest. The outpost is
relatively weak, with a few archers and a ballista. Knocking down the Tree of
life will give you 3000 lumber as well as an optional quest. To the left, there
is a troll encampment, with Dark Troll (level 2 x2,) Dark Troll Shadow Priest
(level 2 X2) and a Dark Troll warlord (level 6.) Killing them will bring a
Greater Healing potion as well as a gold mine with 40,000 Gold. Note that at
nighttime, the Nightelves will start attacking with Hippogryphs as well as
Shadowmeld, so keep an eye out.
You should be close to the target with the area you cleared just now, but if you
wish to complete the optional quests, read on. Otherwise, skip the next
sections. One difficulty with this quest is that since it gives you 3000 each
you would have hit the quota (usually) before you finish the mission. If you
want, try spending your lumber.
The bases are actually pretty well defended with units. The Ancient of
Protector serves as guard towers, so you know how to deal with those. There are
about 5 or 6 of Archers, Huntresses and Dryads. Watch out for the Ballistae
too. The best way to deal with the bases is to have mostly Grunts and Raiders,
with a couple of catapults and Kodos. If you are fast enough with the keys and
mouse, use the Shamans as in battle support for good support.
Teal at the north-west has Hippogryphs in the mix. Since you will have raiders
anyways, it hardly makes a difference. There are less huntresses, but more
dryads and archers in proportion. Basically, with raiders knocking the air
units down, it is much easier.
Light Blue has several ballistae, but without the air units. It also has little
static defense, so the main threat is from the Shadowmelded units hiding around.
When you have gathered 15,000 lumber, the Mission is accomplished.
Interlude: The blood of Mannoroth:
----------------------------------------------
“Later that Evening, near the Moonglades of Cenarius.”
A group of big ugly things gather around a Fountain of Health. Tichondrius
appears with Mannoroth and slay them off. They discuss Cenarius, and how he
must be killed before Archimonde can start his invasion of Kalimdor.
Tichondrius suggests that they use the Orcs. Since Mannoroth had a blood pact
with the orcs, all he needs to do is spill some blood to recharge the Orcish
bloodlust….
Chapter 5: The Hunter of Shadows:
-----------------------------------------------
:”The next morning, in the shadowed woods of Ashendale…”
Mission Objectives:
The Chaos Well:
- Discover the Source of Power
Cenarius:
- Slay Cenarius
To start of with, you have a pretty big base but it is divided by a river.
Cenarius appears and turns trees against the orcs. Right at the start you have
to defend against a massive onslaught. The base across the river being attacked
from the start cannot be saved; instead focus on building up your defenses as
fast as possible. This means researching ensnare and other abilities including
Beserker, since they have both Hippogryphs as well as Chimeras in the mix.
Since you start with the previous lumber (at 15,000) you will only need gold for
now. Stick Catapults around your base and near your watch towers, and have
raiders and Grunts defending. Research the war drums as quickly as possible and
have a Kodo or two at each entrance, beating the drums. Grom may die, but since
you have an Altar, it should be okay.
A troll witch doctor will detect a source of power; thus, you must find it.
There is only one path north, so head north with Grom; send in a catapult or two
as well as some strong units, since there are some very strong creep ahead.
Notice the cave; some Wolves will come out and attack, Timber wolf (level 2 x
2,) Giant Wolf (level 4 x 2) and Dire Frost Wolf (level 6.)
When you reach some glowing orbs in a cross formation, mow the trees down with
your catapult. Head up, where there will be a Merchant; but there are also
Furbolg (level 4 X4,) Furbolg Shaman (level 4 X 2,) Furbolg Tracker (level 6
x2,) Furbolg Elder Shaman (level 7) and Furbolg Ursa (level 8.) Note that you
can kill three of them with the catapult before you knock down the trees. Use a
witch doctor to scout head of the trees, when move the catapult next to the
rocks. Kill the first one then knock down the middle section of the trees.
When done, there should be a gap where you knocked down the trees. Move in the
catapult and kill the other two. Continue north and kill them all. It will
drop the Claws of Attack, which adds +9 to attack. Before you progress,
remember to stock up on healing and defensive items
Continue to the left and you will see some Satyrs (level 1 X2,) Satyr
Shadowdancer (level 3 X2) and Satyr Soulstealer (level 5 X2.) Be warned that
they can cast ‘Curse’ on you, so watch your units and dispel if necessary. Head
through the way gate.
You are now slightly to the south of the way gate. There are two Satyr
tricksters (level 1 X 2) and two Shadow dancers hidden. They drop a potion of
Greater healing. Head north across the river and through the arches. The next
fight is pretty difficult, so I suggest you heal up and get more potions and
healing items if necessary.
There will be a Satyr Pyromancer (level 9) with invulnerable amour at 1200 Hp.
Supporting him are Fire Archers (Level 3 X 4.) Killing them will yield an Orb
of fire.
Continue up north and there should be a few skeleton warriors and archers, but
they are nothing compared to what you just fought. Head to the right for a much
needed fountain of health. The end of the path leads to your objective, but it
is guarded by Satyr Tricksters (level 1 X2,) Satyr Shadowdancer (level 3 X2)
Satyr Soulstealer (level 5 X 2,) and Satyr Hellcaller (level 8.) Thus, bring as
much there as you can. When you reach it, Grom will drink it and turn into
Christmas Grom. Actually he turns bright red. You will now build Chaos units,
so stock up on those. Don’t forget the warlocs. There is a ring to pick up
too.
Now, you have to slay Cenarius. Yipee.
There are three encampments: Light blue at the bottom, with mostly huntresses
and ballistae, Blue at top with mostly Dyrads and huntresses, and Green in the
middle with the air units. When you destroy a base, Cenarius will come down and
attack you. Blue is the easiest target, in my opinion.
Cenarius, as you can see, is hard. Use your Warlock and Kodo drums to even it
up a bit, and rush in with as many units as you can. You deal full damage
against his armor, but he still has an ass-load of HP and does lots of damage.
When he dies, the mission is over.
Grom sees Mannoroth, who comments on their now renewed Orcish bloodlust. Grom
is angry at the demonic influence, saying that he will pave his own way.
Chapter 6: Where Wyverns Dare:
-------------------------------------------
“At that same moment, near the base of Stonetalon peak…”
Mission Objectives:
Stone Talon Peak:
- Destroy the Human base that guards the peak.
Optional Quests
Wyverns:
- Find the Wyverns
Defiled Fountain:
- Kill Centaur Khan
- Return the Glyph of Purification to restore the Fountain.
To start, a Zeppelin flies around and is attacked by Griffins. Luckily, it
crash lands at Thralls encampment. It brings news of Humans guarding the
mountain all the way to the summit. Some Cairne and some Taurens then appear,
ready to help.
To start off, train some Raiders as well as what other units you are comfortable
with, mainly grunts. Leave some units behind that can attack air and ground,
since blue will attack with Zeppelins carrying troops or with Griffins. Head to
the left, where you will find the first Optional quest. There are Lightning
Lizard (Level 2 X 3) and Thunder Lizards (Level 6 X 2.) Find the defiled
fountain.
Head back to base. You should see a path leading up that splits into two. The
left path leads to the Wyverns, where as the right hand path leads to Centaur
Khan. I suggest that you go for Khan first, since it is easier. However, the
Wyverns can make Khan killing easier, but you won’t have the fountain to heal
with.
Head up and you will find that the Harpies have captured the Wyverns. Four
Harpies (Level 2 X2, Level 4x2) will attack you, but with your raiders and two
heroes, they are nothing. Continue upwards until you come across a dozen or so
level 4 Centaurs. Kill them and visit the Laboratory. If you are daring you
could use the zeppelins to fly directly to the wyverns, but there are a lot of
harpies around there so I wouldn’t recommend it. Continue and head right,
following the path until you reach a small area with Khan and some centaurs
(level 4 X4, level 5 X2.) Khan is still at level 8, but still has his
resurrecting ability. Just smack him as hard as you can, and claim the glyph.
Remember this intersection when you return back to the fountain.
This time, head to the left when you reach the first intersection. There are a
lot of Harpies in this area, so bring raiders and ranged attackers.
Right along the path, you will spot some Quillboar hunters (level 3 X5) near a
Goblin merchant. Buy some healing items if you feel you need it. To the left,
you will see some Razormane brutes (level 3 x 3) and a Razormane Medicine Man
(level 5) for a health stone. Slay them too. A few steps upwards you will spot
even more (I didn’t count) and a chieftain (level 7.) Killing them gives you a
periapt of Vitality.
Now it is Harpy time. The next group are Harpy Rogue (level 3 X 4) with a Harpy
Stormhag (level 5.) Just ensnare them and tear them apart and pick up the
scroll of protection. The spell she uses won’t do much against large numbers.
Continue left for Harpy windwitch (level 3 X 3) and Harpy Rogue (level 3.) Right
up ahead are the wyverns.
There are Harpy Scout (level 1 X 2,) Harpy Windwitch (level 3 x 2,) Harpy Storm
Hag (level 5 X 2) and Harpy queen (level 6.) This is quite difficult, since
they have a wide range of spells. Try to dispel or use the protection scrolls,
since they use a lot of magic attacks. When they are dead, you can now build
wyverns.
It is now time to raze the Human bases. Return back to where Centaur Khan was;
the intersection I mentioned. The left path leads to Light blue’s Base., your
first target. Meanwhile, train up some wyverns and anti air units.
Light blue’s base consists of mainly riflemen, with a priest and sorceress.
There is also a Hero Arhcmae, Nilas Arcanister (level 6 Archmage.) and two more
guard towers inside the base. To start off there are two guard towers with two
footmen. A catapult should take care of them. When the defenders start rushing
towards you, spread out, since they will try to cast Blizzard on you. Nilas
will also be rushing, so the main battle really starts early. He should be easy
though, with two heroes on your side. Try to save the wyverns since the
Riflemen are plentiful.
The rest of the base should fall easily. Return to the Goblin Laboratory. You
will notice that you cannot find blue’s base, or at least find a path to it.
You must land there with zeppelins. The only problem is that there are about 9
to 10 Griffins patrolling the perimeters.
This is where your wyverns come in. Their job is to fight the Griffins and
clear a zone for your Zeppelins to land at the south end of the base. They
won’t attack you when you land, unless you venture too far inwards. Their base
is mainly guarded by Griffins and riflemen, with an occasional knight and
gyrocopter. The hero here is Bandis Forgefire, level 7 mountain king. There
are some guard towers scattered around the base but you should try to use only
one catapult or rushing them with your ground troops.
The attack should be in the direction of a combined arms attack. Use your
wyverns to get the ground units, and the ground units to get the air units.
Note that any Griffins patrolling the perimeters that you didn’t kill will now
come and defend the base. The towers are congregated in the northern part of
the base, where as most of the threat is near the south-middle. Try to send a
kodo if possible for their wardrums. The Pulverize ability really isn’t used
here unless aiming at a grouped target.
When the base is razed, the mission is finally over.
Thrall spots a human woman entering the caves. It turns out to be Jaina
Produmoore, also seeking the oracle? Could it be a trap? Thrall’s experience
with humans says so, so they proceed…
Chapter 7: The Oracle:
------------------------------
“Twenty Minutes later, inside the caverns of Stonetalon Peak…”
Mission Objectives:
The Oracle:
- Seek out the Oracle
- Thrall must survive.
The Heart of Aszune:
- Find the Heart of Aszune
- Return the Heart to Aszune.
Enchanted Gemstone:
- Find the Enchanted Gemstone
- Bring the Enchanted Gemstone to the Spectral bridge.
- Cairne Bloodhoof must survive.
Thrall and Cairne wander the caverns, reaching a fork in the road. They decide
to spilt up.
You start off in a caged area. There is a box just below you which has a potion
when you attack it. There is a gate to your left that you have to attack.
Outside are a few skeletons and ancient undead units. This map resembles a
Diablo 2 level, so I won’t go and label every creep you will encounter, although
I will list the major and higher level ones.
Follow the path until you come at a T section. To the top there is an
attackable gate with a Mantle of Intelligence inside. Head downwards to
continue. There will be a small gate at the next room at the bottom. It leads
to a Sludge Monstrosity (level 5) and two sludge monsters that drop a Ring of
Regeneration. Head to the right when you are done here.
There are crates along this diagonal path that drop items, but the second one
you come across will unleash a wraith. There is another gate in the next room
that leads to a Fire Revenant and a scroll of Animate dead and Tome of Agility.
Head up when you are done.
There will be a small intersection up next. The left path leads to a tome of
intelligence and two fallen Priests (acolytes, level 1.) The Right path leads
to a Level 9 Death Revenant and some minions that drop an orb of fire. Break
the crates and take the potions. Head right over the bridge for another Death
Revenant. Heal up and get prepared for another tough boss fight.
The Skeleton King (hmmm) has about 1000 HP and does a good deal of damage (100)
so fight wisely. The minions are easy to take care of. Notice there is a gate
to the left of his throne. To enter it, head to the bottom of the throne room
and bust the gate open. There is a Level 7 Salamander Vizer that guards the
Blood key. Note that it is asleep and blocked by another gate, so nail it with
ranged attacks. Head back up and smash the other crates to get the Crown of
Kings.
Head out of the throne room and into the Way Gate. Head to the right and bust
through the gate. The peasants will arm themselves when they reach the wall, so
kill them quickly. Continue right and a Kobold Taskmaster will burst out and
attack you… and die. The next cell has 3 Troll head hunters so free them and
they will join you. The next room has a fire Salamander that drops the Sobi
Mask. Continue the path until you see some sheep scrolling about…
And now you see why. Kill the sorceresses first before dealing with the footmen
that come from the back. In the next room, break the gate on the left and
follow it to two more Troll head hunters that will join you. There is a much
needed Scroll of Resurrection. Return to the main room and heal up, as well as
cast any status improving magic that you have.
Up ahead you see a Level 10 Red Dragon fighting 2 Harpy Queens and 2 Harpy
Rogues. Run away and let them fight each other of. Return to kill them all and
pick up the Heart of Aszune. Head up through the Way Gate.
You now start back at the second way gate. Bust through the bottom door and
head near the statue. Now head to the right. Control will now shift to Cairne,
who must find the gemstone.
To the north there is a stone token that can be reached by attacking the rocks
around it. There are two paths to the south. The one on the left leads to a
few Kolbolds and Potions, which are recommended. The right path leads to three
humans that get gored by the traps. Continue on that path the rifleman was on,
downwards.
There will be some humans and crates at the bottom of the path. Some Kobolds
will burst through the rocks and drop a Tailisman. Continue and go down the
path. You will see a “Hungry Hungry Lizard” in the corner, but…
Don’t attack it. It will clear a path for you by knocking/eating those giant
mushrooms. It can take a while, but you will be the Lions horn of Protection,
which gives the Hero a protective aura. Continue to the right; there will be a
three way split. Cairne notices that the Boars are protecting a gemstone.
The gate appears to be invulnerable, so you will need to find another way.
First head straight forward into the middle path. There will be a circle of
power. Stepping on it will trigger the trap that kills all the boars down
there. Head back and take the upwards path. Step on that circle and the Gate
will open. Collect the Gemstone. There are some kobold on the bottom right
path there, that drop Claws of attack. There is also a Salamander Lord walking
around on the lava. Kill it and head back to the fountain to heal. When you
are done, head right by walking across the lava.
When you reach the other side, the Two war Golems (level 6) will attack you.
Head to the right and the Siege golem (level 9) will attack. Kill it to get the
Ghost key and open the door to Thrall. Move Cairne to the statue and the Bridge
will appear, ending the Scenario.
Thrall enters to see Jaina there. They prepare for battle but the Prophet
angrily tells them to stop. He reveals to Thrall that Lordaeron has fallen to
the Legion, and so has Grom. As such Thrall must join forces with the humans to
save the Orcs and everything else from the Burning Legion…
Chapter 8: By Demons be Driven:
--------------------------------------------
“Three days later, near the edge of the Barrens…”
Mission Objectives:
Hellscream:
- Capture Grom in the Soul Gem
- Bring Grom to Jaina’s Ritual Circle
There is an uneasy feeling as the humans team up with the Orcs. Yet, with so
much at stake, they rely on each other.
From the start, build up your defenses, since you will be under attack from the
Infernals. My Recommendation is to keep exploration to a minimum, since it is
mostly creeps in the middle section of the map.
The Ritual Circle is to the left of your base. Pretty easy to find. To your
right there is a Goblin lab, but it is guarded. The Shredders are extremely
useful though, since you will need a lot of resources.
To the north, there is a Fountain of health guarded by Centaur Khan and other
Centaurs. Further north, there are some Orcs being held prisoner.
The top left corner has an Orc Base, whereas the top left has another base as
well as Grom. But unlike the other maps, he is sitting on a throne literally at
the corner of the map. He has about 6 or 8 Doomguards as well as half a dozen
Felhounds around him. There are also a few Chaos Orcs near by.
This map is pretty damn hard. The Chaos Orcs boast about a 10+ damage bonus as
well as more HP. Furthermore, at random intervals, a pair of Infernals will
land anywhere on the map and rush towards you. At times, if you are unlucky
enough, they may even land directly in your base...
The top left base can be ignored, since have nothing other than trouble. Be
warned that the buildings look pointier than usual; they have the spike
barricades, so you will have to attack buildings with ranged attackers.
The top right base is slightly easier, although longer. Firstly, defend your
base so that it can defend against Infernals without too much damage. Next,
build up a large force of Catapults, Taurens, and Raiders. Support units
should be Shamans or Kodos, with the occasional witch doctor for healing.
Wyverns will help later on, but only a few. You really have to max upon units
first. When fill up the queue. This is more of a battle of attrition.
When you are ready, head to the right and follow the path upwards. Keep an eye
on your units, since there are enemy encampments along the way. Eventually you
will reach the outskirts of the base. The general concept is to attack the
buildings and towers with your catapults, escorting them with the Taurens. The
Raiders and the heros should be attacking stray units. Be patient as well;
don’t rush forward. Try to lure them into your already in position catapults.
When you reach a flaming crater, you will know that you are at the entrance of
the base. Prepare your Catapults in formation and lure the enemies to you.
Micromanagement is important here. It is best if you save the spells up, since
you will need them later on.
The humans will attack from time to time, but it is utterly pathetic and
futile. However, you can use it to your advantage by attacking as the same time
they do, so they enemy will be distracted as well as you having a helping hand.
Note that just below the main base, there is a smaller outpost. You can rescue
some Orc units there if you wish. Also not that the Creeps here drop some
pretty good items, but they are hard to beat. The Storm Wyrm at the top of the
map for example, drops a Medallion of Courage,
When the base is destroyed, heal up. This is a good time to send in those
wyverns. The units up next are the Burning Legions with a few Chaos Ors:
First:
4 Felhounds,
2 Doom guards
then
2 Doomguards
2 Chaos Warlocs
2 Chaos Grunts
2 Chaos Raiders.
And Finally
2 Doomguards
Grom Hellscream, Level 10 Blademaster.
Try to take the fight away from the other sections. A good place is to stay in
the area between the craters and the pillars with glyphs on top. They will rush
at you to get slaughtered. Next, move your Catapults etc between the pillars
and the main arch. You can hit the Doomguards, but for some reason the Chaos
Orcs won’t come forward. Lure them with a spear from the troll.
Eventually there will be only the Two Doomguards and Grom. You must not kill
Grom though, but instead, use the Soul gem on him. When you approach, a
cutscene plays, revealing that the Orcs willingly took on the Demonic influence.
Note that there is a more direct alternative. Thanks to Mr. Kincaid Kids for
this tip. Find it in the Addendum.
Oddly enough, after the cutscene, nobody attacks. Use the Gem as fast as you
can, then get the hell out of there. Send in the rest of your units to cover
Thrall’s escape. Head back to the ritual circle with a few escorts just in
case.
When you reach the circle, the scenario ends.
Grom is filled with energy in the circle, returning to his normal self. He
apologizes for his mistake, and mentions that Mannoroth is waiting for them, at
the Canyon.
Thrall and Grom walk, looking for the beast. From behind, Mannoroth gives a
roar and taunts the Orcs. Thrall launches his Doomhammer at Mannoroth, but he
blocks it easily. In a single move, Mannoroth charges and blasts Thrall away.
Mannoroth speaks of the bloodpact to Grom, and how he will never escape. Filled
with rage, Grom rushes forward with a mighty roar and cleaves Mannoroth’s blade
in half, burying his battle axe deep on the chest of the hulking beast. With a
roar, Mannoroth explodes in a tempest of infernal flames.
Thrall recovers and finds Grom. Thrall thanks his old friend for saving the orc
race, and Grom dies.
****************************
[End of Orc Campaigns]
****************************
============================
Nightelf Sentinel Campaigns:
Eternity’s End
============================
Chapter 1: Enemies at the Gate
------------------------------------------------
“With the heroic sacrifice of Grom Hellscream, the pit lord Mannoroth was slain
and the Demon curse that had plagued the Orcs was put to an end. However, the
combined Human and Orc forces have moved deeper into Ashenvale forest to
ascertain whether a demonic threat still lingers in the land.
Tyrande Whisperwind, the leader of the Night Elf Sentinels, believes that the
oulanders will bring only doom to the enchanted homeland.”
Mission Objectives:
Night elf base:
- Entangle a gold mine
- Construct a moon well
- Construct an Ancient of War
- Train 5 Archers
Invaders:
- Slay the Paladin.
Optional Quests:
Furbolg Village:
- Locate 10 missing Furbolg.
Tyrande Whisperwind stares off in the distance. Shandris Feathermoon finds the
leader of the elves and inquires what she is doing. The Orc and Human base is
worrying her, and she decides to teach them a lesson.
Firstly, select the Tree of life and select “Entangle goldmine.” Select a wisp
and build a moon well and Ancient of war.
Take Tyrande and head south, to a nearby Furbolg village. The chieftain says
that they need to find the 10 missing villagers before they can head off to
another land.
From the Elven base, take the path north-west. There will be two Furbolgs (2.)
Go east, so you are north of your base. You can find 3 more archers there.
Head back down to the Furbolg village, and go around it to the south. Cross the
river to find 2 more. You can head to the west from there to find a small human
camp. Note that if you attack at night, 2 more will come out from the tents.
Raze the encampment to receive a potion and scroll of healing.
Return to base. When your base has finished building, it is time to kill the
paladin. The main base is at the south west corner. There are two encampments
at the center of the map and at the far left, but they are small. Duke
Lionheart (paladin level 6) is at the main camp.
Head to the west following the only path. Heal at the fountain if you need to,
then head up to destroy the orc outpost. Continue west wards; there is another
encampment if you head up when you first enter the river. This time they have
griffins, although since your attacks are ranged, it makes little difference.
From there, head north and take care of the three raiders that appear on your
right. Rescue the three Furbolgs and cross the river directly to the west.
There will be another set of Furbolgs there. However, there are also enemy
wyverns, although you could time it so you can sneak past them. There is little
point though, since there is another outpost directly south of you. From there.
Cross the river to the south to find the final Furbolg. Return to the shaman
for your reward, three Furbolg champions..
Note that you can travel freely on the rivers. The only thing left to do now is
to destroy the paladin. Wait until it is night though. Rush in and nail the
Paladin with all you got. Use the Furbolgs to distract him. There are two
other Furbolgs in the south-east of the base that also count towards the
optional quest.
When the paladin dies, the Mission is accomplished.
< Mission Accomplished>
The Undead legions are now attacking the settlement. The vast numbers overwhelm
the base.
Chapter 2: Daughters of the Moon:
----------------------------------------------
“Three hours later, somewhere in the foothills of Mount Hyjal…”
Mission Objectives:
Escape into shadow:
- Bring Tyrande to the Night Elf Town.
- Hide from the Patrolling Doomguard
- Tyrande must survive.
To start off, you have to reach the town at the south east of the map. This is
a semi-fun mission. The most important thing to remember is that “i" will cause
Tyrande to hide. Enemies pursuing her will magically forget about her. You can
also kill the Doomguards.
To start off, head to the north west. There will be a DG (Doomguard) patrolling
back and forth, so time it so you can run past. Kill the DG standing near the
Slippers of Agility and head south on the river. Head down until you see a
cage. Free the Furbolg and follow it. It will engage the DG, so you can hit
them from afar. After the curve, hug the right tree wall and you will find some
crates that contain a druid pouch. At this point the furbolg will walk off, so
you can ignore it.
Continue south, across the bridge. There will be a single footman setting
camp. Kill him and five more archers will join you. Cross the river; the fix
footmen will fight some ghouls. Either way you will have to kill both, so let
them take each other down first.
Head upwards to the Goblin Merchant. Stock up on what you need. At the same
time, some undead are attacking the orc encampment. They are actually pretty
even handed, so let them duke it out and take out the survivors. Pick up the
mantle of intelligence too. Head through the way gate.
Heal at the fountain. Suddenly a shade will get killed by some huntresses
(three of them.) Break down the gate and kill the shade and DG. Three stone
gargoyles guard a gloves of haste, so smash them down. Right about now another
DG will arrive from the left, so hide for now then take him out.
Head to the left. There is a spike trap with a ring of protection in the
middle. Attack the trap to shrink it, then take the ring. Head north. Kill
the shade on the left and the humans will head north to fight a DG. Let them
duke it out and head north through the gate. The DG drops a tome of strength
though, so it is up to you. When you reach the fountain on the other side, 4
huntresses and 2 archers will join to reinforce you. Right ahead is a major
undead base, so you will need them. Continue right when you are ready.
The first turn has a Mana stone and manual of health, but it is guarded by 2 DGs
and a Spirit tower. The next turn leads to your target objective, but there is
an Undead encampment there. When you reach that area, you will gain some
ballistae as well as more huntresses. At the same time, dawn is starting to
break, so you will have to hurry.
Note that there is an Easter egg; Right where you get the Ballistae, aim north
and bring your hero north. Thanks to Ryan Palarca,
Use the ballistae to target the numerous Spirit towers. Have the other units
cover the ballistae. The rest is pretty simple. Head south through the gate to
finish the mission.
Shandris reveals that they have been attacked by the undead. As such, Tyrande
feels the only option left is to summon the Druids…
Chapter 3: The Awakening of Stormrage:
--------------------------------------
“The next day, near the outskirts of the sacred Moonglades…”
Mission Objectives:
Furion Stormrage:
- Reach Moonglade isle behind he Orc base.
- Slay the Primal Guardians.
- Bring Tyrande to the Horn of Cenarius
- Slumbering Furion Stormrage must survive
The Undead are infringing upon the land, and to deal with them, they must be
stopped before they reach the Sleeping Druid. There is nothing much you can do
against them, nor should you. They are to the left of the map, as indicated by
the minimap. Tichondrius (Level 10) is there, with lots of towers, and a few
abominations and crypt fiends. Their Ghouls are constantly harvesting lumber
that will lower the tree count, but you cannot reach them (corrected: see
credits.)
The main Orc base is to the right, and it is actually pretty poorly defended, at
the start anyways. They have about 3 towers spread out, a few raiders in an
outpost outside the base, and some witchdoctors and shamans. There is a level 5
blademaster, Kigami. Behind the base, the path leads to an isle where your
objectives lie.
Firstly, you have 100 trees; about 20 to 30 minutes to wrap things up. All you
need are a few ballistae, some huntreses and archers, and maybe a Dryad for
support. Wait until dark to attack. Note that they will periodically send some
units at you, but nothing major.
The longer you wait, the more units the orcs will have. When I launched my
actual attack they had a few more grunts as well as wyverns. So prepare for a
larger force. You will need it. Try to have Tyrande learn trueshot aura first.
When you are done with the Orc base, you now must face the Guardians. The first
one you will see will be the fire guardian. The dryads are extremely useful
here, so take advantage of their spells. Some level 4 Owlbears will rush out
from the cave. Follow the path and heal at the fountain.
The next target is the Ice guardian. It will case curse and slow, so use the
Dryards well. Owlbears will rush out once again. The next target is the
Lightning Guardian, which can cast slow. Same tactic applies here.
Send Tyrande to the Clarion.
Furion awakens and summons Treants to decimate the undead.
Chapter 4: The Druids Arise:
----------------------------
“Two days later, deep in the winter spring valley...”
Mission Objectives:
Awaken Druids:
- Reach the Barrow Dens.
- Destroy the Corrupted Night Elf base.
- Bring Furion to Barrow Dens.
Optional Quests
Crazed Furbolgs:
- Kill the Furbolg Warlord.
Cursed Glade:
- Kill the Death Revenant to restore the forest.
You start of at the bottom right corner, with a small base. Your target is near
the top right corner. There are five bases in your way.
This is a very air orientated map. To the north lies the Orcs, of which you
cannot reach by land. Their main force consists of Wyverns, which they will
attack your base with. Purple is directly to the east, also inaccessible. They
have a huge fleet of Frost Wyrms and Gargoyles, a base I think the Elves cannot
raze at this point. Be warned that they will attack you as well, so have
extreme anti-air defenses around.
To the north there is a fountain of health, guarded by three Trolls. To the
left there are a few Furbolgs; they are the same ones from Ashenvale, but they
have become corrupted. Thus, you must head out and destroy the Furbolg
warlord.
Head north and follow the path; it will be a large Furbolg encampment. The
first area has Furbolg (level 4 X 5,) Furbolg tracker (level 6) and Furbolg
Elder Shaman (level 7.) Head up and you will face Furbolg (level 4 X 2,)
Furbolg Tracker (level 6,) Furbolg elder Shaman (level 7 X 3) and the Warlord
(level 9.) Kill him to get Claws of Power.
Head back down to the south, then east. Two huntresses will appear to warn of
danger. You must now destroy a human base (light blue) to the southeast.
There is a paladin, Aurrius the Pure (level 4) there, as well as a few footmen,
and the odd sorceress, priest and rifleman lying around. There are two towers,
but they are at the exit of the base near the gate. To the north there is
another light blue base, but it is all Griffins and Gyrocopter based.
The base is pretty easy to raze, and you should be used to it by now. Head
through the south gate when you are done, and you will be greeted by some more
reinforcements. Head south and take care of the ambush. To the bottom left
corner there is a Level 10 Storm Wyrm behind some trees. Use Furion to summon
Treants from the trees blocking your way to help out. The Storm Wyrm drops a
Sobi mask. Follow the path to the right.
If you continue to the right to the bottm right corner of the screen, the Death
Revenant will be there (level 8) with an assortment of Wraiths and Ghosts. The
Death Revenant has the Vampric aura, which allows units around it to leech life
(thanks to Adam Hewitt for clarifying this.) Kill him to restore the forest and
complete the optional quest.
Head to the north when you are done. You will run into a corrupted Night Elf
base. A new objective will be given, and Ballistae are the way to go. There
are plenty of static defenders, as well as Satyr and Corrupted Treants. The
Dryads and Huntresses should take good care of them. Use archers if you need
to. There is a Satyr hero (Satyr Hellcaller, level 8.)
With that done, head up.
Furion will summon forth the Druids of the Talon. All three of them. Yipee.
Now for the Druids of the Claw. Maybe there will be more than two this time.
Chapter 5: Brothers in Blood:
-----------------------------
“The next morning, within the subterranean Barrow Deeps of Mount Hyjal...”
Mission Objectives:
Awaken Druids:
- Discover the location of the Barrow Deeps
- Tyrande Whisperwind must survive.
- Furion Stormrage must survive.
Free Illidan
- Locate Illidan’s Prison.
- Defeat the Watchers.
- Tyrande Whisperwind must survive.
Optional Quests:
Bear Necessities:
- Get water from the Fountain of life.
- Return the filled vial to the Furbolgs.
Another maze map, so I will list only boss or strong enemies. Head south.
There will be an upper route to the top left; take it and kill the kobolds.
There is another one on the right, but with wendigoes.
Head south and kill the Giant spiders (Blood Mother, level 8.) There is
actually little, if any variation in the path you can take. Head south and you
will see a defiled fountain. Giant spiders will be popping out everywhere, and
Tyrande will comment on Demons bile causing this.
Continue the path to find some Furbolgs and the optional quest. Continue the
path. The first path upwards leads to some wraiths and archers. The next niche
leads to Lightning Lizard (level 2 x 3) and Thunder Lizard (level 6) as well as
the fountain you need. Bring the vial holder near it and return to the
Furbolgs. You will get the Talisman of the wild as a reward.
Head back to the path and continue. After a cut scene, Tyrande will run off.
Follow the path until you reach the circle of power. At the top of that bit
though, you will find some giant mushrooms.
Mr. Scott Benoit has a tip for this section:
“About half way down between the start and the defiled fountain of life, on the
right side of the map is a rather large patch of mushrooms. A couple casting's
worth of treants later reveals a path strewn with bones and a short cutscene,
leading to the World's Biggest Panda (Level 10 of course). Kill it to get a
Necklace of Spell Immunity.”
Summon some treants from the far top bit to use the Treants to kill the Sludge
monster. It will drop a wand of negation. To the bottom, there are more
mushrooms. The left turn leads to lots of skeletons. The bottom mushroom leads
to a small, hidden circle of power. Head through it and you will be warped to a
small area. Ahead is a level 8 Ice Revenant and 4 Level 3 Skeleton archers that
will drop the Robe of Magic. Head through the gateway to return and head to the
circle when you are done.
Continue right along the bridge and kill the Watchers. They will drop a claw of
attack. The south path leads to a fountain of mana. Head north to proceed.
Notice that there are Black dragon whelps (level 3.)
A cut scene will play, where the Druids of the Claw have lost to the feral
side. They will attack you, but at any time if you kill any, the mission will
end. Use cyclone or entangle like the game suggests. Run like hell through the
maze. It is a single path way, but there are gates in the way. Just run to the
end and enter the circle. Control will shift to Tyrande.
Right off the bat, the Watchers will rush you. The south path leads to a few
gates, and a Tome of knowledge. Find the end of this route and attack the
pedestal to get the item. Head back out when you are done (back to bottom
path.). Head to the left; the bottom cage has three huntresses, and a circle of
power is to the north; activate it and return to where you started.
The Top path is next, and it is quite simple. When you activate the second
circle of power, return to where you started and go through the newly opened
gate.
The path is pretty simple here too. Turn downwards when you reach the bottom,
where there are some asleep watchers. Break open the gate to get new weapons,
boosting your stats considerably. Return to the main corridor and follow it to
the end. There are a few prisoners to save here. The first one on the left,
you need to destroy the green egg pods; each one destroyed will release one
prisoner. Thanks to Victoria Vanderson for this tip.
Head north through the way gate.
Follow the path downwards. Continue down at the T intersection. Inside you
will get some useful land mines. Head back out and follow the path.
You will notice that the Enemies here are traveling in a circle. This is where
the mines come in. Quickly place a mine when there aren’t enemies around to
damage them. When they are used up, slay them.
Head up. There are more units, with Califax (keeper of the grove level 3)
guarding the prison cell, along with two watchers. This is a good time to use
Tyrande’s new Starfall spell…
Defeat them and the scenario ends.
Furion is angry that Illian is free. Tyrande pleads for them to put aside their
sibling rivalry for now to deal with the burning legions.
Chapter 6: A Destiny of Flame and Sorrow
-----------------------------------------
“The following evening, deep in the corrupted forest of Felwood.”
Mission Objectives:
The Skull of Gul’Dan
- Destroy the Demon Gate guarding the Skull
- Bring Illidan to the Skull
Destroy Tichondrius
- Destroy Tichondrius with your newfound powers.
This map doesn’t have that much opposition. Instead, it is in the form of
Burning Legion units. To the northeast of your base lies a Corrupted Ancient
(orange) base. They aren’t actually that well defended, and the encampment is
pretty small. There is a Skeleton king Hero (level 9) and a few undead. To the
northwest lies Green, another Corrupted Ancient base. They are much better
defended, with lots of Corrupted Ancient of Protections lying about. Most of
the forces there are Stayrs. Directly west lies a Goblin Merchant, guarded by
spiders.
Build up your defenses quickly, sine Green will attack right off the bat. Build
up a sizeable force and raze orange (for the experience.) You could do the same
to Green too, but bring some Ballistae and Dryads along for the Satyrs and
Protectors.
Your first target is to the North West. There are six Doomguards, three
Felhounds, and two Infernals guarding the base. Bring what you think will be
the most useful.
When you are ready head there. To the northeast corner lies Tichondrius, but he
is too strong (level 10) for the time being.
Take care of the burning legions and destroy the gate. Illidan will claim the
skull for his own, transforming into a Demonic being. Only Illidan can damage
Tichondrius, so be sure not to waste your units. You could probably win by just
sending him and a few Druids. With his death the mission ends.
Tyrande and Furion find Illidan, shocked at what he has become. Furion banishes
his brother from the forests forever.
Interlude: The Last Guardian:
-----------------------------
“Two days later, in a tranquil glade of Mount Hyjal...”
Furion and Tyrande are waiting in a glade, discussing the dream that summoned
Furion there. Furion speaks of a mystical raven that came to his dream.
Thrall and Jaina appear, also summoned by the mysterious Raven. Tyrande is
obviously unhappy with the intruders, and the Prophet shows up just in time.
He tells of the purpose for the Legion; the prophet himself. Many years ago the
wizard Medivh open the gate that allowed the Orcs into this world, the same
pathway that allowed Demons to cross.
Now it is time for Medivh, the prophet, to unite the forces to defeat that which
threatens all life itself...
Chapter 7: Twilight of the Gods
--------------------------------
“The next morning, near Hyjal Sumit.
The NightElven, Orcs, and Humans gather to plan their defense of the mountain.”
Mission Objectives:
Delay Archimonde:
- Delay Archimonde for 45 minutes.
- Archimonde must not reach the mountain summit.
Archimonde is after the Life Tree, the source of the Elven’s immortality. The
combined forces plan their defense of the mountain to slow down Archimonde so
Furion’s plan will work.
The summit is the Circle of power to the top right of your base, near the
gates. The undead base is at the bottom left corner, and their path will first
reach the human settlement (Light blue) then the Orcs (red) then finally the
Elven base (white.)
This is a purely defense map. It is near impossible to destroy the Undead base,
as it can spawn infinite Burning Legion units (almost actually.) Not to mention
that Archimonde is posing near the entrance, it is pretty difficult to gain
entry.
Your first immediate task is to have a defense ready. Plug Ancient of Protector
around strategic locations of the map, mainly the entrance of the bases. Next,
mass up a large army, preferably balanced since the undead will mix up their
units, hurling about mixed groups of 20 or so units.
The first task will be to hold the human settlement for as long as possible.
The human base has a certain indentation that you could use as a funnel to flank
the enemies, but be sure to have wisps on hand to repair the Ancients. Note
that Shandria and Tyrande are there, so it helps a lot too.
Note that your heroes can die, since you can resurrect them at the altar (costly
though.) Your general plan should be to have Furion join the other heroes. The
Dryards make good support units, but keep your main focus on defense. Ballistae
with the impalement upgrade are great, as well as mounted Hippogryphs. The gold
mine will run out, but there is another one to the west. Don’t forget you have
two other allies to distract the undead. If you want, you could use some
Hippogryphs to battle against the Frost Wyrms that they send. Usually they
won’t send more than 4 or 5. Gargoyles on the other hand number about 8-10 per
attack.
There are several mercenary camps around your base. There are two just south,
and another one to the north. You can hire some Furbolgs and Trolls if you
wish, but they still take up resources.
The first half of the map isn’t really that difficult. Mostly a mix of normal
units. Try to make good use of your spells. Tranquility is a good spell to
use, as well as the Druid’s Roar.
However, near the 20 minute mark, Undead heroes will start appearing. There are
three heroes that they use; Anktheron (level 10 Dreadlord,) Azgala (level 10 Pit
Lord) and Rage Winterchill (level 10 Lich.) Also notice that wisps will start
gathering at the Life Tree.
Towards the 10 minute mark, multiple undead heroes will start attacking you.
The Druid of the Talon’s Cyclone ability is useful here, allowing you to focus
on the fodder before concentrating on the Hero. By now the human settlement
should be razed, or at least badly damaged. Move to the orc base if you need
to, since you pretty much will need to.
Towards the last few minutes, the pace will pick up so there will be a wave
every 30 seconds or less. In the final Minute, Archimonde himself will start
the ascent to the summit. This is more of a stalling game. Just flood the hell
out of him, slamming every spell and attack you have on him. You should be able
to wait out the full last minute here. Once you do, you have finished the
Scenario, as well as the Nightelf Sentinel campaign and Warcraft 3.
Congratulations!
Furion’s plan has worked. Playing on Archimonde’s overconfidence, he is lured
to the Tree of Life, where the Ancestral Spirits from all over the forest gather
to the call of the Clarion. They disintegrate Archimonde, and in a massive
blast, the conflagration razes the Tree of Life and miles of forest around the
tree of life. Yet, almost immediately, the roots of the Tree start growing
back.
Now that the Elvenkind have lost their immortality, how will they live their
lives?
************************************
[End of Nightelf Sentinel Campaigns]
************************************
================================
********************************
{ End of Warcraft 3 Campaigns }
********************************
================================
======================
VII. Addendum
======================
->Mr.Briareos Kerensky offers a massively useful insight on changes in
difficulty levels.
“I was reading your FAQ after I finished the game one time and restarted it in
hard mode. It is pretty accurate, but in hard mode some mission must be played
in a different way...for example, mission 8 in the Human campaign, Dissenssion:
you have only 15 minutes to destroy the five boats, and most you'll have to rush
in most occasions to do it in time: first the canyon with those Spirit
Towers...you'll have to run, ignoring their fire, just like the final Undead
enchampment, your heroes should run toward the boat and destroy it while the
mercenaries take care of the Undeads.
In The Culling (Human, mission 6), Mal'Ganis will revive well before 2.5
minutes, IIRC 1.5-2 minutes...the first time you encouter him it's easy,
but after that he'll bring lots of units (the second time I've found 3
Necromancers with an undefined numbers of Ghouls and 4/5 Abominations)...better
to ignore Mal'Ganis and his party. Also, your base
will be under attack of large amounts of Undead units, after the fourth
wave, it is pretty impossible to defend it and increase the numbers of men in
the city...In fact, when my body count was more or less 70, I ignored
the base, stayed away from Mal'Ganis and ended the mission.
In the first mission of the Undead campaign (Trudging through the Ashes)
you'll have to rescue all Acolytes on the map (24), and there will be more
patrols in all cities.
In the last mission (Under the Burning Sky) I've found that fixed defenses
are useful especially to defend the base at Kel'Thuzad's left, and
mass-producing Frost Wyrms and Crypt Spiders (hope the names are correct, I play
with a translated version) is the best way to defend the rite, as you can
concentrate on upgrading only one kind of attack/defense, with some Spirit
Towers around Kel'Thuzad, but not too much.
Also, in the prologue, if you have Thrall and other units scout both maps,
you'll find creeps (useful to level up) and other objects, like an
Intelligence book, a Protection ring and a Mana Scroll.
So far those are the only missions I ended in hard mode, if you found those
infos useful, I will send others later.”
->Mr.Frans vanden Oever strikes again with his incredible knowledge:
I have another little addition to my tip. With unholy aura you can let Undead
regenerate while they aren't on blight. You see, Undead regenerate only when
they are on blight with 2 hp per second. By the way, Humans and Orcs
regenerate always at a rate of 0.25 hp per second and Night Elves at a rate
of 0.5 hp per second, but only during the night.
-> Mr. Sid Oak sent in this tip:
“Hi, this e-mail is about your WArcraft 3 strategy guide. I don't know if you
already know this, but in the second human mission if you cut down the trees
right above the murloc pond you can reach a bunch of
ogres, which would probably be worth the experience and treasure at that level.
Also, in the Undead campaign when you are invading the elves, you can build a
banshee and posess one of the elven peasants.
The elves can build some human structures and elven barracks and guard towers.
The barracks can build ballistae, elven swordsmen, elven archers, and
dragonhawks, which only take up TWO food, which rocks. Whats interesting is that
it seems that you can build an unlimited number of heroes from the altar of
kings you can build. I built 2 archmagi and a mountain king before I ran out of
food. I tried this in the Sunwell mission but I think it should work in the
others.”
->Mr. Moises Miguel Zee pointed out something I missed.
“You missed an optional quest in human campaign mission 2 I also missed that
once coz the guy was talking about the healing fountain it's easy to complete
just go on the upper left part above the grainery and shoot that's where it is.
It does nothing but it's worth a shot.”
->“Fyrewind” notices a very obscure Easter Egg. Kudos for his extreme
observation.
Hi there, I was reading your guide on gamefaqs. Here's 2 secrets (easter
eggs) I discovered in Warcraft 3. One of the human campaign misions, in the
town (I think it's the second mission where the orcs are attacking a village)
there's a building with the sign "Bob's Guns" this refers to the Bob's Guns from
Starcraft on asphalt structure in wasteland tileset (see campaign editor)
This second discovery..second mission of the night elves. Summon an owl with
Tyrande Whisperwind and seqarch around the TOP RIGHT area of the map, near a
fountain of health. Hidden behind some trees is a Hydralisk from Starcraft. I'm
not joking here. When you bring your units there, there should be some ballistae
around, use them to mow down the trees and bring Tyrande to it and the Hydralisk
is under your control (rescuable), it does about around to 84-120 damage and it
even has the Hydralisk sound effects. (does not have any spells or special
abilities)
I have also heard of a rumor concerning marines when finishing the game on hard.
But I'm not sure on that yet.
->“Chrisdude” sent in this tip.
“I just thought you should know that in Chapter 3 of the human campaign (Ravages
of the Plague), you can kill Timmy with Arthas' "Holy Light" (or something like
that) spell and he'll drop a treasure.”
-> Mr Edward Fu noticed this:
In the third human mission, Ravages of the Plague, remember how Jaina was
attacked by those ogres in the beginning? If you go east from the starting
position, you can find two more ogres to kill for exp. Even better, there's a
sheep there that will drop Bracers of Agility (+1 to Agility when carried) when
you kill it.
-> Mr. Wai Y. Chung offers his help:
“Something you guys missed that would be a great help in Mission 8 of Humans.
When you get to the Goblin Merchant at the top of the run down the path with
Spirit towers on either side, there's a great item you can buy there called the
amulet of recall (or something similar) and it lets you teleport a group of up
to 12 units to the location of the hero.
there are 2 of those available for purchase at the merchant. So get Arthas, buy
one and get Muradin to buy one. Then group 12 units (not including Arthas), at
the top of the run. turn on Divine Shield and charge down the run, if you have
it at level 3, the invulnerability should be on still when you get to the bottom
of the run. Then use the recall amulet to bring the troops down to destroy ship
number 4.
Ship number 5 is a bit trickier coz the defense is tougher and you should be a
little pressed for time. But you should be alright to wait for the divine
shield to charge up again and repeat the trick. Just carry a few healing
potions if you're worried. And whatever you do, don't stop for anything. All
you need to do is destroy the ship.”
->Mr. Dustin Woods offers an alternate idea:
“>Chapter 8: Dissension:
>-----------------------------
>At the start you have little units. Fortunately, there are several
mercenary>camps around. One of them is directly to your left, so hire a few
trolls.>You will need a ranged attacker to bring down the boats.
Actually, this is not true. The dwarf's first spell will sink a boat in a
single casting. You can run past many of the enemies or just kill them
with Arthas and the dwarf. The only mercenaries I 'had' to buy were the
Sappers. I needed them to knock down the trees blocking access one of the
boats. Other than that, Arthas and the dwarf should be sufficient.”
->“Skydreemr” offers a tip for the first Undead Mission.
“In the undead mission number 1, you intrct the reader to go through the gate-
however, one can also use his/her units to cut down the trees in thel ittle
gathering of houses to the bottom left of the gate, and the left of thw gaurd
outpost. You find a small path leading directly into the town with no gaurd
confrontation”
-> Mr. Aaron Hainley sent in this tip for Undead Mission 2.
“I can't see anyone else who has found the area called 'Pandaren Relaxation
Area' in Warcraft III. I found this area after I destroyed every single tree on
a level looking for new items and as no one else has it listed and your FAQ is
the best out right now I thought I might as well pass it on. The mission this is
on is the second for the Undead and you need the meat wagons to get there (kill
the trees) or if you have a LOT of time cut them all down but I would really
recommend the meat wagons. The area is in the middle against the left hand side
of the map and you need to knock down all the trees to get there. Once you move
there it will say:
SECRET FOUND
Pandaren Relaxation Area
And flash up a picture of a panda. This is however all it does that I
have noticed.
Also of interest is an area on the cliff just above here where you get a wierd
little animation with some big foot's.”
->Mr Adrian Easton / Mr. shinsensei adds more to that tip.
“just found a secret area in warcraft 3 in the 2nd mission of the undead
campaign. At the centre of the map next to a forest there are two poles at the
top of which are found some skulls, if you use your meat wagon and bring down
some trees to make a passage u'll get through to a clearing at the end of which
you'll get a small cinematics involving 2 big apes called swasgashe-something
and they''l attack u.
After you beat them u'll find a waterfall next to their camp but it is at a
lower level. So just bring down your meat wagon and make another passage through
the forest next to the village and voilа..... Ypu'll be able to get to the
waterfall and a blured picture of a panda will appear for 1 or 2 sec and on-
screen you'll be able to read Pandora sceret found [i am not sure that's the
exact words though]
and that's all nothing more
Did you know abt this secret? am I the first one to discover
it :DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD ????????
well hope it help for ur faq”
->Sacco for this little known tip:
“In the chapter 2 of Undead, below where Uther is, there are 4 sheeps. Kill them
all will leave an item : Goblin Night Scope.”
->Mr Guido Lujiten adds to this.
“Great work on your FAQ about Warcraft 3, I began reading the first parts when I
finished the second campaign, just to know if I had'nt missed out something. I
would just like to point out something : on the second
mission of the Undead campaign, after you kill Uther, there still is something
interesting to collect. If you go a little southeast from where Uther was
standing, you will eventually come up on a little farm with two windmills. Near
this farm is a little enclosed area with a few sheep in it. Since I find it
quite funny to kill these with a few 'clicks' I killed them all, and one of them
left a treasure behind. I don't know if this treasure is always the same, but I
got the 'Goblin Night Scope' for Arthas, quite an useful item!
I think it is worth giving it a try, and also to look elsewhere for these little
gifts !”
-“>Pando666” gives his directions for Undead Campaign level 4.
“I did the 4th Undead level in a really easy way. It uses the zeppelins. All
you do is get 2 zeppelins, load Arthas and some goblin sappers (mercenary) in
one, and fly them both to an altar. The sappers can destroy it, Arthas can grab
the key part, and then run home. If he doesn't make it, just revive him.
Repeat for the other 2 parts. Then, just use a zeppelin to transport Arthas to
the circle. There's really no need to destroy the elven bases.”
->Mr. Roger Rouault sent in this strategy;
“For Chapter 7: The Siege of Dalaran the easiest way (I found) was to send just
Arthas through the "aura" after having Kel'thuad cast his protective barier
spell (don't think that's what the spell is called just can't remember the right
name) on him. Fight until Arthas is down to about 400 HP and send him back out
(or even to a fountain of health, it will bring his health back very slowly in
the aura), or lure your oponents out with him to the rest of your army. It takes
a while (about a hour) but is prity easy and micromanaging one character isn't
all that stressful. If Athras isn't at a high level it might not work all too
well but it worked for me.”
->Mr. Wong Si Yuan detailed a massive, yet precise and through strategy as well;
“Phase #1: Before taking on the first Archmage, build 4 meatwagons and have them
guard the bridge to Dalaran. Accumulate and upgrade all your weapons, armours
and abilities/spells before going in.
I used 5 groups here:
Group 1 - Arthas, 4 abominations, 3-4 ghouls >Main Assault (Note: I lost the
ghouls taking the first base and replaced them with a 5th abomination)
Group 2 - 4 Meatwagons >Anti-buildings
Group 3 - 2 Frost Wyrms, 1 Garygoyle (3 Frost wyrms if possible) >Building
suppression, Anti Air
Group 4 - Kel'Thuzad, 2 Crypt Fiends, 1 Banshee, 2 Necromancers >Support
spellcasting group
Group 5 - 3 Acolytes >Repair Meatwagons
I then had Arthas lead the charge in to distract the archmage's bodyguards while
my air units and meatwagons did the actual killing. Kel'Thuzad's group provided
the usual Frost Armour/Antimagic Shell/Raise Skeleton support.
Phase #2: With the first part of the field gone (referred to as First Tier for
now), I let my units heal and then proceeded to raze the town on the left of the
archmage. Use the meatwagons to attack the towers, with one frost wyrm freezing
each tower. If you have the third wyrm, use it to freeze the barracks. Then the
usual Arthas-led charge into the base. Arthas himself will, however, do the
healing rather than the killing. (Death Coil all the way) Also, if you can spare
the mana, have Arthas Animate Dead and use the enemies' units against them.
After the towers are down, focus on the barracks, the town hall, then whatever
else is left. As usual, have the frost wyrms freeze the unit-producing buildings
as well as the defensive structures. You will occasionally be attacked from
above, so concentrate your defenses there for the moment. Use the Meatwagons to
attack the two defensive towers there and have them fall back when the enemy
counterattacks. The next wizard is just above your base.
Once the base is secured, build a Necropolis, Haunted Gold Mine, and MANY Spirit
Towers around this base. Build whatever unit producing buildings you want, but I
didn't intend to lose my units anyhow.
Now Sacrifice a Shade and use it to scout out the right side of the area. You
will find a Blacksmith and a Workshop guarded by several Riflemen, 2-3
sorceresses, 2 priests and several mortar teams. Run them over. Animate them and
have them (led by the Shade) kill the Rifleman and Priest at the upper part of
the 'first tier'. (it's shaped like a rectangle) Keep going left towards your
base and eventually you'll find a pair of cages. There are several of these
throughout the map. These two contain level 6 Rock Golems. Very sweet. Attack
and destroy the cages to let them out. They now work for you (10 food each
though. Be warned!). Have them return to the area where you took out the two
towers.
Phase #3: The next 'Tier' of the map is fairly easy. The wizard has a moat
protecting him, and is not easy prey to frost wyrms. Have the two golems simply
explore the area. There will be a fountain of health guarded by three water
elemetals. One at a time, have the golems kill them (keep using Boulder Hurl)
and heal. Head north from the fountain up the path and follow it around. A few
more enemies, a cage with an ogre magi (up to you, but by this time you should
already have around 96/90 Food Usage, so what the hell.) and the mage at the
end. As usual, have the golems and Ogre Magi beat on him while tossing boulders
his way. Second Tier cleared. Move your forces towards the fountain. An enemy
base is to the right of the fountain. Destroy them like the first and take over
their base. Now comes the tricky part.
Phase #4: Third Tier. Send whatever Animated Dead you have north together with
your Golems. There are two sorceresses and two priests with a few other units,
and two cages. Kill them (not too difficult if you animated a mortar team), then
have them beat on the cages. One contains about 6 level 1 giant spiders
(useless), and the other contains 2 flying sheep. They turn into Blue Drakes
after a while (thankfully). Now group them into your Frost Wyrm group. To the
left of the cages is a large team of Riflemen and spellcasters. Have your
necromancers summon as many skeletons as you can, then send them in. Support the
skeletons with your spiders. While the enemy is tied up, have the golems and
drakes/wyrms attack the spellcasters, then the riflemen, then the mortar teams.
Another Fountain of Health awaits.
Retreat your forces and have your units guard the pass. Now bring Arthas,
Kel'Thuzad, the meatwagons and your drakes over to the first fountain. Far north
of the fountain is another moat (the golems passed by here to kill the archmage,
remember?), protecting the last enemy base. The meatwagons can reach the
workshop, the arcane sanctuary and three farms from here. Have them do so and
cover them from the air against the gryphons. Once that's done, the longest part
of the map starts.
Phase #5 - Move the meatwagons back to your base. You should have 2 Blue Drakes,
3 Frost Wyrms, Arthas (lvl 3 Unholy Aura, lvl 3 Death Coil) and Kel'Thuzad (Lvl
3 Frost Armour, lvl 2 Frost Nova), and the two Golems.
The enemy has THREE Gryphon aviaries, two barracks, 1 blacksmith and a boatload
of Gyrocopters and gryphons. You want to start killing the blacksmith first.
Move your units in, kill the gryphons, return to heal (fountain if all are
damaged, Arthas if only the Wyrms), attack smith. Note that when you start
attacking gryphons, the gyrocopters will move in. KILL the gyrocopters whenever
possible. With the Workshop down, they cannot build more. Also, destroying the
blacksmith prevents riflemen and mortar teams from being built.
I don't have to tell you to use Frost Armour whenever possible, and Frost Nova
whenever the enemies follow you back. Whenever ONE unit in your flight group
reaches half health, retreat, heal, and repeat. If it is a blue drake and it is
badly damaged, send him to the fountain while the remaining flyers continue the
attack.
Now just repeat the hit and run tactic against the Farms until you start seeing
Guard Towers. Hit the towers first, then the farms. Eventually, the enemy will
be left with only the castle, 2 barracks, 3 aviaries and a few farms. They can't
build more gryphons because they're crippled by the food shortage, so finish off
ALL remaining air units.
Have your golems stand by at the second fountain (3rd tier), and have your frost
wyrms fully healed. Now have one wyrm attack each aviary to prevent production
while your Blue Drakes focus on one aviary. Move the Golems in to destroy the
aviary ASAP. Retreat them when 1 is destroyed. The enemy WILL counterattack with
Knights. (as they will throughout this phase)
Now, cycle your wyrms as you destroy the other two aviaries. Have 1 wyrm sitting
next to Arthas while the other two work on the aviaries. When one wyrm reaches
550 health, replace it with the healthy wyrm. Heal damaged wyrm with death coil,
wash, rinse, repeat. Eventually only the castle and barracks stand. Destroy the
barracks, then the castle.
The reason for destroying the base first is because the third Archmage is
protected by 4 towers, 4 gyrocopters, 2 sorceresses, 2 priests, and the boatload
of the units from that base you just destroyed. (since you destroyed it, no more
units!)
Phase #6 - Move your Blue Drakes and Golems to the 3rd tier fountain. Directly
above is the mage, 2 towers and 2 gyros. Lure the gyros out one by one SLOWLY
(attack ONLY the gyro and RUN AWAY the moment he responds) to the fountain. When
the two are down, prepare for the final assault. Have the meat wagons go first,
then Arthas, then Kel'Thuzad. The moment Arthas reaches the mage, your
Wyrms/Drake/Golems should focus on him and him alone. Arthas should also cast
Death Coil on him. And again, keep bouldering the mage with the Golems.
Eventually he goes down and the mission ends.
Mission Time: Approx 4 hours.
Units lost: 4 ghouls, plus whatever went down during the final rush.”
->Mr. Craig Fleming has an alternate idea:
“Hey there,
Found a cool way to easily do the second mage in this level. Attack open the
first set of cages to get a pair of rock golems. They aren't dead, so aren't
affected by the aura. Once you're barely into the second aura area, go the the
left. There is small area here that leads no where. The rock
golems can Hurl Boulders at the mage. After every rock he'll run a short
distance, and then come back to his altar. I didn't count the number of rocks
that it took, but you don't lose anything doing it.”
->Mr. Jay Winton has the same idea.
“Hey, for the undead mission where you have to kill the 3 archmages, you know
those cages with the creeps in them? If you bust out the creeps its possible to
kill all the archmages without really using any of your undead units at all,
barring the first archmage who is really quite easy if you just catapult him or
some such quickly. thought I'd tell ya.”
->Mr. Dan Jacobsen also had the same idea, but more detailed:
“I noticed that there IS an easier way to kill the Second and Third Arch Magi
Somewhere in the middle of the city is a pair of cages. They are lightly gaurded
and if you crack them open you are rewarded with Stone Golems. The Golems not
being undead are unaffected by the Aura.
If you notice the Arch Mage is placed in a position where there is a ledge to
his left. You can perch the golems here and repeatedly cast Storm Bolt at the
Mage 'til he's dead. You are then free to raze the two towns without the Aura to
protect them.
After taking the second town apart there are two more cages somewhere north of
this portion of the map. Breaking them open will land you 2 level 6 dragons and
a bunch of Spiders. Wait for an opportune time (perferebly right after an attack
from the last remaining base) and use your golems plus new creatures and 2
Heroes to smite Antonidas. Make sure you direct all fire on him since he's the
objective of the raid and once he's dead you immediately win if Arthas is there.
I sent a raiding party before doing this to kill the small band of units that
block the way to Antonidas to make it even easier. The key to this raid is
timing.”
->Mr. Evgeny Ternovsky also had a similar idea.
“After defeating the base to the left, send kel'thezard directly upwards. (by
now he should be able to cast death and decay). there should be two elvish
towers and some elves and other uints there. attack them, then run away into
your base area. theyll follow you to your base, where youll finish them. As for
the towers there are two ways, the patient and the "other" way. If you want to
be patient, use death and decay on both towers. If you dont, just send some
units out and destroy them. Now, if you go further up, a terrain similar to this
will appear:
_______
| | | |
| | | \ / |
| | | \/\/ |
| 1 | | |
| | |_________________|
| |
| |______________________________
|
|
|
|
The W here represents where the wizzard is.
If you get Kel'thezard to position "1" and use death and decay on the wizzard,
he will run away and come back. After Kel'thezard has finished casting, go back,
heal from the aura, and wait for death and decay to be ready. Then repeat 1-2
more times. Second wizzard should be dead. As for Wizzard 3, I just used a
fiend/abomination mix (of cause using all the critters from the cages).”
->Mr. Andrew TWeir felt inspired by Mr. Wong Si Yuan and added his tip.
“I was just reading your warcraft 3 walkthru and having seen a 4 hour
solution to the siege of dalaran, I felt compelled to add my two cents.
The first two mages were not particularly difficult and so I do not
remember exactly what I did for them. I believe I sent Arthas and Kel
Thuzad in to do their quick spells, and finished them with high hitpoint
creatures like frost dragons and gargoyles. These also have the benefit
of not being slowed by congestion on the ground.
Anyway, for the third mage I spent most of my money on powered up
banshees, and sent them through the barrier one at a time to possess the
humans' warriors. There is a garrison standing in front of the fountain
of health that I completely stole. It takes a little speed to get the
banshee in, possess, and get your new human to escape, but I didn't have
any casualties. Then you have a small army of humans, all of whom are
impervious to the anti-undead barrier. The stolen mortar team made quick
work of the towers in front of the third mage, and then the riflemen can
take care of the priests while Arthas and Kel Thuzad use their magic on
the mage.”
->“Kosikutioner” also has another tip.
“I'm not sure if you said this later on in the faq but on mission 7 dalaran
of the undead at the start to the left you mention there is an archmage who
drops a treasure. If you destroy the tent beside him you get a anti magic potion
that blocks magic for 90 secs. on your hero. This is good for fighting the
archmagi.”
->Mr.Damon Hochnadel has an alternate, more unique plan;
“In mission 7 for the Undead, The Siege of Dalaran, there is a much easier
strategy to defeating the archmages that worked very well for me. Once the
mission starts, make a temple of the damned, unless you start with one. Start
researching the banshee trainings until you finish the master
training. Use a few undead units out front for defense while doing this.
Then start making lots of banshees and use them to possess some of your
opponent's troops. This puts their units under your control and even though
they are your units they're still considered non-undead units to the barrier,
meaning they can go into the barrier and kill the archmages without recieving
damage from the barrier. Try to possess about one full team's worth of
attacking units (12, although this can include the creeps from inside the crates
since they're not undead either) and about two priests for healing. The first
units you want to capture are the first archmage's bodyguards. There are two
ways to get them, either tell each of your banshees to possess one and they'll
run in and capture them or lure them out with a ghoul. I prefer having them run
in and capture them, if you use a ghoul you have a chance of having some of the
units to be taken dying. If you do run your banshees in, they should be fine
since their health doesn't matter for possession, but once you possess a unit
you should run it back out to your base so it won't die. Once you kill one of
the archmages, bring in another team with some undead units with a few meat
wagons to take care of bases while on the way to the next barrier so you can
save your living group's strength for while inside the barrier. Basically, use
the undead for fighting outside the barrier and possess any units to refill your
living unit group and use the living group for inside the barrier fighting.
Using this strategy made this level a breeze for me.”
->Mr. Gaffarena Marcos has a Frost Wyrm approach:
“I was reading your strategies regarding the undead campaign in warcraft 3 about
the mission where you need to kill the 3 archmages that have lifted the barrier.
All I did was to send frost wyrms after them as they can fly so they can reach
them quickly. I used 4 frost wyrms for the first one, about 7 for the second and
barely killed the third one with a full 12 frost wyrms. You will need a bit of
patience in order to build them all and probably you will not have any other war
units apart from them but surely I find this method much better from the other
strategies which all almost have a 4 hour tag time on them. Hope I was of some
help.”
->Mr. Duncan Wilson has an “abominable” tip.
“After reading a couple of 4 hour tactics to complete this mission, I decided to
send in my own tactics here.
First off, upgraded abominations are unreal. 1100 hitpoints, a heck of a lot of
upgraded damage.... they rock. So, for the first mage, I basically sent in
Arthus, backed up by 4 Abominations, and coiled the mage 2 times. He was dead. I
then ran out again. After building up 12 Abominations, I just walked in and
destroyed the base, and built my own gold collection station there. Moving on to
the second, basically the same tactic. Sent in the 12 abominations, and rushed
the mage, with arthus coiling from behind, and healing the boms too.
The final mage was a little tricky, so I killed of the abominations, because
they were getting in the way (after taking out the next base ofcourse). In then
moved both my characters in to the roadblock thing, and had Kal'Thuzar cast
death and decay, which decimated it, while Arthus healed from further back.
While this is happening, I was building an army of 7 Cold Wyrms, which ended up
being backed up by the 2 cold drakes in their cages. Now i tell you, these by
themselves were dissapointing, but after a reload, I used them as bait. First
sent in the wyrms, which lasted long enough for for Arthus to get off 4 coils on
the mage, thereby ending the mission. He hadnt taken a wound in that last fight,
because the wyrms have 1500 each.
The mission came in a little under an hour.”
->Mr. Darren Perrett has a more direct approach.
“In the mission with the 3 Aura's (undead campaign).
I JUST used Arthas. Using 2 lots of Death Coil and finish them off with
Frostmourne (i think its 1 slash!). That's all I did, and basically recharged
my health by waiting for it to restore, and there may be a fountain somewhere.
Believe it or not this mission only takes 15 Minutes using Arthas and DEATH
COIL. Actually it would only take a few minutes if you could restore health
quicker(and mana too...).
Despite what is mentioned in the guide I found this mission easy when using
Arthas Death Coil spells and I have no idea why someone in the Addendum reckons
it took him an hour, its 15 minutes. In fact I think that someone should see
what is the quickest it can be done in.”
->Mr. Willie Du offers his advice for this popular mission.
this is to address the massive amounts of strategies for that one level with
the 3 archemages that you have to kill. I found that the strategies stated
on the Addendum section were quite complicated to execute. heres waht I
did:
3 groups:
1-Arthas, that mage guy, 4 frost wyrms, and 4 gargoyles.
2-4 meat wagons
3-necromancers and ghouls
basically only the first group is necesary to take out the mages themselves.
The other groups are there to support the assault of the towns.
I dunno if you mentioned it in your FAQ/guide/walkthrough, but it is a good
combination to attack with necromancers and meat wagons. Before you attack
you should set the meat wagons' body collection to autocast so they collect
any bodies they see. (it is good to leave them around the graveyard, since
the grave yard generates corpses) Then, when you attack, just set the
necromancer's raise corpse to autocast and have your meat wagons unload
corpses. 4 meat wagons with 8 corpses each will have 32 corpses. Each time
a necromancer casts raise corpse 2 skeleton warriors come up. A fully
loaded necromancer can cast raise corpse about 5-6 times without recharging.
32x2=64 skeleton warriors...
You'll have a massive army in no time.
->Mr. Lu Tsze offers his help.
“On the undead mission where you have to go through the aura and kills the
mages, I found the following really helped me, Once you have taken the first
base and have killed the second mage a good way to take the second base is
to wheel a meat wagon to the very north point of where there was a little
workshop east of where you get the Golems.
_
___________|X|_
| _______ |
__| | | |
__ |_______| |
| |
|_______ ___|
| |
Looks something like that, put a meat wagon on the X and it will annihilate
a large part of the second base, including 6 houses, meaning that the
maximum amount of units it can ever have is now about 2.
Be careful though cos they may send aerial units to wipe him out, it didn't
happen to me but I had some Frost Wyrms on standby...
This makes it ludicrously easy to to take over.
Arthas's Death Spirit level 3 only takes about 4 or 5 hits to finish off
every Mage as well, so he is perfect for attacking the second one using the
ranges attack technique, and even the last guy (wait by the health pool then
just go for it, you should JUST manage to kill him before you die... if not
use some aerial units to do added damage to him and he should snuff it).”
->Mr. Mark Carnall offers his version of the Cannon push for Orc Campaign Level
7:
“On Orc level 7..To make it easier to win this mission..I had a blimp go up to
the ridge where the blue Human base is in front of the Oracle...to the south-
east the least protected part,and dropped two Peons and had them start building
towers...About 6 towers finished off most of the Human forces and I just mopped
up with my main force...”
->Mr. Beng Hai offers a quick but useful tip:
“Don't use the trigger to kill the boars in the spike pit guarding the Gemstone.
Instead, fight and kill them in combat. You will get a Necklace of Spell
Immunity for the effort”.
->Mr. Ali Tayyab offers his help for Orcs Mission 8:
“Here's a tip for the orc mission 8:
send a couple of peons in to the human territory and make a few orcish hordes.
this is to ensure that u have some buildings that wont be destroyed. construct
them deep into the human camp, so that they are safe. now spend all the
resources making witch doctors, and upgrading till then can cast healing shards.
once all this is done, take both the heros and all ur witch doctors, to the
first healing pool, which is directly north of the orc's camp. use this as a
staging base to attack the orc's bases, or carve a path through to grom
hellscream i find it easier if i clear the orc base near, grom. i just lost one
witch doctor, out of the 12 i was able to make. you dont have to worry about ur
base being destroyed, as u will always have some buildings in the human
territory safe! i was able to complete this level four times, with fail using
this strategy.”
->Mr. Kincaid Kids sent in this daring AND Bold (take that Doritos..guy) plan.
“I have a tip for chapter 8 in the orc campaign. The fastest way to capture
Grom that I found is to sneak Thrall and Cairne through the base leading to Grom
(level 10 recommeneded for both heroes). Soon, the units chasing you will
stop. Now, use a combinations of chain lightning, spirit wolves, and other
spells to fight through the creeps. When Thrall's hp is low, hide in an area to
let it regenerate. When reaching the final area to Grom, ignore the 2
doomguards and quickly capture Grom and outrun the doomguards. Now, simply run
past bases to the Ritual Circle. If you feel Grom won't make it through, let
his hp regenerate to full.
p.s. Make sure you save frequently throught this and watch out possible
infernals falling near you.”
->Mr. Jason Palarca found a familiar friend in the Second Nightelf mission:
“i just found a cool easter egg in this fabulous game of Warcraft III... in
chapter II of the night elves just north to the base that your hero must reach,
there lies a very familiar unit lurking in the woods... it's starcraft's
hydralisk! it's a level 7 creep, which can deal 84-120 damage! well, that of it
being a creep is more of a guess, as it didn't do anything, even if i got near
it (i thought that it would join my forces, but it didn't. that'd be cool!).
anyway, i think it's a great thing just by checking it out... and thanks for
making this wonderful FAQ in gamefaqs... this one surely helped me!”
->Mr. Al Sim also found it too,
“On the Night Elf campaign, mission 2 (Daughters Of The Moon), at the far
north of the map, about 2/3 to the right (ie. in the area you are in just
before you assault the main undead base), there is a Zerg hydralisk from
Starcraft hidden behind some trees! Use Tyrande's owl to scout this area,
destroy the trees with your ballistas and send Tyrande in to rescue the
hydralisk. It has a lot of hit points and has a devastating attack (84-120
points of damage per hit) and certainly helps in the final assault. I
managed to keep mine alive after completing the mission and saw it in the
background when the cutscene was being played!”
->Mr. Woohyung Lee also discovered this.
“hey, i was reading through your faq wondering if i missed anything after
finishing... i noticed you didnt have mention of the hydralisk in mission 2 of
the elf campaign! hes hiding in the woods in the upper right of the map, you
have to use the ballistae you pick up to get to him, and you can control it!
ive included a couple screenshots on my yahoo briefcase, feel free to use them
if you like, but dont link to my briefcase please.”
“Jamie w” found this humorous clip:
“In chapeter 2 of the Undead campaign's, there is another secret besides the
sasquatch, nightscope, and pandaren. If you go below your base, to the area
where the golems are, then take a left until you find the woodcutter, then keep
going left to the land befre the river. You will find Tichondrius about to feast
on sleeping peasants. It's an very funny semi-cinematic, and the peasants leave
fire after they die. Hope this helps the faq:-).”
->Mr. Dylan Kipp thinks laterally and lives to fight another day with this ultra
clever tactic:
“In this mission where you must take Tyrande back to the Elven encampment, you
can skip destroying the major undead encampment by using your ballistas to
demolish the trees directly south of the health fountain to the northeast of the
undead encampment. Destroying the trees will open up a trail to the elven base
free of undead resistance!”
->Mr. Chris Ragland also thought of the same thing.
“I was reading your FAQ for Warcraft 3 when i got to the mission that i had just
finished, the second Night Elf mission. You suggest using the bastilla to attack
the base, but i discovered a easier way. By the fountain in the upper right
corner of the map is a small forest. Use the bastilla to destroy the trees, then
bypass the entire undead camp and waltz right into your base. I hope this will
help people who don’t have many units to fight with. Thanks.”
->Mr. Finlay McWalter gives another tip for this mission.
“Hi, I've enjoyed reading your Warcraft III walkthrough, but I noticed
a small part that you could choose to add to your section for the
second Night Elf mission ("daughters of the moon").
Just north of the main undead base there's a health fountain. Take a
single ballista to this fountain, and attack the trees to the SE.
After you've destroyed only a few trees, you open access to a path
that heads south, down the eastern side of the undead base, directly
to the nightelf base.
You can now send Tyrande straight down this, and end the level without
having to destroy the undead base.
Alternatively, if you're feeling vindictive, you can move that
ballista down the path, and from there it can attack a number of
the undead buildings, including some of the spirit towers, with
complete impugnity, thus greatly simplifying your subsequent
frontal attack on the undead base.”
->Mr. Adam Hewitt clarified up the Vampiric Aura information.
“Hey there. I read in your FAQ, in reference Chapter 4 of the Night Elves
mission, that the Death Revenant plaguing the forest has the Vampiric Aura, and
you stated that you didn't know what it did. Well, what it does is it gives the
user of the aura, and it's surrounding troops the ability to leech life. Each
hit stills 15% of the damage dealt from the target unit. Didn't know if you'f
want to include it in your FAQ, but just thought I'd let you know.”
->Mr. Jason Cook offers a tip on the fifth elf mission:
“don't know if anyone mentioned this to you or not, but there is another secret
area in Night Elves chapter 5. It can be found just before you use the land
mines. In the area below where the enemies are doing laps there is an area to
the left, you go above the trees and below a fence, it leads you to a circle of
power which warps you the bottom right corner, I forget the name of the secret
area, but it's there.”
->“BlademasterNeo” helps Mr.Cook identify the secret Area.”
“Hello! I was reading your great FAQ on Warcraft III and I noticed something. In
your addendum section, Jason Cook sent in a tip for the fifth Night Elf Mission.
He mentioned a secret area but didn't know what it was called. The next person
sent in what they thought he meant, but she was wrong. I found the same secret
area. It is called the Realm of the Uberfish (or something similar... I know it
is something of the Uberfish anyway). It's basically just a treasure chest
containing a (very useful) Mantle of Intelligence +3 for Tyrande.
To get there, go through the mission until you get control of Tyrande and her
Archers and Huntresses, who are looking for Illidan Stormrage. Work your way
through the maze until you get to a large square room with a statue in the
middle and trees lining the walls. A bunch of Watchers attack you. When you're
done with the fight, search the bottom left corner of the square room. On the
minimap, you can barely see the top of a yellow dot indicating a building. I
told Tyrande to attack-move to it and she found the path herself. In the room
previous to the big square one, there is what appears to be a wall of trees on
the left side. There is actually a hole to go through. Tyrande went through the
trees, up between an iron fence and a wall and into a room with a small circle
of power and a large circle of power. Step on the big circle and you will
teleport to the secret room and the treasure chest. To exit the secret room,
step on either of the small circles of power on either side of the chest.
Tyrande will teleport back to the small circle of power in the first hidden
room. I hope this clears everything up for you!”
->Mrs. Victoria Vanderson offers her help on a puzzling aspect of the same Elf
mission:
“I think you are speaking of the Web prisoners... In this room there are some
captives each held in separate webs. The trick here is to kill the egg(?) pods,
the greenish yellow looking blobs, I think as I recall there are three of them,
one for each captive, each pod you destroy releases a captive, and you gain
them, I'm not certain if they are archers or huntresses or a combination of
both, but never-the-less they are a welcome addition by now!”
->Mr Scott Sandlin offers his help on the Necklace of Immunity:
“Found a "Neclace of Spell Immunity" on this mission. You have to kill "The
Largest Panda Ever" in a small secret area to get it.
From just north of the defiled fountain, there is a passage that goes to the
east. (This really isn't that far from the beginning, it's even before you talk
to the Furbolgs.) The passage curves northward and runs straight till it ends
in a few creeps. Just after where it curves northward is a stretch of mushrooms
on the right. It takes two "Force of Nature" spells to cut through them, but
having the Trents out fronto take hits from The Largest Panda Ever is well worth
it. He's worth a good chunck of experience and a neclace of spell immunity.”
->Mr. Jason Merlo offers a new secret area.
“I found a secret item in the Night Elf campaign, chapter five, the one where
you free Illidan. I found this after Tyrande has split off from Furion. This is
the second part, where you control Tyrande on the left side of the map.
After entering the first waygate, you come to an area with lots of trees and a
statue. This is just a bit before you need to use the land mines, Ibelieve, and
before you get to the 'Shrine of the Uberfish' secret circle of power to the
extreme left of the map. In the lower-right (southeast) corner of this area,
hidden in the trees, is a Gauntlets of Ogre strength +3. It'sjust sitting there
for the taking!”
->Mr. Anthony Assuncao offers his insight on “Uberfish.”
“I wrote this E-mail to inform you of "The Shrine of Uberfish" in
Warcraft III. In the Night Elf campaign, in Chapter 5, "Brothers in Blood",
when you take control of Tyranade Whisperwind, when she is looking to free
Illidan, there is a shrine called "The Shrine of Uberfish" that holds a
Mantle of Intelligence +3. When you get to the section where there are
trees, and the watchers are walking around in circles (where you are
supposed to use the goblin mines) in that room that is shaped like a square,
there is a L-shaped intersection that has trees on the outer edges of the
"L". On the top-left side of the "L", there is an opening in the trees, that you
can walk into with one unit. There appears to be a wall blocking your path, but
if you follow the wall south, there is another opening, then there appears to be
another wall in your way, but if you follow that wall north, there is another
opening that leads to two circles of power. The big one leads to a place that
has a treasure. (the Mantle of Intelligence +3) You will know when you are here
because it will say "Secret Found - The Shrine of Uberfish". To get back, there
are two smaller circles of power. (They both take you to the same place.) There
are no enemies in the Shrine of Uberfish.”
->Martin “The Eyeball Kid” finds a new secret for this mission:
“I found yet another secret on the fifth Night Elf mission, "Brothers in Blood,"
thanks to the description of the other secrets listed in your faq.
Just south of the circle of power Furion uses to activate the bridge is another
batch of mushroom "trees" that can be cleared with Force of Nature.
After three castings, you can break through to a room full of undead archers.
THEN you must cast force of nature again on a narrow band of mushrooms in the
easternmost part of the room. This will reveal a circle of power which
teleports you to a small room with a narrow hall connecting to another small
room. In the second room is a waygate guarded by a level ten wraith and some
skeletons. The Wraith is carrying The Robe of the Magi (intelligence +6!) and
the waygate leads back to the bridge. Pretty nifty!”
->Carl offers his help on the fifth mission.
“once tyrande has left your party, and you've fought the sludge monster,
continue uprooting trees around the sludge monster's area (using furion's force
of nature). eventually, you should reach the underground river, where you could
see a bunch of mushrooms on the other side of the river. cast force of nature on
them to transform them into treants. take control of those treants and make them
go up the path. they should run into a furbolg chieftain and 2 furbolg shamans.
you should then gain control of them. run the furbolgs into the way gate and you
now have two very beefy tanks to use for melee purposes, rendering force of
nature useless for the rest of the mission. the chieftain has command aura,
which increases the damage of your units, while the shaman can cast
rejuvenation.”
->Mr. Blake Garvey offers his help on the final elf Mission.
“Hey there, just finished the game today and after playing around with a theory
for a couple of hours, figured out a way to finish the last mission
either as a last resort or whatever..
Happened like this, first game my town was overrun pretty fast, but one of my
trees of life at the 2nd gold mine to the west of the map survived - was
attacked by some crypt fiends but took care of itself and then was left alone..
so next thing I know time was ticking down from 12 mins to the last few and I
was ok. Ate some trees to the left for health/tried to hide myself more and
thought I was going to make it, until at the least 30 seconds (insert demons
name here) comes out and just walked right up to the circle.
How to counter this? Thing is no one was in my base.. and I had tested this 10
times to get it right and no one was even in my base after they'd taken it out,
they'd just patrol around or group up now and then.
What did I do? Had 3 hippographs fly to the back corner of the map near the tree
of life, and in the last thirty seconds I moved them to the circle of power and
as soon as I saw the demon I flew them at him and attempted to lure him away -
it works! first couple of times I tried to lure him too far and he just turns
back around, but once I let him hit me a few times and kept him a little
distracted, ended up winning with him 2 inches away from the circle (only had 3
hippo's, cmon...)
Summary:
Keep a backup army of 6 hippographs at the top of the map, upgrade if
possible. They only take up 2 resources each so it won't be such a drain.
Have 1 Building surviving _somewhere_. This is the hardest part - the
hippo's are fine as the frost wyverns don't seem to go up very far, but if they
find your building the mission is over. I countered this by having 3 seperate
mini bases near the goblin merchant/mercenary camps/mines with some defence.. as
long as you can hold out for a while (or if your extremely
lucky, can just be ignored for the whole time) you don't have any probs.
--------
Seems a bit of a sneaky way, and I think with some more base defence I could of
held em longer, but in the end you get rushed like crazy.. and the cinematic is
of the demon making it to the gate, which means you're not meant to stop him,
just delay - and that's what I achieved.
Hope this helps ;) I know some gamers won't be able to even finish it due to the
difficulty so this can definately give them an edge, and for the others its just
another cunning strategy.. the idea of the last line of defence of hippographs
coming out from near the tree isn't that foriegn - pretty heroic actually :)”
->Mr. Fred Pritchards also had a strategy using elements of Mr.Garvey’s tip.
“Ok I have this tip when playing the last level of the campaign. Have 1 team of
4 archers and two huntress at a allied base and 2 teams in between your base and
the human and orc base.
When the Undead are ready to hand to hand combat to you, retreat to another
group of Elves and 1. Stay with the new group of elves, fight and repeat process
or 2, Retreat to the elf group BUT stop when you see them in sight, hide and
when the undead pass by you, both teams ambush the undead when they are in
between the two elf groups. Another strategy: Don't try to save the human base,
they are doomed, instead build towers on each side of the path to the tree of
life and orc base .
Put a row of swordsmen ( I meant swordswomen!) in front of rows and rows of
archers. Make 6 teams of these formations. Make 6-8 Hippogypths as final defense
and as back up. After you make the units and towers, wall of the units with
walls of towers blocking exit or entrance to the tree of life. (They make handy
shields and use hippos to attack because they are the only handy weapon that can
fly . Make sure wisps are nearby to repair the towers.)
Try to make 3-8 walls for good defense. The towers can take a beating from
undead but they will fall at the wraith of Mal'Ganis. Use the lure hint ( SEE in
the tip from Blake Garvey) and Make sure you make enough men and hippo to hold
and lure him off at the end.”
->Mr. Roger Rounault had another tip for the last elf level.
“Hey I was so happy I was put in your walktrough I thought I'd send something
in again.
This is the method I used for the last Night Elves mission, I also suggest
playing through once even if you get annihilated just to know where the key
points on the map, where the attacks comes from and the intensity/size of the
attacking waves.
Once the mission starts imeadiately send all the troops in your base,
including heroes, to the human base to support it's defence. Then create two
whisps and send them to create Trees of Life by the two gold mines on each side
your base and start collecting the gold from all three of your mines as fast as
you can. From there simply make sure you're constantly building units in every
building you have that can, whenever a new unit comes out send them to the
frontlines. If you hit the limit start making Ancient Protecters as close as
posible to your front line of defence and once they're done move them forward to
help.
To manage your forces during this mission basicly just forget about them
(often times you do more damage than good), use the mini-map to tell how
well they're doing and click on the hero images in the top left of your
screen to use their special abilities, mainly Tranquility (whitch helps
alot, especially when one of your heroes is dieing) and Starfall, when you see a
oncoming wave of enemies. Just keep your screen on your base for the most part,
building and sending units all the time using the mini-map.
When it gets to the point where the human bases main defences are gone start
grouping at the Orc base, even if there's still a few units left. Do the same
thing for the Orc bases defence. After you loose the Orc base buncker down and
stop the Burning Leageon no matter what. And make sure you have both your heroes
alive above all other units at all times.”
->“Kelgar43” also uses Hippogryphs::
“Hi, I just read through some of your faq, and I have an alternate(and I
think easier :p) way to win the last night elf mission. Basically, I forget
about the humans. The only help I sent them was my 2 heroes. I, of course,
got the 2 extra gold mines and sent in the rest of my units to attack. Yes,
as stupid as that sounds. I find that archers are too weak to defend for
long so I killed them all off. Then, I moved my Ancients of War, Lore, and Wind
to the orc's base along with 5 wisps. At this time, the humans were about to
lose their towers outside their town. Anyway, back at the orc base, I made moon
wells inside the town and set them all to auto heal, while making ancient
protectors with wisps from my main tree of ages. After that, the humans didn't
last long, but that's not important. :p The orc's base is easier to defend for
one simple reason: treants. I make mass armies of treants and use them to
distract the enemies while the orcs and my protectors waste them from afar ^_^
After the human town fell, I started massing archers and hippogryphs. I slowly
worked up to 12 of them, and kept that number up. Starfall and Tranquility,
along with 12 hippogryph riders, 10-15 ancient protectors, moon wells, treants
(not to mention the orc's forces ^_^) is more than enough to stop anything that
attacks. I was worred about Archimonde at the end, but he did less damage than
all his forces O_o.
Oh, the one thing to watch out for is meat wagons. If using hippogryphs,
sometimes its best to fly in and ignore everything else, kill meat wagons,
and retreat. If left alone, the orc town would die too fast. Well... that's
about all.. sorry if this is a bit long ^_^ Try it out and see if it works
(remember hippogryphs are the key to winning). And keep working on your faq-
somebody has to write a good one, right? :p”
->Mr. Peset and Peter Tan prove that Hippogryphs are the way to victory on this
map.
"What I Did" (There was no chance they could get near The Circle of Power.)
-When the mission first starts, send all your starting units to the human base
to stall The Legion.
-Then root your Ancient Defenders next to the Orc watch towers. This is where
you will "draw your line in the sand."
-Build Tree of Life's at each of the two gold mines. Entangle the mines once
they're completed and cue a few wisps to mine. This will give you an adequate
gold supply for your forces.
-Build MORE Ancient Defenders to defend the Orc base. NOTE: The Legion attacks
the Orc base from two sides.
-Build Moon Wells in front of the Ancient Defenders and set them to auto-cast.
This will give The Legion a target other than your Defenders and help stabilize
the health and mana of your troops. They will also help keep the enemy out of
the Ancient Defenders' minimum range. NOTE: Leave room between your buildings so
your ground units can move freely. NOTE: Moon Wells only regenerate there mana
and health reserves at night.
-During all this, you should be building as many hyppogryph riders as possible
and sending them to the Orc encampment to help defend the base.
-Don't forget to bring back your heros and keep them at the front lines so they
can gain levels. An important part is to manage each hero's level 6 (Ultimate)
spells. Use the Priestess's Starfall when the Legion attacks with their heros or
when you're getting overwhelmed, and use Furion's Tranquility during battle to
heal on-mass. NOTE: Make sure to keep the hero's from being moved or attacked
when they cast there Ultimate spells so as to prolong there effects.
-When you have a few food points left, spend them on a few wisps to repair your
buildings. NOTE: You can also repair and heal your allied Orc buildings and
units, respectively.
"Why the 'Riders Work"
First off, you can use more Hyppogryph Riders "on mass," while melee units are
limited to the space only around the opposing character. Secondly, The Legion
doesn't use many units that would give them air dominance. Most of there heros,
like Orc heros, are limited to melee attacks. Moreover, your air defense is
superior, and can pick them off EASY.”
->Mr. Skye Knighton has a sneakier tactic:
“If you want to beat the last level REALLY easily, just hide an Ancient
in the trees at the sides of the map. They will never find you, and you
can just leave the computer while the timer ticks down. Cheesy, I know.
I found this out playing it on Hard, and had 30 seconds left when my
defenses collapsed... So I hid a tree of life, and it worked!
I experimented with it, and found out that they'll NEVER find the
Ancient, unless units are hiding with it. The computer will always home
in on units, but not on buildings.”
->Mr. Wade Aidan has a different attack doctrine, sticking to ground forces for
the Final Nightelf Mission:
“Just finished the game, and having read all the hypogryph strategies, I'd like
to suggest an alternative, ground hugging method, If you're interested.
I ignored archers and huntresses early on, they don't have enough hitpoints
to last, especially when the Demon's start using that firestorm spell, my only
contibution to the human base were my heroes and a few protectors with some
wisps to aid the repair jobs (of their towers as well). I used star shower and
tranquilty as they became avaliable, star shower worked great against large
groups of weak but deadly units like the Necromancer horde they send. I also
used entangling roots to good effect, trapping their big melee units. By the
time the pit lord showed up, all the human towers were gone and most of their
troops, and I was overwhelmed.
Meanwhile, I entangled the 2 other gold mines and kept them fully stocked
with wisps, so the gold was pouring faster than I could spend it. Early on, I
concentrated on research, even building another workshop to speed the process, I
1st researched all Druid of the Claw upgrades. I built an extra Ancient of War
and Ancient of Lore. I built 5 Ballistae with impaling bolts and I sent them to
the Orc town, behind the towers. I then maxed out my food on Druids of The Claw,
and turned all but 1 into bear form and sent these (~9) to just in front on the
Orc towers. The one in elf form, I made stand ground and roar as the undead
advanced. I left my Ancients of Lore with a full queue of Druids with the rally
set just North of the Orc base
Due to my slipshod defence of the Human town, the Orc base came under fire
with about 28 minutes left. When I revived my heroes, I began an ambitious
mining program, I constantly bought and planted mines as long as my troops
weren't actually engaging the enemy. This wiped out the 1st few waves of
ghoul trash they send as well as a good few abominations. They even took out the
dread lord hero, and brutally mauled the Pit Lord. The combination of my heroes
and Thrall, their taurens and grunts and my bears (charged with roar, and healed
after each engagement, with constant reinforcements from my base arriving
automaticlly thanks to rally point) held the Undead at bay until just 8 minutes
to go, when my druids and heroes eventually fell to the ressurected Pit Lord. By
the time they built their new base and began their assault, there was just 5
mins on the clock, I had built ~7 protectors in a big group just north of the
old Orc base, I rebuilt as much of my bear army as possible but then switched to
the faster produced fodder of archers, they were still attacking my protectors
when the whistle blew. I had trouble with air units due to my callous lack of
archers but I compensated with Star Shower and fire arrows
Not one Hypogrph was harmed in the production of this level.”
->Mr. Bugz Podder has a counter-point however.
“I'd like to comment that sometimes even when you are playing at "Normal"
difficulty (before you start) and you lost, you'll see "Reduce Difficulty" in
the menu. That is because Warcraft III has at least 3 difficulty
levels. You'll get this level when you are on "Normal" and won a few chapters,
the computer automatically increases the difficulty level but it is still a
notch lower than "Hard". I am not sure if the same thing happens when you play
in hard. The fastest way to reduce to the lowest difficulty is to use the
instant loss cheat and click on "Reduce Difficulty".
I want to make another point that some players have claimed that they have
successfully held the Scourge back at the Orc base or attempting to play "hide
them farm" on the last chapter (chapter 7) of the Night Elves. While this is
possible at lower difficulty levels, it is virtually impossible at "Hard". By
the way, at harder levels, the undead Scourage will send
waves after waves of monsters *everywhere*. Defeating one of two waves will
just mean that more is coming. I had 3 meat wagons and like 10 banishees when i
tried to establish mini-bases. so it won't work. I am just saying that at
higher difficulty levels, don't expect to hold Archimonde back but instead focus
on the defense in your own base to last last minute. Don't get me wrong here,
Hippy Riders are very good defense against the scourage. Use your hero's
ultimate spells, and make use of the Druids' spells along with the Ancient
Protectors and you should be able to hold the Scourge back to the last minute.”
->Mr. Mike “Ocularis” offers a semi-neutral view for the Final Nightelf Mission:
“just some things i didnt see in your faq. in the night elf quest when you are
treading in the barrow looking for the demon hunter guy, you can use the treants
spawn thingy on the big shrooms laying around.
also i have a strategy for the last night elf level. there is no need to get
hippo riders. making 2 different units and trying to make them all interact can
be time consuming and draw your attention from the front line where you should
be setting up defense and getting ready for the next attack with every spare
second you have. anyway when it starts i send all my units go to the human camp
then immediately take 2 wisps from getting lumber andhave them set up at the
gold mines...... but im sure you already have that figured out. next i build 2
or 3 more ancients of war right by where the first one is. now uproot your
protectors and put them in the front of the orc base, its not smart to
sacrifice something that expensive early in the game by sending it to the human
camp. i want to take a quick time out to note a few things. 1.) the archer
is i think the cheapest basic attack unit in the game. 2.) it has 2 upgrades
aside from the 3 attack and 3 armor giving it 8 upgrades wich makes it a very
serious threat the whole game. 3.) they are made quickly by the ancients of
war. ok now back to the strategy. guess what your main unit is? ARCHERS! if
you build 3 ancients you are fine if you built more you may be in need of
resources early but by the time the human base is overran you will have more
minerals then you know what to do with. now you need to keep pumping archers out
of your ancients while getting every possible upgrade they have save the hippo
mounting because you wont be mounting hippos. i usually get the marksmenship
first then the range, all the while upgrading attack and armor. you should be
able to make about 6 or so archers before the first attack. have them rally in
the humans town so you dont have to do all the clicking. i have one time been
able to keep them outside of the human walls for the entire game but it was very
difficult and we were about to die before the time ran out, so i will assume you
dont care about the human base and dont care if it is smashed up. you can hold
the human base until there is around 25 minutes left, and then the assault's get
pretty heavy. when you feel you are losing the battle dont fight your heros to
the death. pull them up to the orc base and have your archers rally there. you
should just accumulate forces while the humans are dieing and have over 25
archers plus your 2 heros waitingin the front of the orc camp. dryads dont help
much because they will run out of mana healing all your units. that is the main
strategy. put some protectors and in the front of the orc base when you get a
chance. only use the tranquility directly AFTER an attack so you wont be getting
hit while trying to heal and use it often as you can because archers arent hp
monsters. only other thing is the pit lord, his shockwave can lay waste to
about 20 archers if i hits it twice. so if he does that, you should still be
able to finish him off, but when your done run to the mercenary camp and grab up
all the mercs you can. now run back and get ready for the next attack. i still
had my stone of furbolgs so that sorta helped, also treants help and any other
summon units. a good strategy for the pit lord or any boss is to entangle and
then watch 36 archers bombard him from afar while he is sitting there with his
melee weapon looking like an ass. the key is to keep your upkeep high and your
food limit maxed so you are outnumbering them greatly, and the orcs only add to
your numbers. well i hope that helps”
->Mr. Martin Williams offers his help on the final mission:
“Last level v tough for me.
Tried druids of the claw in bear form, fully upgraded; some success
till around last 5 mins, then overwhelmed.
Tried the archers' strategy I saw suggested on your page; maybe as I
sent mine to orc base (not a great defence of humans; mostly using the
heroes), didn't work for me; even when - once orcs gone - trying
grouping them around the health well (which seems a reasonably
defensive position - surround with protectors, and you're on hillock so
can fire at forces below). Finished with about 10 infernals plus heroes
etc smashing base up.
Hippo riders worked better; but still wound up with bases smashed - tho
seems that attacks towards end are mostly of forces that are useless
against air units, so a whole load of hippo riders might stave off
attacks (clustered my remaining ones just below the circle of power;
had a couple of protectors between this and the gate - held off forces
for a while). (I've made masses of protectors around main base,
especially - keeping forces on low upkeep early on, and using pretty
much all the gold possible for protectors; yet the infernals, meat
wagons etc just demolish them without effort in last few mins.)
But what did work, on hard, was moving trees of life towards end
(rather as a guy suggested, tho think he built one in "secret" place).
Once, when mass attack taking out my main base, took the northern one
off to the [fulborg] camp in north - five mins or so to go, the enemy
forces had wrecked everything else, after which they just stood around.
Second time, had hippo riders near circle till v late, when some frost
wyrms killed em off; moved southern tree of life to southern fulborg
camp - enemy found it with under a minute to go, the fulborgs helped
fight back.
Not v satisfactory, but best I've managed!
(Wonder if it's worthwhile getting the friendly fulborgs and orcs early
on - don't cost gold, can use while bolstering attacks/defences of
archers etc; problem is that need to have hero wandering around to
collect them, instead of defending humans.)”
-> “Caj” pitches in for the effort as well.
“I have looked through all of the strategies for beating the last Night Elf
mission, and I'm quite impressed with all of them. I won the third time I
played that mission. The thought of using the other two gold mines never crossed
my mind, so I was workingwith one mine. First, I started to upgrade the moon
armor as fast as possible. In the mean time I was training a lot of archers and
wisps and sent them to the human base. With the wisps I built two Ancient
Protectors. While that was going on, I had Furion run to the Goblin Merchant and
buy Goblin Land Mines. These I set up on both entrances to my base. I gathered
the Furbolgs and Forest Trolls and had them defend the Orc base. After the human
base was taken over by Archimonde, I rallied
all of my troops to the Orcs. I had the Tree of Life produce as many wisps as
possible. These wisps were used to make more Ancient Protectors around my base.
I was careful enough to leave room inbetween each one. This way, the Protectors
could attack melee fighters up close. After the Undead finally took over the Orc
base, I drew back into my own base. I had to revive Tyrande once after she died.
Then the toughest part came. The Undead were attacking on both sides, with lots
of Ghouls and Abominations. These aren't actually
a big deal because the goblin mines killed most of them. I did, however, have
trouble with the Crypt Fiends, Necromancers, Meat Wagons, and Frost Wyrms. The
last of my units died with thirteen seconds left on the clock, so I knew I won
since it would take the enemy a while to destroy all of my buildings. I strongly
suggest building a Tree of Life at each gold
mine and multiple Ancients of War. The Goblin Land Mines really work, so go
ahead and use them. Some of the other strategies are a bit better. I'm
just telling you how I did it.”
->Mr. Leonid Vydro offers his tactics.
“I have a few comments on how to do the last mission of the night of
campeign. now there are lots of different strategies that ive seen that talk
about making hippo riders or massing archers or hiding trees of life. I
personally did neither... first thing i did was i entangled both of the gold
mines and filled em to the brim with wisps (of course). Then I sent all the
forces with Furion to the human encampment right between the towers. I sent
Furion himself to the dark troll mercenary camp (the furblarg would work
too, but i personally liked the trolls since they are ranged units and can
hit frost wyrms). I researched bear spell upgrades and queued up 4 or 5
bears(the majority of which never left beatr form, 1 of them i used to roar
my troops once in a while). Then I started buying all the trolls i could get the
most poerfull first (the ones on the right and on the bottom were the most
poerfull ones, especially the warlords). From then on all i did was buy trolls,
stopping only to launch a starfall once in a while and training some more bears.
When low on gold i controlled the troops and used focus fire,but that didnt
happen often. Using this strategy you can keep the human base for 20+ minutes
and the orc base until you have 5 minitues or less left,
because this ensures a steady flow of trolls into the battle, past the 25
minute mark i spent a lot of my time with my food capped or nearly capped.
When i ended the game archimond was still at the very entrance of my camp.
The only problem i had with this was whenthe orc base was razed and it
became risky to transfer the trolls from the camp to my own base, but i
managed to do it anyway.
note: move the trolls as soon as they pop up becausde if you dont, the
trolls start popping up on the other sides of the camp which is not a
problem, but behind the camp its blocked off with stone pillars and such...
and the trolls are stuck there taking up food and unable to move, when this
happened i had to use the rest of my forces to kill them.”
->Franciscus offers his guidance on the final mission.
“Just trying to contribute here: I notice that no walkthrough on the last level
was using the most useful buildings in the map: Mercenary Camps and Goblin
Merchants (well, people keep saying buy the land mines etc, and it did really
help, but not to decisively win the battle, not enough mines to hold the
undead).
The problem with this campaign is the unlimited steady stream of undead. Repeat,
the Undead, not Archimonde's lieutenants or even Archimonde. So, if we look
carefully, everytime after a base is razed, the Undead always rebuilt their base
from scratch, and their previous marauding units vanished.
To finish this level, I was able to hold the Undead from orc base until 6
minutes left on the clock. Finally after they got through, Tyrande was gone, but
Furion still alive. So I retreated all the remaining troops (only 1 gryphon
rider left) and resurrect Tyrande. I got boatload of $$ and lumber since I got
all 3 gold mines mined. In the meantime, Tyrande was revived just after the
Undead started building base, so I sent Furion shopping for troops (from Furbolg
merc camp), and sent Tyrande buying some good potion: invulnerability. I have
the original base churning out Druid of the claw, gryphons and archers, but at
the end I got only additional 3 units.
After I got a few dudes (3 free Furbolg units and 1 Heavy Troll), I sent Furion
to the orc base and try to distract Archimonde, and sneak in Tyrande at the same
time. Remember, this can only happen when undead still has minimal base. Timing
is everything. I dont know if it will work when Undead already churn out units.
Tyrande drank the potion *gulp*, and did the Falling Star, killing every
Acolytes in the base, with their base half done. Let Furion die distracting, I
revived him later still on time to distract Archimonde later on. But keep
Tyrande alive, heck, buy another potion from the merchant near the orc base and
do the falling star again when cooldown is done like before =). It's fun. Keep
building archers so they can be cannon fodder when archimonde got into the base.
That's it, the Undead base gone, no attacks at all before Archimonde started to
go into my base, and I only had to fight Archimonde, which is really easy if you
have your remaining wisp building protectors. Even when Undead had couple of
production buildings done, they couldn't seem to produce anymore units.”
->”O m a t i c” gives his help.
“First I sent all my avaliable units down to the human base. Then sent a couple
of wisps to make a tree of ages on the other two gold mines, and started mining.
After this I created a couple more wisps and made two more ancients of war. I
then started upgrading the armor and weopons that concern
archers in the hunters hall. I used one of my ancients of war for upgrading.
While the other two for making archers. You should have a ton of gold
pouring in, so there shouldnt be gold problems. As soon as an archer is
created send it to the human base, and whenever there is an attack on the
human base focus attention towards the battle. Micromanagement can easily
save many of your units, and you need to do this because archers dont have a lot
of hitpoints. By now your archers should be pretty much upgraded, and
you should be maxed out on your food, just keep a bunch of archers queued up so
if one dies another will immeditely start being made. While all this is
happening create a bunch of wisps and make ancients of war at the orc base, as
well as a couple of moon wells, which are set on auto heal. After the human base
falls send all your units to the orc base, try to get your heroes out before
they die. Now repeat the process with the orc base, send tons of archers their.
And remember, when the orc base is attacked, focus on the battle. Have some
wisps repairing the ancient of wars at the orc base. You should have tons of
gold, so create ancients of war at your own base at the entrances, but continue
sending mass amount of archers to the orc base. Use the various spells your
heros have, especially starfall and tranqility. Using this method I managed to
still have the orc base at the end, with a ton of archers in it, and my heroes
hadnt died once. Archimonde couldnt even get close to the world tree :D”
->“Xidus” offers a potpourri of great tips:
“I notice your faq is missing some hidden goodies in the single player
missions. Human mission8, sink the ships, has a few hidden creeps that
give nice mana boosting items. Top left corner is easy to miss, some
trolls that give the goblin night scope. At the bottom left of the path
leading to the goblin shop selling sappers are a line of trees. Beyond
those trees is an undead creep that gives up a sobi mask. Just to the
right of the drake creeps is another line of trees hiding a panda creep
that drops a pendant of mana.
Undead mission 1 has a hidden ring of protection +2. It's behind the
barracks, one of the horses has it. Don't worry, one of the patrolling
guards gives up a potion of greater healing that should help things out.
in undead mission 2, the one with the panda relaxation secret area,
there are a few more goodies. There is a level 9 golem behind trees at
the lower right hand side of the map, just to the right of where the
other golems are. He drops a pendant of energy. If you explore you can
find Tichonrius (invulnerable) to the west of the golems south of your
base. What's interesting is that there is an unusual hidden sheep by the
same name hidden behind some trees, south of the golems (up the ramp and
west). This isn't a normal sheep. It won't die from clicking, nor make
sheep sounds. If you get near it, it is affected by your heroes aura.
You can kill it by attacking, but I can't find any use for it other than
just being unusual.”
->”Xidus” again:
Here's more items that are easy to miss and/or very useful at that point in the
game.
undead mission 3, when you first encounter the elves. In the middle of the
map, to the right of a goblin shop behind some trees you will have to knock
down, are some creeps. They drop a health stone and in one of the buildings
is a book of the dead.
undead mission 6, fighting the orcs, there is a hidden creep along the
middle of the left side of the map. He is along the river, behind trees,
and cannot be seen unless you rotate the camera. He drops a mana stone.
orc mission 2, escorting the caravan, there is a Claws of Attack +3 dropped
by a thunder lizard on the left side of the map, after the first oasis. A Mantle
of Intelligence +3 is in a building at the first harpy encounter
around the middle of the map, before the 2nd oasis.
->“crash@omni.lt” offers a myriad of help”
“1) Orc Campaign (Chapter "The Oracle"): find the Bloody Key with Thrall -it's
to the south-west from where you fought the Skeleton Lord. One naughty
lizard is guarding that key. Kill the lizard and take the key. Look for a throne
of Skeleton Lord. To the north-west of it is an unbreakable door.
Use the Bloody Key to open it and go east - you'll find a treasure (The Crown of
Kings). Don't forget to check out the boxes there - they contain some usefull
items.
2) NightElf Campaign (Chapter "Brothers in Blood" - where you seek to
awaken the sleeping Druids of the Claw): at the end of this level when you play
with Priestess, find the place where some Watchers are going round and round (a
perfect place for Goblin Landmines). To the west is a column of trees and a
narrow passage to Circle of Power. Step on it and here it is - a secret room
with Robe of Magi (or smth) in the middle of it.
That's it. Hope they'll start making "Starcraft 2" :)”
Massive thanks to these great folks.
================
Version History:
================
Version 1.0
July, 5th,2002
Everything.;
Finished humans; Starting Undead.
Version 1.10
July 6th, 2002
Added up to Mission 5 of Undead.
More tomorrow. Zzzzz
Version 1.21
July 7th, 2002
Added Basics from Manual
Typed up rest of Undead Campaign.
Orcs coming up next.
Version 1.24
July 8th, 2002
Added User Submitted tips.
Up to end of Chapter 3 for Orcs
More tomorrow.
Version: 1.32
July 9th, 2002
Finished Orc Walkthrough.
Started Parts of Night Elf Campaign.
Chapter 3 onwards tomorrow
Version:1.36
July 10th, 2002
More Nightelf. Beat game.
Write up mission 6+7 tomorrow.
Version: 1.40
July 11th, 2002
Finished Nightelf walkthrough
Units upcoming.
I bet CJayC is getting mighty annoyed to have to update this daily.
Version: 1.41
July 14, 2002.
Added more to Addendum.
Started Unit information.
Re-writing Human Campaigns.
Had Two day moratorium to mourn death of pet turtle.
Version: Birthday!
July 16th, 2002.
Happy Birthday Michelle. Too bad I couldn’t find a clock...
May you have another year of Narcissism.
Added more contributor info.
General layout changes.
Added more to Unit information. Well...actually started.
Version: B-day!
July 17th, 2002.
Happy Birthday Michelle. Too bad I couldn’t find a clock...
May you have another year of Narcissism.
Added more contributor info.
Added more to Unit information.
Version: 1.50
July 26th, 2002.
Sorry for the long hiatus on updates.
Added more contributor info.
Added more to Unit information.
Version: 1.51
August 22, 2002.
Sorry for the long hiatus on updates.
Work and Summer got in the way.
Three more Days to make the most out of.
Version: 1.51
August 22, 2002.
Sorry for the long hiatus on updates.
Work and Summer got in the way.
Three more Days to make the most out of.
Version 1.58
August 23, 2002
Reshuffled and reordered contributor information.
Added more contribution. Reworked Legal Information.
Added some Unit information, finally.
Two more days.
Version: 1.60
August 24, 2002.
Added more information on units.
One more Day. If I could stop time, I would.
Version 1.80
August 25, 2002
The day that I dreaded for the summer.
So you’ve left...
=======================
VIII. Notes and Credits
=======================
-Warcraft, Warcraft 2, and Warcraft 3 are copyright of Blizzard Entertainment.
All characters and likeliness are trademark of Blizzard Entertainment.
-Mr. Jeff Veasey at Http://www.Gamefaqs.com for hosting (hopefully) this
FAQ. Sections of his Copyright notice displayed on his FAQ/Walkthroughs were
also borrowed.
-Marn Thunderhorn’s Warcraft III Strategy Guide at
http://www.battle.net/war3/ for statistical data on units.
-S.L
-L.N for certain pictures. You are my Hero.
-W.W for not helping at all.
-M.L for laughing at this document.
-N.H for it is time for me to stop these dedications.
-M.H because narcissism is your trademark trait.
-V.L for Time Crisis II moments.
-Beer for making my Contributor replies more interesting. And delaying updates
for a week.
-Mr. Dylan Holmes for stating that the sorceress is also an elf.
-Mr. Colin Whitlatch for his correction in Creep and gold.
-Mr. Akeel Kasam for his information on the goldmines.
-Mr. Christopher Kwan for his information on Haunted Goldmines,
-Mr. Trevor Haas for pointing out that Mal’Ganis is a Dreadlord, not a lich.
-“Pecker” for pointing out that Mal’Ganis is a Dreadlord, not a lich, and
Raiders are Far Seers.
-Mr. Adi Houdiono for pointing out that Mal’Ganis is a Dreadlord, not a lich.
-“Fyrewind” for his two Easter Egg tips.
-“Xidus” for his contributions.
-Mr.Briareos Kerensky for his information regarding difficulty levels.
-Mr. Frans van den Oever gives this tip about meat wagons and information about
regeneration rates.
-crash@omni.lt for his contributions.
-Mr. Sid Oak for his tip for Human Campaign Level 2: Blackrock n Roll.
-Mr. Moises Miguel Zee for his tip for Human Campaign Level 2: Blackrock n Roll.
-“Chrisdude” for his tip on Timmy for Human Campaign Level 3: Ravages of the
Plague
- Mr Edward Fu for his contribution for Human Campaign Level 3: Ravages of the
Plague
-Mr. Wai Y. Chung for his Contribution on Human Campaign Level 8: Dissension.
-Mr. Dustin Woods for his tip on Human Campaign Level 8: Dissension.
-“Skydreemr” for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 1:Trudging through
the Ashes.
-Mr. Aaron Hainley for his tip on Timmy for Undead Campaign Level 2: Digging up
the Dead.
- Mr Adrian Easton / Mr. shinsensei for his tip for Undead Campaign Level 2:
Digging up the Dead.
-“Sacco” for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 2: Digging up the Dead.
- Mr Guido Lujiten for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 2: Digging up
the Dead.
-”Pando666” for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 4: Key of the Three
Moons.
-Mr. Roger Rouault for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege of
Dalaran.
-Mr. Wong Si Yuan for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege of
Dalaran.
-Mr. Craig Fleming for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege of
Dalaran.
-Mr. Jay Winton for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege of
Dalaran.
-Mr. Dan Jacobsen for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege of
Dalaran.
-Mr. Evgeny Ternovsky for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege of
Dalaran.
-Mr. Andrew TWeir for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege of
Dalaran.
-“Kosikutioner” for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege of
Dalaran.
-Mr. Damon Hochnadel for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege of
Dalaran.
- Mr. Gaffarena Marcos for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege
of Dalaran.
-Mr. Darren Perrett for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege of
Dalaran.
-Mr. Willie Du for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege of
Dalaran.
-Mr. Lu Tsze for his contribution for Undead Campaign Level 7: Siege of Dalaran.
-Mr. Mark Carnall for his contribution for Orc Campaign Level 7: The Oracle
-Mr. Beng Hai for his contribution for Orc Campaign Level 7: The Oracle
-Mr. John “Ive Been Banned” Kincaid for his contribution for Orc Campaign Level
8: By Demons be Driven.
-Mr. Ali Tayyab or his contribution for Orc Campaign Level 8: By Demons be
Driven.
-Mr Ryan Palarca for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 2:
Daughters of the Moon.
- Mr. Al Sim for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 2:
Daughters of the Moon.
-Mr. Woohyung Lee for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 2:
Daughters of the Moon.
-Mr. Dylan Kipp for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 2:
Daughters of the Moon.
-“Jamie W” for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 2:
Daughters of the Moon.
-Mr. Finlay McWalter for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level
2: Daughters of the Moon.
-“Obbity” for his correction for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 3: The
Awakening of Stormrage.
-Mr. Adam Hewitt for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 4:
The Druids Arise.
-Mr. Jason Cook for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 5:
Brothers in Blood.
-“BlademasterNeo” for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 5:
Brothers in Blood.
-Ms. Victoria Vanderson for her contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign
Level 5: Brothers in Blood.
-Mr. Scott Benoit for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 5:
Brothers in Blood.
-Mr. Scott Sandlin for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 5:
Brothers in Blood.
- Mr. Jason Merlo for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 5:
Brothers in Blood.
-Mr. Anthony Assuncao for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level
5: Brothers in Blood.
-Martin “The Eyeball Kid” for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign
Level 5: Brothers in Blood.
-Carl for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 5: Brothers in
Blood.
-Mr. Blake Garvey for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 7:
Twilight of the Gods.
-Mr. Fred Pritchards for his contribution for Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level
7: Twilight of the Gods.
-Mr. Roger Rounault for another contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel Campaign
Level 7: Twilight of the Gods.
-Mr. Adi Houdiono for pointing out that there aren’t any Chimeras on the
Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 7: Twilight of the Gods.
-“Kelgar43” for his contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 7:
Twilight of the Gods.
-Mr. Peset and Peter Tan for their contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel
Campaign Level 7: Twilight of the Gods.
-Mr. Skye Knighton for his contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level
7: Twilight of the Gods.
-Mr. Wade Aidan for his contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 7:
Twilight of the Gods.
-Mr. Duncan Wilson for his contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level
7: Twilight of the Gods.
-Mr. Bugz Podder for his contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level
7: Twilight of the Gods.
-Mr. Mike “Ocularis” for his contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel Campaign
Level 7: Twilight of the Gods.
-Mr. Martin Williams for his contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel Campaign
Level 7: Twilight of the Gods.
-“Caj” for his contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 7: Twilight
of the Gods.
-Mr. Leoin Vydro for his contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level
7: Twilight of the Gods.
-“Franciscus” for his contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 7:
Twilight of the Gods.
-“O m a t i c” for his contribution for the Nightelf Sentinel Campaign Level 7:
Twilight of the Gods.
-Mr. Jake for pointing out my error in the number of Undead Units.
For any tips, contributions, comments, suggestions, advice, insults, or requests
(see chapter IX) feel free to send an email to Kennytam@foxhound.zzn.com.
=====================
IX. LEGAL INFORMATION
=====================
1. Terms of Usage:
------------------
This document is Copyright 2002 by Kenny "kenshi" Tam, and may not be duplicated
or reproduced (in part or in full) for profit or in any form, including any
Electronic display (Internet websites, Bulletin Board Services, Computer
programs,) Compact Disc, and paper media (including magazines, newspapers et
cetera) without the explicit permission of the author. This document may be
printed out or reformatted for PERSONAL, PRIVATE USAGE only.
It is likely that permission will be given upon request to publish or display
this document on a source not listed Chapter IX, Section 2 of this document,
given that:
1. You do not alter this Document in any form. (1)
2. You do not alter ANY contributor nor creditor information. (2)
3. You do not charge a fee either directly or indirectly for the viewing of this
document. (3)
The terms listed in this section and document apply to ALL forms of media.
Permission to post this text will be put to the discretion of the author. To
request permission, please send an Email to kennytam@foxhound.zzn.com. Please
be sure to include the Uniform Resource Locator (URL) of the site.
For document or paper media requests, such as magazines, please include the NAME
of the document or paper media in which it will be included in. For any other
media please include the details and particulars in which this document will be
used.
For any other media, including compact, 3.5 inch floppy disks, BBS (Bulletin
Board Service) and so forth, please include the nature of the media, how it will
be used.
With all requests, please include any special requests pertaining to Note (1) of
Chapter IX, Section 1.
The author will construct the decision based on the format as well as reputation
and nature of the site or company. The author does not make judgements based on
age, sex, nor creed but rather the ability of the medium to best covey the
information contained in this document.
(1) Permission maybe given for the site to alter the document on the basis of:
- Formatting: This document maybe altered to fit the particular specifications
of the website, assuming that the original format does not work or causes
reasonable difficulty in viewing. The document may not be altered to include
specific advertisements aside from Banner advertisements. Pop-up or Pop-Under
advertisements are also allowed, on the basis that they are NOT required to be
visited to view this document (3).
- Language: This document may be translated into the required language of the
native site, document or program on the condition that explicit permission has
been given by the author. Only the main text of the document maybe translated
to another language. Any contributed information found in the Addendum of this
document must remain in its native, posted language.
- Content: This document may be altered for content on the basis of profanity
that may appear, or other inappropriate content that may appear for younger
audiences. The author of this document has put the utmost effort in ensuring
that the document can be viewed by audiences of all ages, creed, and gender
without and offence or unsuitable material. Changes relating to profanity,
sexual content, hate speech, or any other offensive or unsuitable material maybe
edited or censored by the site, program, or paper media on the basis that there
is explicit permission from the author. This applies to the ENTIRE document(2),
including information voluntarily contributed by sources not by the author of
this document.
Failure to ask for permission or publishing this document in any form will
result in an ISP trace to the host domain, the publisher, or any relevant
authorities where the appropriate action will be taken to protect the copyright
of this document and all information contained within.
2. Authorized Websites:
=======================
Websites listed under this section have the express permission to publish this
document on their respective websites at the following addresses. As such
future updates may also be sent directly to them.
This document is supposed to appear on:
http://www.Gamefaqs.com
http://www.cheatcc.com
http://www.cheathappens.com
http://www.cheatportal.com
http://www.911codes.com
http://www.911cheats.com
http://www.fastcheater.com
http://www.25000cheats.com
http://www.skali.com
http://www.cheatplanet.com
http://www.planet42.com
http://world-of-warcraft3.cjb.net
http://www.ggmania.com
http://www.gameselect.tk
http://www.cheatportal.dk
http://faqs.ign.com
http://www.spielewiese.de
http://www.gamesover.com
http://DLH.Net,
http://www.War3station.com
http://www.gamereactors.com
http://www.cheats-corner.de
http://www.a2zcheats.com
http://www.RobsGaming.com
http://www.neoseeker.com
http://www.cheats.de
http://www.gamer-nation.co.uk
http://www.pregaming.com
http://www.just-rpg.com
-End of File, Copyright 2002 Kenny “kenshi” Tam-